Carrier 48LC 05, 48LC 08, 48LC 06, 48LC 07, 48LC 09 Controls, Start-up, Operation And Troubleshooting

48/50LC 04--- 26
Single Package Rooftop Units
with SystemVu™ Controls Version 2.X
and Puronr (R---410A) Refrigerant

Controls, Start-- Up, Operation

and Troubleshooti ng

IMPORTANT: This literature covers 48/50LC 04--26 models with SystemVu controls version 2.X (factory--installed option).

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 2.........................

GENERAL 3.........................................

Conventions Used in This Manual 3......................

BASIC CONTROL USAGE 3...........................

SystemVu Control 3..................................

SystemVu Interface 3.................................

Accessory Navigatort Display 4........................

System Pilott andTouchPilott Devices 5................

CCN Tables and Display 5.............................

START--UP 6.........................................

Unit Preparation 6....................................

Refrigerant Service Ports 6.............................

Crankcase Heater 6...................................

Compressor Rotation 6................................

Power Supply 6.....................................

Internal Wiring 6.....................................

Evaporator Fan 6....................................

Condenser Fans and Motors 7...........................

Return--Air Filters 7..................................

Outdoor--Air Inlet Screens 7............................

Accessory Installation 7...............................

Gas Heat (48LC) 8...................................

CONTROLS QUICK SET--UP 9.........................

Control Set Point and Confirmation Log 9.................

Initial Startup 9......................................

Thermostat Control 9.................................

Space Temperature Sensor Control -- Direct Wired

(T--55 or T--56 or T--59) 9.............................

Space Humidistat Control 9............................

Relative Humidity Sensor Control 9......................

CCN Communication 10..............................

CCN Linkage Control 10..............................

System Pilott -- Communication Space Sensor 10..........

Accessories 10......................................

1

C150173

Programming Operating Schedules 10....................

SERVICE TEST 11....................................

Independent Outputs 11...............................

Fan Test 11.........................................

Cooling Test 11.....................................

Heating Test 11......................................

Automatic Test 12....................................

THIRD PARTY CONTROL 12..........................

Cooling/Heating Control 12............................

Dehumidification Control 12...........................

Remote Occupancy 12................................

Remote Shutdown 12.................................

Alarm Output 12.....................................

Economizer Damper Control 12.........................

CONTROLS OPERATION 12...........................

Display Configuration 12..............................

Unit Configuration 13.................................

General Operation 13.................................

Demand Determination 14.............................

Occupancy Determination 15...........................

Indoor Fan Operation 16...............................

Cooling Operation 17.................................

Optional Humidi--MiZer

Indoor Fan Based Dehumidification 22...................

Heating Operation 22.................................

Supply Air Tempering 24..............................

Economizer Operation 24..............................

Power Exhaust 26....................................

Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) 26............................

Pre--occupancy Purge 27...............................

Temperature Compensated Start 27.......................

Linkage 28.........................................

Carrier Comfort Network

BACnet Network Operation 28.........................

Alarm Handling 28...................................

TROUBLESHOOTING 28..............................

Complete Unit Stoppage 29............................

Restart Procedure 29..................................

Faults and Alerts 29..................................

Control Module Communication 36......................

Communication Failures 36............................

Cooling Troubleshooting 37............................

Humidi--MiZer System Troubleshooting 38................

Economizer Troubleshooting 40.........................

Heating Troubleshooting 41............................

Phase Protection 44..................................

Thermistor Troubleshooting 44.........................

Sensor Trim 44......................................

Transducer Troubleshooting 44.........................

R

Dehumidification System 19......

R

(CCN) Operation 28............

MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS 49....................

General 49.........................................

Main Base Board (MBB) 55............................

Input--Output Board (IOB) 57..........................

Integrated Gas Control (IGC) Board 58...................

Protective Devices 59.................................

Space Mounted Sensors 59.............................

Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) 61......................

LC 04 -- 06 Variable Frequency Drive (ABB VFD) 61.......

LC 07 --26 Variable Frequency Drive (Danfoss VFD) 65.....

Carrier Comfort Network

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display 76...........

APPENDIX B: SystemVu Controller Text Point Reference 97...

APPENDIX C: Navigatort Display 98....................

APPENDIX D: SystemVu Controller CCN Tables 117.........

APPENDIX E: BACnet Points List 142....................

CONTROL SET POINT AND CONFIGURATION L OG 153...

UNIT S TART--UP CHECKLIST 163......................

R

(CCN) Interface 74.............

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

Installation and servicing of air-conditioning equipment can be
hazardous due to system pressure and electrical components. Only
trained and qualified service personnel should install, repair, or
service air-conditioning equipment. Untrained personnel can
perform the basic maintenance functions of replacing filters.
Trained service personnel should perform all other operations.

When working on air-conditioning equipment, observe precautions in
the literature, tags and labels attached to the unit, and other safety
precautions that may apply. Follow all safety codes. Wear safety
glasses and work gloves. Use quenchi ng cloth for unbrazing
operations. Have fire exti ngui shers availa ble for all brazing operations.

Follow all safety codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves. Have
fire extinguisher available. Read these instructions thoroughly and
follow all warnings or cautions attached to the unit. Consult local
building codes and National Electrical Code (NEC) for special
requirements.

Recognize safety information. This is the safety-- alert symbol
When you see this symbol on the unit and in instructions or
manuals, be alert to the potential for personal injury.

Understa nd the signal words DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION.
These words are used with the safet y--aler t symbol. DANGER
identifies the most serious hazards which will result in severe personal
injury or death. WARNING signifies a hazard which could result in
personal injury or death. CAUTION is used to identify unsafe
practices which may result in minor personal injury or product a nd
property damage. NOTE is used to highlight suggesti ons which will
result in enhanced installation, reliability, or operation.

!

WARNING

ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD

Failure to follow this warning could cause personal injury
or death.

Before performing service or maintenance operations on
unit, turn off main power switch to unit and install lockout
tag. Ensure electrical service to rooftop unit agrees with
voltage and amperage listed on the unit rating plate.

.

2

!

CAUTION

UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD

Failure to follow this caution may cause equipment
damage.

This unit uses a microprocessor--based electronic control
system. Do not use jumpers or other tools to short out
components or to bypass or otherwise depart from
recommended procedures. Any short--to--ground of the
control board or accompanying wiring may destroy the
electronic modules or electrical components.

!

WARNING

FIRE, EXPLOSION HAZARD

Failure to follow this warning could result in personal
injury, death and/or property damage.

Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service, or
maintenance can cause property damage, personal injury, or
loss of life. Refer to the User’s Information Manual
provided with this unit for more details.
Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and
liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance. What

to do if you smell gas:

1. DO NOT try to light any appliance.

2. DO NOT touch any electrical switch, or use any phone in
your building.

3. IMMEDIATELY call your gas supplier from a neighbor’s
phone. Follow the gas supplier’s instructions.

4. If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire
department.

GENERAL

This publication contains Start--Up, Controls, Operation, Service,
and Troubleshooting information for the 48/50LC rooftop units
equipped with the factory--installed optional SystemVut controls
(version 2.X or higher) and use Puronr (R--410A) refrigerant. The
specific base unit installation instructions, service manual and/or
wiring label diagram may also be required in conjunction with this
book as a guide to a specific unit on the roof. All units in Table 1
are Staged Air Volume (SAVt) units that allow for stand--alone or
network operation.

Table 1 – Rooftop Units

MODEL SIZE NOMINAL TONS

04 3
05 4
06 5
07 6
08 7.5

48/50LC

Conventions Used in This Manual

The following conventions for discussing configuration points for
the local display (SystemVu controller or Navigatort accessory)
will be used in this manual.

Menu paths will be written with the main menu name first, then
any menus or sub menus, each separated by an arrow symbol ()

09 8.5
12 10
14 12.5
17 15
20 17.5
24 20
26 23

and will also be shown in bold and italics. As an example, the
General sub menu which is located in the Setting main menu under
Unit Configuration menu would be written as SETTINGS

UNIT CONFIGURATIONSGENERAL.

This path name will show the user how to navigate through the
local display to reach the desired menu. The user scrolls through
the Menus using the up and down keys. The arrow symbol in the
path name represents pressing ENTER to move into the next level
of the menu structure.

Point names are referenced in in parentheses and bold and italics as
would be shown on the local display.

CCN point names are also referenced for users configuring the
unit with C C N software instead of the lo cal display. S ee
Appendix A at the end of this manual.

BASIC CONTROL USAGE

SystemVu Control (factory--installed option)

The SystemVu control is a comprehensive unit-management
system. The control system is easy to access, configure, diagnose
and troubleshoot.

The SystemVu control system is fully communicating and
cable-ready for connection to the Carrier Comfort Network
(CCN), Carrier i--Vu, and Third Party BACnet* building
management systems. The control provides high-speed
communications for remote monitoring via the Internet. Multiple
units can be linked together (and to other Direct Digital Control
(DDC) equipped units) using a 3-wire communication bus.

The SystemVu control system is easy to access through the use of a
integrated display module. A computer is not required for start-up.
Access to control menus is simplified by the ability to quickly
select from 7 main menu items. An expanded readout provides
detailed explanations of control information. Only six buttons are
required to maneuver through the entire controls menu. The
display readout is designed to be visible even in bright sunlight.

System u

RUN
ALERT
FAULT

TESTTEST

SystemVu Interface

This integrated device is the keypad interface used to access the
control information, read sensor values, and test the unit. The
interface is located in the main control box and is standard on all
units. The interface is a 6 --key, 4x30 character, LCD (liquid--crystal
display) display module. The interface also contains Status LEDs.
(See Fig. 1.) The interface is easy to operate using 6 buttons and
themainmenustructuresshowninFig.2.

Through the SystemVu interface, the user can access all of the
inputs and outputs to check on their values and status, configure
operating parameters, and evaluate the current decision status for
operating modes. The control also includes an alarm history which
can be accessed from the display. The user can access a built--in test
routine that can be used at start--up commissioning and
troubleshooting.

* BACnet is a registered trademark of ASHRAE (American Society of

Heating, Refrigerating and Air ---Conditioning Engineers).

BACK ENTER MENU

C14319

Fig. 1 -- SystemVu Interface



3

Fig. 2 -- SystemVut -- Main Menu Structures

SystemVu Interface Operation

Units are shipped from the factory with the SystemVu interface
FIOP, located in the main control box. (See Fig. 1.) In addition, the
interface has up and down arrow keys, BACK, ENTER, MENU,
and TEST keys. These keys are used to navigate through the
different levels of the menu structure. All discussions and examples
in this document will be based on the SystemVu display except in
the Navigatort display section. See the Accessory Navigator
Display section starting on page 4 for further details and Table 2
for the Navigator menu structure and usage.

The six keys are used to navigate through the display structure,
which is organized in a tiered menu structure. If the buttons have
not been used for a period, the display will default to a standby
screen intended to provide a quick overall look at the system. To
show the top-- level display, press any key first to turn the display
backlight on, and then press the MENU key. Then use the up and
down arrow keys to scroll through the top --level menus. These are
showninFig.2andlistedinAppendixA.

When a specific menu or sub--menu is located, push the ENTER
key to enter the menu. Depending on the menu, there may be
additional tiers. Continue to use the up and down keys and the
ENTER key until the desired display item is found. At any time,
the user can move back a menu level by pressing the BACK key.
Once an item has been selected the display will flash showing the
item, followed by the item value and then followed by the item
units (if any). Pressing the TEST button at any time will jump the
display to the test menu. Pressing the MENU button any time will
jump the display to the main menu.

Items in the Configuration and Service Test menus are password
protected. The display will prompt the enter password screen when
required. Use the ENTER, BACK, and arrow keys to enter the four
digits of the password. The default user password is 1111.

Pressing the BACK and ENTER keys simultaneously will show an
expanded text description screen on the display indicating the full
meaning of each display point. To put the screen in standby, hold
down the BACK key for 5 seconds.

Some points can be force d from the System Vut interface. To force a
variable, follow the same process as editing a configuration
parameter. A forced variable, regardless where the force has come
from will be displayed with a lower case “f” following its value.
For example, if ECON CMD POSITION is forced, the display
shows “80%f”, where the “f” is to signify a force on the point.
Remove the force by selecting the point that is forced with the key
ENTER and then pressing the up and down arrow keys
simultaneously. Pressing ENTER and BACK on a forced item will
display the expanded description for that item including the force
level that is currently applied. Depending on the type of unit
(48LC or 50LC), factory--installed options and field--installed
accessories, some of the items in the various menus may not apply.

a48--- 9373

Accessory Navigatort Display

The accessory hand-held Navigator display can be used with the
48/50LC units. (See Fig. 3.) The Navigator display is plugged into
the LEN (local equipment network) port on either the SystemVu
display or the Main Base Board (MBB).

Navigator Display Operation

The Navigator display has up and down arrow keys, an ESCAPE
key and an ENTER key. These keys are used to navigate through
the different levels of the display structure.

The four keys are used to navigate through the display structure,
which is organized in a tiered mode structure. If the buttons have
not been used for a period, the display will default to the AUTO
VIEW display category as shown under the RUN STATUS
category. To show the top-level display, press the ESCAPE key
until a blank display is shown. Then use the up and down arrow
keys to scroll through the top-level categories. These are listed in
Appendix C and will be indicated on the Navigator display by the
LED next to each mode listed on the face of the display.

C

o

m

f

o

r

t

L

N

in

A

V

I

k

G

A

T

O

T

IM

E

W

L

W

S

E

T

M

O

Ru

n Sta

S

e

rv

ice

T

em

p

era

P

res

s

ure

S

e

tpo

in

ts

In

pu

ts

O

utp

uts

C

on

fig

u

ra

tion

T

im

e C

lo

ck

O

p

er

ating

M

od

es

A

la

rm

s

E

N

T

E

R

Fig. 3 -- Accessory Navigator Display

When a spe cific mode or sub-mode is locate d, push the ENTER key
to e nt er the mode. De pending on t he mode, there may be additional
tier s. Continue to use the up and down ke ys and the ENTER keys
until the desire d display item is found. At any time, the user can move
back a mode level by pre ssing the ESCAPE key. Once an i tem has
been selected the display will flash showing the item, followed by the
item value and then followed by the item units (if any).

Items in the Configuration and Service Test modes are password
protected. The display will flash PASS and WORD when required.
Use the ENTER and arrow keys to enter the four digits of the
password. The default password is 1111.

R

E

1

2

T

.

5

8

5

4

T

.

6

°

F

4

4

P

.1

°

F

4

4

.

0

°

F

D

E

Ala

rm

Sta

tus

tu

s

Te

s

t

ture

s

s

E

S

C

C06321

4

RUN

STAT US

Auto View of

Run Status

(VIEW)



Cooling

Status

(COOL)



Heating

Status

(HEAT)



Vent ilat ion

Status

(VENT)



Indoor Fan

Status

(I.FAN)



General

Status
(GEN)



Occupancy

Data

(OCC)



Run Hours

&Cycles

(RUN)



Assigned I/O

Channels

(A.IO)



Vers io ns

(VERS)

SERVICE

TEST

Service T est

Mode

(TEST)



T es t Independent

Outputs

(INDP)



Te s t F a n s

(FANS)



Test Cooling

(COOL)



Te s t H e a t i n g

(HEAT)

Table 2 – Navigator Mode and Menu Display Structure

TEMPERATURES PRESSURES

SET-

POINTS

Te m p

Demand

Config

(T .DMD)

Demand

Limit Config

(DMD.C)

INPUTS OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION TIMECLOCK

Thermostat

Inputs

(STAT)



Switch

Inputs

(SW)



Analog

Inputs

(AIS)

General

Inputs

(GEN)



Network

(NET)



Hardware

Inputs
(HW)



User

Measured

Data

(DATA)

General
Outputs

(GEN)



Cooling
Outputs
(COOL)



Heating
Outputs

(HEAT)

General Unit

Config

(GEN)



DI Config

(DIS)



Analog Input

Config

(AIS)



Cooling Configs

(COOL)



Outdoor Fans

Config

(ODF)



Heating Config

(HEAT)



Indoor Fan

Config
(I.FAN)



Economizer

Config

(ECON)



Air Quality

Config
(AIR.Q)



Alarm Relay

Config.

(ALM.O)



Calibration

(CAL)



Building Net

Config
(NET)



User Display

Config

(DISP)

Daylight
Savings

Config

(DST)



Schedules

Adjust

(SCHD)



Holiday

Adjustment

(HLDY)

OPERATING

MODES

Demand Limit

Status

(DMD.S)

ALARMS

Curr Active

Alarm

(CURR)



History

(HIST)



Reset All

Current

Alarms

(R.CUR )



Alarm Reset

History
(R.HIS)

Pressing the ESC and ENTER keys simultaneously will display an
expanded text description across the display indicating the full
meaning of each display point. Pressing the ESCAPE and ENTER
keys when the display is blank (MODE LED level) will return the
display to its default menu of rotating AUTO VIEW display items.
In addition, the password will need to be entered again before
changes can be made.

Changing item values or testing outputs is accomplished in the
same manner. Locate and display the desired item. If the display is
in rotating auto-view, press the ENTER key to stop the display at
the desired item. Press the ENTER key again so that the item value
flashes. Use the arrow keys to change the value of state of an item
and press the ENTER key to accept it. Press the ESCAPE key and
the item, value or units display will resume. Repeat the process as
required for other items.

There are some points that can be forced from the Navigator
display. If the user needs to force a variable, follow the same
process as when editing a configuration parameter. A forced
variable, regardless where the force has come from will be
displayed with a blinking “f” on a Navigator display following its
value. For example, if economizer commanded position (EC.CP) is
forced, the Navigatort display shows “80f”, where the “f” is
blinking to signify a force on the point. Remove the force by
selecting the point that is forced with the key ENTER and then
pressing the up and down arrow keys simultaneously.

Depending on the type of unit (48LC or 50LC), factory-installed
options and field-installed accessories, some of the items in the
various Mode categories may not apply.

See Table 2 and Appendix C for full Navigator display menu
layout.

System Pilott and Touch Pilott Devices

The System Pilot device (33PILOT-01) and T ouch Pilot device
(33CNTPILOT) can be used as CCN communication
user--interfaces. These devices can be put on the CCN bus and
addressed to communicate with any other device on the network.
Unlike the SystemVut display and Navigator display, these pilots
read the unit’s CCN tables and its CCN points can be monitored,
forced, or configured. The Pilot devices can be used to install and
commission a 3Vt zoning system, linkage compatible air source,
universal controller, and all other devices operating o n the Carrier
communicating network.

Additionally, the System Pilot device can serve as a wall-mounted
temperature sensor for space temperature measurement. Occupants
can use the System Pilot device to change set points. See Fig. 4 for
System Pilot device details.

CCN Tables and Display

In addition to the unit--mounted SystemVut display, the user can
also access the same information through the CCN tables by using
the service tool or other CCN programs/devices. The variable
names used for the CCN tables and the SystemVu display menus
may be different and more items may be displayed in the CCN
tables. Details on the CCN tables are included in Appendix D.

5

NAVIGATE/

/

EXIT

SCROLL

Fig. 4 -- System Pilott User Interface

+

-

PAGE

MODIFY
SELECT

C06322

Force Hierarchy

There is a hierarchy in SystemVu controls with regards to forcing a
point. Programs and devices write a force at different priority
levels. A higher level (smaller number, 1 being the highest) will
override a lower level force. The SystemVu controller uses a
Control Force at level 7. The Navigatort device writes a Service
Force which is level 3. System Pilott and Touch Pilott devices
write Supervisor Forces at level 4. Network programs can be set to
write different level priority forces.

NOTE: In the case of a control power reset, any force in effect at
the time of power reset will be cleared.

IMPORTANT: All further discussions and examples in this
document will be based on the SystemVut controller.

START-UP

IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to start unit, even momentarily,

until all items on the Start--Up Checklist (see page 163) and the
following steps have been read/completed.

Unit Preparation

Check that unit has been installed in accordance with these
installation instructions and all applicable codes.

Refrigerant Service Ports

The refrigerant system has a total of 3 Schrader-type service gauge
ports per circuit. One port is located on the suction line, one on the
compressor discharge line, and one on the liquid line. Be sure that
caps on the ports are tight.

Crankca se Heater

The compressor is equipped with a crankcase heater. There is a control
function used to turn the crankcase heate rs on and off when the
compre ssor is not r unni ng. This is a configurable value for which t he
factory default value is set to 65_F . If the ambie nt is above the select ed
value the control will preve nt the crankca se heater from turning on.

IMPORTANT: Unit power must be on for 24 hours prior to
start--up to allow the crankcase heater to run. Otherwise, damage to
the compressor may result.

Compressor Rotation

!

CAUTION

UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD

Failure to follow this caution may result in unit damage.

Improper wiring will cause compressor stoppage and alarm.
Correct wiring by switching leads as indicated below.

On 3-phase units, it is impor tant to be cer tain the compressors are
rotating in the proper dire ction. To determine whether or not
compre ssors are rot ating in the prope r directi on, use a phase-rot ation
mete r on the uni t input power to che c k for L1-L2-L3 or cloc kwise
rotation or use the Service Te st mode to ener gize a c ompressor. If the
compre ssor is rotati ng in the wrong direction, the controls will stop the
compressor and display alarm for “Circ ui t A Reverse Rotati on”.

NOTE: Indoor or outdoor fan rotation direction may not indicate
proper input power phase sequence, as some 3-phase units use
single-phase fan motors.

To correct the wrong compressor rotation direction, perform the
following procedure:

1. Turn off power to the unit and lock out the power.

2. Switch any two of the incoming unit power leads.

3. Turn on power to the unit.

4. Verify corrected compressor rotation.

Power Supply

All 208/230-v units are factory wired for 230-v power supply. If
the 208/230-v unit is to be connected to a 208-v power supply, the
transformers must be rewired by moving the wire from the
230-volt connection and moving to the 200-volt terminal on the
primary side of the transformer. Refer to unit label diagram for
additional information.

Internal Wiring

Check all electrical connections in unit control boxes; tighten as
required.

Evaporator Fan

The evaporator fan should be checked and may need to be adjusted
for specific applications. The unit will have a belt drive motor
powered by a Variable Frequency Drive (VFD). Refer to the unit
product data for Fan Performance tables and physical data.

The fan belt and variable pulleys are fact ory installed and set, but may
need to be adjusted for specific applications. Check the fan to ensure
its rotation is in the proper direction before adjusting performance. T o
alter fan performance, first adj ust the pulley sett ings to provide the
application’s full load design air flow when running at the IDF
Maximum Fan Speed (MAXIMUM IDF SPEED). The unit
operating speeds can then be adjusted with Free Cooling IDF Speed

(FREE COOL IDF SPEED), High Cooling IDF Speed (HIGH
COOL IDF SPEED), Medium Cooling IDF Speed (MED COOL
IDF SPEED), Low Cooling IDF Speed (LOW COOL IDF
SPEED), Heating IDF Speed (HEATI NG IDF SPEED),and

V entilation Only IDF Speed (VENT IDF SPEED). Set the indoor fan
pulley to the greate r appli cation design point CFM for heating or
cooling and e qual t o 100% fan speed. Adjust the Heating Fan Spe ed
and High Cooling Fan Speed so that the CFM is not lower than the
minimum CFM allowed in the product data. If the exact CFM cannot
be set by the half turn pulley settings then adjust the IDF Maximum
Fan Speed (MAXIMUM IDF SPEED) to fine tune the CFM to the
application requirements. The VFD’s settings should not be used for
adjusting fan performance. Specif ic VFD i nformation can be found in
the major components secti on.

6

IMPORTANT: The IDF Maximum Fan Speed (MAXIMUM
IDF SPEED) RPM must not produce a supply CFM that is

lower than the minimum CFM allowed in the product data for
heating and cooling.

Condenser Fans and Motors

Condenser fans and motors are factory set.

Return--Air Filters

Check that correct filters are installed in filter tracks (see Physical
Data table in unit Product Data). Do not operate unit without

return-air filters. Determine the filter change run time (DIRTY
FILTER TIME) to be set in the quick setup configurations menu.

Outdoor--Air Inlet Screens

Outdoor-air inlet screens must be in place before operating unit.

Accessory Installation

Check to make sure that all accessories including space thermostats
and sensors have been installed and wired as required by the
instructions and unit wiring diagrams.

INDOOR
BLOWER
ACCESS
PAN EL

FILTER
ACCESS PANEL

CONTROL BOX
AND GAS SECTION
ACCESS PANEL

UNIT BACKUNIT FRONT

Fig. 5 -- 48/50LC Size 04--06 Units, Panel and Filter Locations (48LC*04 Unit Shown)

INDOOR
BLOWER
ACCESS
PAN EL

FILTER
ACCESS PANEL

CONTROL BOX
AND GAS SECTION
ACCESS PANEL

UNIT BACKUNIT FRONT

Fig. 6 -- 48/50LC Size 07 Units, Panel and Filter Locations (48LC*07 Unit Shown)

INDOOR COIL
ACCESS PANEL

a48--- 9937

INDOOR COIL
ACCESS PANEL

C14321

7

CONTROL BOX
ACCESS PANEL

INDOOR
BLOWER
ACCESS
PANELS

FILTER
ACCESS PANEL

GAS SECTION
ACCESS PANEL

UNIT BACKUNIT FRONT

Fig. 7 -- 48/50LC Size 08--12 Units, Panel and Filter Locations (48LC*09 Unit Shown)

INDOOR BLOWER
ACCESS PANEL

INDOOR COIL
ACCESS PANEL

C14322

OUTDOOR AIR
SCREEN
(HIDDEN)

CONTROL BOX
ACCESS PANEL

Fig. 8 -- 48/50LC Size 14--26 Units, Panel and Filter Locations (48LC*14 Unit Shown)

Gas Heat (48LC)

Inspect the gas heat section of the unit. Verify the number of
burners match the number of heat exchanger openings and the
burner assembly is properly aligned. If the orifices were changed
out for elevation or Liquid Propane purposes, verify proper
installation. Visually inspect other components in heat section.

GAS SECTION

FILTER AND
INDOOR COIL
ACCESS PANEL

ACCESS PANEL

Verify gas pressures before turning on heat as follows:

1. Close the field-supplied manual gas shut off valve, located
external to the unit.

2. Connect a pressur e gauge to the supply gas pressur e tap,
located on the fie ld-supplied manual gas shut off val ve (see
Fig. 9).

8

C11475

MANUAL GAS SHUT OFF VALVE

Y

(FIELD SUPPLIED)

GAS

SUPPL

SUPPLY GAS
PRESSURE TAP
(1/8˝ NPT PLUG)

TO

UNIT

UNION

SEDIMENT TRAP

a48--- 9382

Fig. 9 -- Field Gas Piping

3. Connect a pressure gauge to the manifold pressure tap on
the burner assembly located inside the unit.

4. Open the field- supplied manual gas shut off valve. Enter
Service Test mode by setting TEST MODE to “ON” using the
SystemVut controller interface. Use the Service Test feature
to set HEAT 1 TEST to ON (fi rst stage of heat ) using the
SystemVu controller interface.

5. After the unit has run for several minutes, verify the supply
gas pressure is adequate per the base unit installation in­structions. If not, adjust accordingly.

NOTE: Supply gas pressure must not exceed 13.0--in. wg.

6. Set HEAT 1 TEST to OFF using the SystemVu controller
interface.

7. Exit Service Test mode by setting TEST MODE to “OFF”
using the SystemVu controller interface.

CONTROLS QUICK SET--UP

The following information will provide a quick guide to setting up
and configuring the 48/50LC seri es units with SystemVu control s.
Unit controls are pre- configured at the factory for factory-i nstalled
options. Field-installed accessories will require configuration at
start-up. Initial System Startup is recommended for initial start--up.
Additionally , specifi c job r equireme nt s may require changes to defaul t
configuration values. See Appendix A and other sect ions of these
instr uctions for more de tails. Refe r to the Major Sys t em Compone nts
or accessory installation instructions for specific wiring detail.

Control Set Point and Configuration Log

During start up, accessory installation, and equipment service set
points and/or configuration changes might have to be made. When
setting set points or configuration settings, documentation is
recommend. The Control Set Point and Configuration Log starting
on page 153 should be filled out and left with the unit at all times,
a copy should also be provided to the equipment owner. A USB
jump drive can be used to back up the unit’s configurations. Refer
to the USB Operation section for details.

Initial Startup

Initial Startup refers to the first time this particular unit has a startup
performed. The SystemVu controller will continually display the
Initial Startup prompt until it is completed. To complete the initial
startup you must complete the Quick Setup, Network Setup, and
the System Auto Test.

Quick Setup

This a list of common adjusted configurations set during startup.
These are common accessories, and control means. Set the list in
Table 3. After setting these per the specific unit set the QUICK
SET CHKLIST point to done.

Table 3 – Quick Setup Menu Items

SystemVu™ Display Expanded Name Range Default

QUICK SETUP CONFIG QUICK SETUP

TIME Clock Hour and Minute HH:MM

DATE Current Date MM/DD/YYYY

STARTUP DELAY Unit S tartup Delay 10 to 600 30

UNIT CONTR OL TYPE Unit Control Type 0=TSTAT,

THERMOSTAT TYPE Thermostat Hardware

DIRTY FILTER TIME Change Filter Timer 0to9999 600

VENT IDF SPEED Venti lation Only IDF

HEATINGSTAGQTY Number of Heating

ECON INSTALLED? Economizer Instal l ed? No/Yes No*

FREECOOL MAX OAT Free Cooling Max OAT 0to90 65

FIRE SHUTDOWN SW Fire Shutdown Switc h 0=No Switch,

QUICK SET CHKLIST QUICK SETUP

* These defaults change based on the Unit model number.

CONFIG MENU

Type

Speed

Stages

CHECKLIST

1=SPACE SEN,
2=RAT SEN

0=CONV 2C2H,
1=DIGI 2C2H,
2=CONV 3C2H,
3=DIGI 3C2H

0to100 67*

1to2 2*

1=N/Open
2=N/Close

0=Undone,
1=View,
2=Done

0

2

0*

0

Network Setup

This is a shortcut to the Network Settings submenu. In this sub
menu are the specific network settings required to get the network
piece up and running. After setting these per the specific unit set
the NETWORK CHKLIST point to done.

System Auto Test

Turning this to Start will run enable test mode and execute the System
Auto Test. After the auto test has completed, set this to done.

Thermostat Control

Wire accessory thermostat to the corresponding R, Y1, Y2, Y3,
W1, W2, and G terminals on the Main Base board.

The Unit Control Type configuration, (UNIT CONTROL TYPE)
default value is for thermostat (0) so there is no need to configure
this item.

The Thermostat Hardware Type, (THERMOSTAT TYPE) selects
the unit response to the thermostat inputs above.

NOTE: May not be compatible with heat anticipator thermostats.

Space Temperature Sensor Control -- Direct Wired
(T--55 or T--56 or T--59)

Wire accessory space temperature sensor(s) to the T-55 terminals
on the field connection terminal board located at the unit control
box. Refer to Space Mounted Sensors section (page 59) for
additional information.

The Unit Control Type configuration, (UNIT CONTROL TYPE)
must be set to Space Sensor (1).

Space Humidistat Control

For units with the factory--installed Humidi--MiZerRsystem
option, the humidistat input is provided with quick connects. The
Space Humidity Switch configuration, SETTINGS  UNIT

CONFIGURATIONS  SWITCH INPUTS CONFIGS 
HUMSTAT CHANNEL identifies the normally open or normally

closed status of this input at HIGH humidity.

Relative Humidity Sensor Control

For units with the factory--installed Humidi--MiZer system option,
the humidity sensor input is provided with quick connects. The
sensor can be used instead of a humidistat. The RH Sensor
configuration, SETTINGS  UNIT CONFIGURATIONS 
ANALOG INPUTS CONFIGS  SPRH SENSOR CHANNEL,
identifies the point on the MBB (Main Base board) or the IOB
(Input Output board) the sensor was wired into.

9

CCN Communication

First configure the building protocol SETTINGS  NETWORK
SETTINGS  BAS PROTOCOL to CCN (default is 0 = NONE).
Configure the following under the CCN menu (SETTINGS 
NETWORK SETTINGS  CCN).

CCN ELEMENT # -- D e f a u l t i s 1
BUS NUMBER -- D e f a u l t i s 0
CCN BAUDRATE -- Default is 2 = 38400

CCN Linkage Control

The CCN communication must be properly configured for the
48/50LC units and all other devices. Linkage configuration is
automatically done by the supervisory CCN Linkage device.

The unit control type configuration, (UNIT CONTROL TYPE)
must be set to space sensor (1).

Installation of an accessory supply air temperature (SAT) sensor in
the supply duct is recommended for Linkage applications. A SAT
measurement is valid for heating mode display, while the
factory-standard internal SAT is not valid for heating due to its
location upstream of the heating section. When installing the
supply duct SAT, the heating mode display is enabled by setting
the SAT heat mode sensing configuration (SAT DURING HEAT?)
to Enable.

System Pilott -- Communication Space Sensor

Install the System Pilot device and connect the CCN communication
bus from it to the unit’s CCN connect i on on TB4 -- BAS connector of
the Main Base Board (MBB). Configure the unit’s CCN
communic ation element number, bus number, and ba ud rate. Refer to
the System Pilot’s installation instructions for configuring it to be used
as a space temperature and attaching it to a unit.

Accessories

Below are quick configuration settings for field--installed
accessories. When factory--installed as options the points will
already be configured. See the Space Mounted Sensors section
(page 59), third party control, control connection tables, and CCN
or Display parameter tables for any accessories not mentioned
below and refer to installation manual of the accessory.

Economizer

When an economizer is field--installed, the unit must be configured
for it by setting SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATIONS 
ECONOMIZER  ECON INSTALLED? to YES. The default
settings for the other economizer configurations should be
satisfactory. If they need to be changed, additional information
about these configuration settings can be found in the Economizer
section.

Power Exhaust

When power exhaust is field--installed, the unit must be
configu red for it by setting SETTINGSUNIT

CONFIGURATIONSECONOMIZER  POWER EXHAUST
CONFIGS  PE1 RELAY CHANNEL to the channel the

accessory was wired into. The default settings for the other power
exhaust configurations should be satisfactory. If they need to be
changed, additional information about these configurations can be
found in the Power Exhaust section.

Electric Heat

When electric heat is field--installed, the number of electric heat stages
must be configured by setting SETTINGS  UNIT

CONFIGURATI ONS  HEATING  HEATING STAGE QTY

per the installed heater.

Fire Shutdown

When Fire Shutdown or Smoke Detector sensors are
field--installed, the unit must be configured for it by setting

SETTINGS  UNIT CONFIGURATIONS  SWITCH INPUTS
CONFIGS  FIRE SHUTDOWN SW to normally open (0) or

normally closed (1).

Outdoor Enthalpy

When an Outdoor Enthalpy sensor is field-- installed, the unit must
be configured for it by setting SETTINGS  UNIT

CONFIGURATI ONS  ANALOG INPUTS CONFI GS  OARH
SENSOR CHAN to the channel number the sensor was wired into.

IAQ Sensor

When a CO2sensor is field--installed, the unit must be
configu red fo r it by setting SETTINGS  UNIT

CONFIGURATIONS  ANALOG INPUT CONFIGS  IAQ
SENSOR CHAN selects the unit response to this input. Default

conversion to 0 to 2000 ppm.

OAQ Sensor

When an Outdoor Air Quality sensor is field--installed, the unit
must be configured for it by setting SETTINGS  UNIT

CONFIGURATIONS  ANALOG INPUT CONFIGS  OAQ
SENSOR CHAN. Default conversion to 0 to 2000 ppm.

Filter Status

When a Filter Status sensor is field--installed, the unit must be
configured for it by setting SETTINGSUNIT

CONFIGURATIONSSWITCH INPUT CONFIGS FILTER
SW CHANNEL to normally open (0) or normally closed (1).

Programming Operating Schedules

When the building automation system you have the SystemVut
controller configured for (BAS Protocol Select) is None (0) or
CCN (1) the SystemVu controller can follow a standard CCN
occupancy table. The occupancy can be modified from any CCN
tool or from the local display.

OCCUPANCY SCHEDULE — For flexibility of scheduling, the
occupancy programming is broken into eight separate periods. For
each period the schedule contains the following fields: Day of
Week, Occupied From, and Occupied To.

DAY OF WEEK — The day of week configuration consists of
eight fields corresponding to the seven days of the week and a
holiday field in the following order: Monday, Tuesday,
Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday, and Holiday. If a
1 is configured in the corresponding place for a certain day of the
week, the related “Occupied from” and “Occupied to” times for
that period will take ef fect on that day of the week. If a 1 is placed
in the holiday field, the related times will take effect on a day
configured as a holiday. A zero means the schedule period will not
apply to that day.

Day of week: Range 0 or 1
Default Values 0 for all of the periods.

OCCUPIED FROM — This field is used to configure the hour and
minute, in 24 hour clock, that the mode for the controller will
switchtooccupied.

Occupied From: Units Hours:Minutes
Range 00:00 to 24:00
(Minutes 00 to 59)
Default Value 00:00

OCCUPIED TO — This field is used to configure the hour and
minute, in 24 hour clock, that the mode for the controller switches
from occupied to unoccupied.

Occupied To: Units Hours:Minutes
Range 00:00 to 24:00
(Minutes 00 to 59)
Default Value 00:00

When the building automation system configured to (BAS
PROTOCOL) is BACnet, the occupancy and holiday information
will be reset to defaults in preparation for receiving a BACnet
occupancy object. While participating on a BACnet network these
configurations cannot be changed at the local interface or with
CCN tools. All scheduling is done from the BACnet interface
designated to provide schedules.

10

SERVICE TEST

The Ser vi ce Test f unction can be used to verify proper operation of
compre ssors, heating sta ges, indoor f an, outdoor fa ns ,
Humidi--MiZer
crankcase heaters, and the alarm relay. Use of Service Test is
recommended at initial system start up and during troubleshooting.
(See Table 4 for point deta i ls)

Service T est mode has the following changes from normal opera t ion:

S Outdoor air temperature limits for cooling circuits, economizer,

and heating are ignored.

S Normal compressor time guards and other staging delays are

reduced to one minute or less.

S Circuit strike out time is reduced to 1 minute instead of 15 minutes .
S It may take up to 30 seconds to actually enter test mode after

activating the command.

Press the TEST button on the SystemVut interface anytime to
access the Test menu. Service Test mode can only be turned
ON/OFF at the unit display. Once turned ON, other entries may be
made with the display or through CCN. To turn Service Test mode
on, change the value of TEST MODE to ON. To turn service test
mode off, change the value of TEST MODE to OFF. Service Test
mode will be automatically turned off based on keypad inactivity
and the Service Mode Test Time out (TEST MODE TIMEOUT).

NOTE: Service Test mode may be password protected. Refer to
Basic Control Usage section for more information. Depending on
the unit model, factory--installed options, and field--installed
accessories, some of the Service Test functions may not apply.

Independent Outputs

The INDEPENDENTS submenu is used to change output status for
the economize r, Humidi--MiZer system valves, power exhaust stages,
crankcase heaters, the alarm relay, as well as perform a compressor
bump test. These independent outputs can operate simultaneously with
other Servic e T est modes. All outputs return to normal operation when
Service Test is tur ned off . The compr essor bump tests c annot be run
while running cooling tests a nd will automa ticall y turn off after one
minute.

Fan Test

The FAN TE S T S submenu is used to change speed for the indoor
fan and outdoor fans. The outdoor fan speeds can be controlled
individual or all together with the ALL ODF SPD TEST.The
outdoor fan and indoor fan transition type points inform the test
routine how to handle the fans while running the cooling or
heating tests. Automatic will automatically transition the fans as the
cooling or heating tests change. While the Manual transition will
only run the fans as set by the test points.

Cooling Test

The COOL submenu is used to change output status for the
individual compressors and Humidi--MiZer system operation. The
HEAT submenu service test outputs are reset to OFF for the
cooling service test. Indoor fans and outdoor fans are controlled
normally to maintain proper unit operation when set for automatic
transition. The IDF SPEED TEST and ALL ODFSPD TEST can
be changed as needed for testing. These fans points show the
requested speed not actual speed. All normal cooling faults and
alerts are functional.

R

system operat ion, power exha ust fans, economizer,

Heating Test

The HEAT submenu is used to change output status for the
individual heat stages, gas or electric. The COOL service test
outputs are reset to OFF for the heating service test. Indoor fan is
controlled normally to maintain proper unit operation when set for
automatic transition. The IDF SPEED TEST can be changed as
needed for testing and shows the requested speed not actual speed.
All normal heating faults and alerts are functional.

NOTE: When the IGC fan on command (IGC FAN REQUEST)
is active the fan may run when not expected.

Table 4 – Test Mode Unit Test Directory

Display Menu/ Sub Menu / Name Expanded Name Values

UNIT TESTS Unit Tests Menu

TEST MODE ServiceTestModeEnable Off/On

SERVICE TEST Service Test Menu

INDEPENDENT S INDEPENDENT TEST MENU

ECON POS TEST Economizer Position Test 0 to 100

BUMP COMP A1 TEST Compressor Bump A1 Test Off/On

BUMP COMP A2 TEST Compressor Bump A2 Test Off/On

LIQ DIVERT A TEST Liquid Divert A Test Off/On

REHEAT A TEST Reheat A Test Off/On

CCH RELAY 1 TEST Crankcas e Heater 1 test Off/On

ALARM RELAY TEST Alarm Output Relay T e s t Off/On

PE1 RELAY TEST Power Ex haust 1 Test Off/On

PE2 RELAY TEST Power Ex haust 2 Test Off/On

FAN TEST S Indoor and Outdoor Fan tests

IDF SPEED TEST Indoor Fan Speed Test 0 to 100

ALL ODF SPD TEST System ODF speed test 0 to 2000

ODF 1 SPEED TEST Outdoor Fan 1 speed test 0 to 2000

ODF 2 SPEED TEST Outdoor Fan 2 speed test 0 to 2000

ODF 3 SPEED TEST Outdoor Fan 3 speed test 0 to 2000

IDF TRANSITION IDF Test T ransition Type Automatic /

ODF TRANSITION ODF T est T ransition Type Automatic/

COOL Coolin g Status Menu

COOL A1 TEST Cooling W/Comp.A1 Test Off/On

COOL A2 TEST Cooling W/Comp.A2 Test Off/On

IDF SPEED TEST Indoor Fan Speed Test 0 to 100

ALL ODF SPD TEST System ODF speed test 0 to 2000

HUMIDIMIZER TEST H umi d i --- M i Z e rRsystem test 0=off

HEAT Heating Status Menu

HEAT 1 TEST Heating Stage 1 Test Off/On

HEAT 2 TEST Heating Stage 2 Test Off/On

IDF SPEED TEST Indoor Fan Speed Test 0 to 100

AUTOMATIC TEST Autom atic Tes t Menu

AUTO INDP TEST AUTO INDEPENDENT TEST Ye s /N o

AUTO COOL TEST RUN AUTO COOLING TEST Yes /No

AUTO HEAT TEST RUN AUTO HEATING TEST Yes/ No

AUTO SYSTEM TEST RUN AUTO SYSTEM TEST Yes/ No

Manual

Manual

1 = Subcool
2=Reheat

11

Automatic Test

The AUTOMATIC TEST submenu i s u sed to execu te all the
applicable tests to the system auto m atically. These in clude
independent component, cooling, heating, and a system one.
Table 5 shows the steps taken during the independent, cooling,
and heating autom atic tests. Th e Hold time represents the time at
which that control waits before moving on to the next step.

The AUTO SYSTEM TEST will execute the independent auto
test, then the cooling auto test, then the heating auto test. At the end
of the system auto test a prompt will ask if you want to enter
measured data and complete a service report.

Table 5 – Independent, Cooling, and Heating Automatic Tests

AUTO INDP TEST

Step Action Hold (Sec)

1 Turn on Crankcase Heater Relay 0

2 Set ODF1 to the High Cool Speed 30

3 Set ODF1 to the Minimum Speed 30

4 Tu r n O D F 1 o f f 5

5 Set ODF2 to the High Cool Speed 30

6 Set ODF2 to the Minimum Speed 30

7 Tu r n O D 2 1 o f f 5

8 Set ODF3 to the High Cool Speed 30

9 Set ODF3 to the Minimum Speed 30

10 Tu r n O D F 3 o ff 5

11 Set IDF speed to 100% 30

12 Set Economizer Damper to 100% 60

13 Tu r n o n pow e r e x h a u st 1 10

14 Tu r n o n pow e r e x h a u st 2 10

15 SetEconomizerDamperto0% 60

16 Turn off power exhaust 2 10

17 Turn off power exhaust 1 10

18 Set IDF to the ventilation speed 30

19 Turn on alarm relay 10

20 Turn off alarm relay 10

21 Set IDF to 0% speed 30

22 Turn off Crankcase Heater relay 0

AUTO COOL TEST

Step Action Hold (Sec)

1 Set ODF auto transition 0

2 Set IDF auto transition 0

3 Turn on Cool A1 test 60

4 Turn off Cool A1 test 30

5 Turn on Cool A2 test 60

6 Turn on Cool A1 and Cool A2 tests 30

7 Turn off Cool A1 and Cool A2 tests 60

AUTO HEAT TEST

Step Action Hold (Sec)

1 Set IDF auto transition 0

2 Turn on H e a t 1 t e st 60

3 Turn on H e a t 2 t e st 60

4 TurnoffHeat1andHeat2tests 20

THIRD PARTY CONTROL

Third party controls may interface with the unit SystemVut
controller through the connections described below. See other
sections of these instructions for more information on the related
unit control and configurations.

Cooling/Heating Control

The thermostat inputs are provided on TB1 of the board. The
Unit Control Type configuration, UNIT CONTROL TYPE,

must be 0 (Tstat) to recognize the below inputs. Terminal R is
the 24--VAC source for the following:

Y1 = first stage cooling

Y2 = second stage cooling
Y3 = third stage cooling
W1 = first stage heating

W2 = second stage heating
G = Indoor fan

Dehumidification Control

On Humidi--MiZerRsystem units the HUMIDISTAT and SPRH leads
are provided with quick connects . The Space Humidity Switch
configuration, SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATIONS

SWITCH INPUTS CONFIGSHUMSTA T CHANNEL

identifies the normally open or normally closed status of t his i nput at
HIGH humidity. The RH Sensor configurati on, SETTINGS UNI T

CONFIGURATI ONSANALOG INPUTS CONFIGS SPRH
SENSOR CHANNEL, identifie s the poi nt on the MBB (Main Base

board) or the IOB (Input Output board) the sensor was wired into.

Remote Occupancy

The remote occupancy input can be provided on one of the
configurable inputs, most commonly TB3. The Remote
Occupancy Switch configuration, REMOTE OCC TYPE,
identifies the normally open or normally closed status of this input
when unoccupied. The Remote Occupancy Channel configuration,
REMOTE OCC CHAN, identifies the discrete input (DI) assigned
for this function.

Remote Shutdown

The remote shutdown input is provided for unit shutdown in response
to switch input confi gured most commonly on TB3. The Remote
Shutdown Switch configurati on, REM. SHUTDOWN TYPE,
identifies the normally open or normally closed status of this input
when there is no shutdown command. The Remote Shutdown
Channel configura tion, REM. SHUTDOWN CHAN, identifies the
discrete input (DI) assi gned for this function.

Alarm Output

The alarm output is provided on as a configurable relay, most
commonly on TB2, to indicate when a current alarm is active. The
output will be 24 --VAC if a current alarm exists. The Alarm Relay
Channel configuration, ALM RELY CHANNEL, identifies the
discrete output (DO) assigned for this function.

Economizer Damper Control

For units with the economizer option or accessory, the damper
position can be directly controlled through the IAQ sensor input.
The IAQ Analog Input configuration, IAQ LEVEL CONTROL
will have to set to 2 (CTL MINP). When IA.CF = 2, an external 4
to 20 mA source is used to move the damper 0% to 100% directly.

CONTROLS OPERATION

Display Configuration

The SETTINGSDISPLAY SETTINGS submenu is used to
configure the local display settings.

METRIC DISPLAY

This variable is used to change the display from English units to
Metric units.

LANGUAGE

This variable is used to change the language of the SystemVu
display. At this time, only English is available.

CONTRAST ADJUST

This is used to adjust the contrast of the SystemVu display.

12

PASSWORD ENABLE?

This variabl e enabl es or disable s the use of a user passw ord. The
passw ord is used to rest r ict use of the control to change configurations.

VIEW USER PASSWORD

This menu allows the user to view the user password. The
password must be entered or disabled to view it.

CHANGE USER PASSWORD

This menu allows the user to change the user password. The
password must be entered or disabled to change it.

Unit Configuration

Many configurations that indicate what factory options and/or field
accessories are installed and other common operation variables are
included in SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATION submenu.
Some of these configurations will be set in the factory for the
factory-- installed options (FIOPs). Field installed accessories and
custom control functions will require configuration changes. The
SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATIONGENERAL submenu
contains the following control configurations. Refer to other
specific sections for other configurations.

STARTUP DELAY

This configuration sets the control start-up delay after the power is
interrupted. This can be used to stagger the start-up of multiple
units.

UNIT CONTROL TYPE

This configuration defines if temperature control is based on
thermostat inputs or space temperature sensor input. TSTAT value
is when then unit determines cooling and heating demand by the
state of G, Y1, Y2, W1, and W2 inputs from a space thermostat.
This value is the factory default. SPACE SEN value is when the
unit determines cooling and heating demand based on the space
temperature and the appropriate set point. RAT SEN value is when
the unit determines cooling and heating demand based on the
return air temperature and the appropriate set point. SPACE SEN
or RAT SEN are also used as Linkage configuration.

THERMOSTAT TYPE

This configuration applies only if Unit Control Type is Thermostat.
The value determines how the inputs are interpreted. See the
specific operation sections for more information. The following
descriptions define what each value means.

0 = CONV 2C2H – Conventional Thermostat 2 stage cool and

2 stage heat.
1 = DIGI 2C2H – Digita l Thermos t at 2 stage cool and 2 stage heat.

2 = CONV 3C2H – Conventional Thermostat 3 stage cool and

2 stage heat. This is the default setting.
3 = DIGI 3C2H – Digital Thermostat 3 stage cool and 2 stage heat.

ADAPTIVE TSTAT

This configuration applies only if the Unit control type is
Thermostat. When this is YES the control will use Adaptive
Control for cooling and heating staging. When this is set to NO the
control will use the Traditional Thermostat Control, however
during integrated cooling Adaptive is always used.

DIRTY FILTER TIME

This configuration defines the life of the installed filter. A timer
will count down from this number while the indoor fan is running.
At the expiration of this timer, an alert will be activated to indicate
a filter change is required.

TEST MODE TIMEOUT

This configuration defines the time at which a test mode test has
not changed state will automatically disable test mode. This
configuration will disable the timeout when set to 0 (Disabled).

CCH MAX TEMP

This configuration defines the temperature threshold for which the
crankcase heater is no longer required to heat the compressor shell.

STD BARO PRESSURE

This configuration is used to specify the job locati on’s standard
barometer pressure reading. This will feed the BAROMETRIC
PRESS when a network is not writing to it. This should be used to
account for job site eleva t ion if enthalpy calcula t ions are being used.

LINK STAGEUP TIME

This configuration sets the cooling and heating stage up time
during linkage operation.

Configurable Switches and Analog sensors

The SystemV ut contr ol ler has optional confi gurable inputs. These
consist of five physical board switc h inputs (discrete inputs) and three
physical board analog inputs. There are more funct ions allowe d for
configuration than ther e are inputs. Each function will have a
configuration for which input c hannel it is ass i gned to. Eac h switch
function wi ll also have a s witch type configurat ion which defines that
switches normal state. Table 6 shows the configurabl e functions and
what their normal and active states are. Ta ble 7 shows the configurable
analog input f unctions. The switch configurati ons can be found in the

SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATIONSSWITCH INPUT
CONFIGS sub--menu. The a nalog input configurati ons can be found
in the SETTINGUNIT CONFIGURATIONSSWITCH INPUT
CONFIGS sub--menu. The configurable input assignment can be
viewed in the SERVICEHARDWAREASSI GNED
INPUTS/OUTPUTS sub--menu.

Table 6 – Configurable Switch Input Functions

Function Description Normal State Active State

Humidistat OFF ON

Condensate Overflow LOW HIGH

Filter Status Switch CLEAN DIRTY

Remote Occupancy UNOCC OCCUPIED

Remote Shutdown RUN SHUTDOWN

General Status Switch GOOD ALARM

Enthalpy Switch Input LOW HIGH

Table 7 – Configurable Analog Input Functions

Function Description Sensor Type Sensor Values

Space Air Relative Humidity Sensor 0 --- 2 0 m A %RH

Return Air Relative Humidity Sensor 0 --- 20mA %RH

Indoor Air CO2Sensor 0 --- 20m A PPM

Outside Air CO2Sensor 0 --- 2 0 m A CFM

General Operation

48/50LC units can provide cooling, dehumidification, heating, and
ventilation. The operating mode (MODE) shows the highest level
of operation of the unit at any given time. The operating sub--mode
(SUB--MODE) shows the detail operation occurring while under a
specific mode. Fig. 10 shows the MODE and SUB--MODE values.

Each unit will operate under one of three basic types of control,
thermostat, space temperature sensor, or return air temperature
sensor. There are many inputs, configurations, safety factors, and
conditions that ultimately control the unit. Refer to the specific
operation sections for detail on a specific unit operation. The
control will set the demand based on these types of control and
conditions, which then drives the operating mode.

When thermostat control is enabled (UNIT CONTROL TYPE),
the unit will operate based on discrete input commands (G, Y1,
Y2, Y3, W1, and W2) and there is a one minute time delay
between modes and when re--entering a mode. The G command
calls for ventilation, the Y1, Y2, and Y3 commands call for
cooling, and the W1 & W2 commands call for heating. Thermostat
Control Type (THERMOSTAT TYPE) affects how cooling
operates based on Y1, Y2, and Y3 commands and if
cooling/heating stage time guards are applied.

When space temperature sensor control in enabled (UNIT
CONTROL TYPE), the unit will try to maintain the Space
Temperature (SPACE TEMPERATURE) between the effective

13

cool and heat setpoints (EFF COOL SETPOINT and EFF HEAT
SETPOINT). However, to minimize unnecessary cool to heat and
heat to cool changes, there is a 10 minute delay after the last stage
turns off before the control will switch modes. Linkage operation
overrides the mode changeover delay to 15 seconds. The cooling
and heating Mode Select Time guards (COOL MODE T.GUARD
and HEAT MODE T.GUARD) show the remaining time before
allowing the respective mode to be entered.

Demand Determination

Based on the unit control type (UNIT CONTROL TYPE),alarm

overall demand of the unit. Table 8 shows the possible system
demands with their priority level and summary description.

Thermostat Demand

When the unit control type is configured for thermostat (UNIT
CONTROL TYPE = TSTAT) the level 5 demand in Table 8 will be

determined by thermostat inputs and the Thermostat Type
configuration (THERMOSTAT TYPE) as shown in the tables
below. Table 9 shows the cooling thermostat inputs and how they
map to the system demand. Table 10 shows the heating thermostat
inputs and how they map to the system demand.

conditions, and user interaction, the control will determine an

MODE OFF VENT COOL HEAT TEST

STARTING UP MODE TIMEGUARD ECON FREE COOLING HEATING MANUAL TEST

SUB-

MODE

IDLE - NO DEMAND

MODE TIMEGUARD MECH. COOLING

UNIT DISABLED ECON/MECH COOLING

URGENT SHUTDOWN DEHUMIDIFICATION

SAFETY CONTROL DEHUM/MECH COOL

SUPPLY FAN ON UNOCC. FREE COOL

DEHUM PREVENTED

COOLING PREVENTED

SHUTTING COOL OFF

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERING

HEATING PREVENTED

SHUTTING HEAT OFF

AUTO TEST

SHUTTING TEST OFF

Fig. 10 -- Modes and Sub--Modes

a48--- 9374

Table 8 – Demand List and Priority

DEMAND Priority Description

EMERGENCY 1 An emergency condition occurs which requires a unit shutdown

SAFETY FAULT 2 A safety diagnostic requires the unit to run in safety mode.

SERVICE TEST 3 User request test mode

SHUTDOWN 4 A minor or user condition requires the unit to shutdown

NO DEMAND

FAN ONLY O nly circulation or ventilation is requested form the building

DEHUM A dehumidification load is present in the building

LOW COOL A low cooling load is presen t in the building

MED COOL A medium cooling load is present in the building

HIGH COOL A high coolin g load is presen t in the building

LOW COOL & DEHUM A low cooling and dehumidification load is present in the buil ding

MED COOL & DEHUM A medium cool ing and dehumidification load is present in the building

HIGH COOL & DEHUM A high cooling and dehumidification load is present in the buil ding

UFC LOW COOL A low cooling load is present in the building due to the unoccupied free cooling algorithm

UFC MED COOL A medium cooling load is present in the building due to the unoccupied free cooling algorithm

UFC HIGH COOL A high cooling load is present in the building due to the unoccupied free cooling algorithm

LOW HEAT A low heating load is present in the building

HIGH HEAT A high heating load is present in the bu ilding

SUPPLY AIR TEMPERING Due to outside air, supply air is uncomfortably cool during ventilation

5

There is no comfort demand from the building

Table 9 – Thermostat Cooling System Demands

Thermostat Inputs THERMOSTAT TYPE

Y1 Y2 Y3 CONV 2C2H** CONV 3C2H DIGI 2C2H* DIGI 3C2H

0 0 0 No Cool No Cool No Cool No Cool

0 0 1 No Cool Alert & Low Cool No Cool High Cool

0 1 0 Alert & Low Cool Alert & L ow Cool Medium Cool Medium Cool

0 1 1 Alert & Low Cool Alert & Med Cool Medium Cool High Cool

1 0 0 Low Cool Low Cool Low Cool Low Cool

1 0 1 Low Cool Alert & Med Cool Low Cool High Cool

1 1 0 High Cool Medium Cool High Cool Medium Cool

1 1 1 High Cool High Cool High Cool High Cool

*Y3isignored
** Set the LOW COOL COMP as needed, and Y3 is ignored

14

Table 10 – Thermostat Heating System Demands

Thermostat Input THERMOSTAT TYPE

W1 W2

0 0 No Heat No Heat

0 1 Alert & Low Heat High Heat

1 0 Low Heat Low Heat

1 1 High Heat High Heat

CONV 2C2H
CONV 3C2H

DIGI 2C2H
DIGI 3C2H

Space Sensor Demand

When the unit control type is configured for space sensor (UNIT
CONTROL TYPE = SPACE SEN) the level 5 demand in Table 8

will be determined by the space sensor inputs and setpoints as
described below. The Effective Demand Temperature (DEMAND
CTRL TEMP) represents the temperature which the control is
using to control the space. This would come from the space sensor,
building network, linkage, or the return air sensor.

Setpoint Determination

Setpoints are used to control the unit. The Cool Setpoint in Effect

(EFF COOL SETPOINT) and the Heat Setpoint in Effect (EFF
HEAT SETPOINT) are the points in which the unit is controlling

to at a specific time. These points are read only points and change
according to occupancy, the offset slider status, and network writes.
The setpoint configurations are in the SETTINGSSPACE SET
POINTS submenu.

If the building is in occupied mode, the Occupied Cool Setpoint

(OCC COOL SETPOINT) and the Occupied Heat Setpoint (OCC
HEAT SETPOINT) are active. When the building is in
unoccupied mode, the Unoccupied Cool Setpoint (UNOCC COOL
SETPNT) and the Unoccupied Heat Setpoint (UNOCC HEAT
SETPNT) are active. The heating and cooling set points are also

separated by a Heat--Cool Set Point Gap (HEAT-COOL SP GAP)
that is user configurable from 2 to 10 degrees F. This parameter
will not allow the setpoints to be set too close together, it will
change the last setpoint adjusted if it is set within the GAP.

When the space sensor has a setpoint slider adjustment, the cool
and heat setpoints (occupied) can be offset by sliding the bar from
one side to the other. The SPT Offset Range (+/--) (SPT SLIDER
RANGE) sets the total positive or negative degrees that can be
added to the setpoints. With the slider in the middle, no offset is
applied. Moving the slider to the “COOL” side will subtract from
each setpoint, and sliding it to the “WARM” side will add to the
setpoints. The slider offset being applied at any given time is
displayed as Space Temperature Offset (SLIDER OFFSET VAL).

Temperature Demand

Space sensor staging control is an adaptive anticipation control that
weighs the actual space demand against the trend of that demand.
The control tries to anticipate the change in the space because of its
current stage status. This anticipation is based on the demand
trends. These trends will show the control how the space is reacting
to the current running conditions and help it decide when to
change the actual demand of the system. The following points are
in the RUN STATUSMODE submenu:

COOLING DEMAND — This is the difference between the Cool
Setpoint in Effect (EFF COOL SETPOINT) and the Effective
Demand Temperature (DEMAND CTRL TEMP) representing the
demand of the space for cooling.

COOL DEMAND TREND — This is the rate of change of the
cooling demand in degrees per minute, representing how the space
is changing its demand for cooling.

HEATING DEMAND — This is the difference between the Heat
Setpoint in Effect (EFF HEAT SETPOINT) and the Effective
Demand Temperature (DEMAND CTRL TEMP) representing the
demand of the space for cooling.

HEAT DEMAND TREND — This is the rate of change of the
heating demand in degrees per minute, representing how the space
is changing its demand for cooling.

In general the system demand will increase based on the demand
compared to the demand switch states in Fig. 11. The demand
cannot increase until Time guard 1 (DEMAND TIMEGUARD1)
expires. The LCON and LHON thresholds will also cause the
system demand to be reduced. When the demand hits the off switch
stages the system demand will be set to NO DEMAND. These
switch stages are in the SETTINGSSET POINTS

TEMP

DEMAND CONFIG submenu.

The cooling and heating demand level up configurations (COOL
DMD LEVEL UP and HEAT DMD LEVEL UP) will restrict a

system demand increase if the demand trend is less than the level
up configuration. These level up configurations will also increase
the system demand if the demand trend is greater than it for greater
than the T ime guard 2 (DEMAND TIMEGUARD2).

The system demand will increase if it has remained at the same
state for greater than Time Guard 3 (DEMAND TIMEGUARD3).

HCON

MCON

LCON

Cool Setpoint

Heat Setpoint

LHON

HHON

Decrease

Demand

LCOF

LHOF

Decrease

Demand

SPACE TEMP

C14323

Fig. 11 -- Space Sensor System Demand Switch States

RA T Demand

When the unit control type is configured for return air sensor
(UNIT CONTROL TYPE = RAT SEN) the level 5 demand in
Table 8 will be determined the same as space sensor but using the
return air temperature (RETURN AIR TEMP) instead of the space
temperature (SPACE TEMPERATURE).

Occupancy Determination

The building’s occupancy is affected by a number of different
factors. Occupancy affects the unit set points and the operation of
the economizer. The factors affecting occupancy are listed below
from highest to lowest priority.

Level 1 Priority

Level 1 classification is a force/write to occupancy and can occur
two ways. Listed in order of priority: force on OCCUPIED, and a
Linkage write. The CCN point OCCUPIED is forced via an
external device such as a ComfortIDt controller or a service tool:
when OCCUPIED is forced to YES, the unit is considered
occupied, when OCCUPIED is forced to NO, the unit is
considered unoccupied. If the unit is being controlled by Linkage,
the occupancy is communicated and mapped to OCCUPIED as an
input. Linkage does not force the point only write to it, therefore a
force applied to OCCUPIED will override it.

If OCCUPIED is not being forced or written to, proceed to the
level 2 priority.

Level 2 Priority

Level 2 is considered occupant interaction, and consists of Timed
Override and Remote Occupancy Switch. A timed override button
press will override a remote occupancy switch if both are installed
for operation.

15

While using the programmed schedule, occupancy can be
temporarily switched from unoccupied to occupied by pressing the
override button for approximately 3 seconds on the T--55, T --56, or
T--59 space temperature sensor. The length of the override period
when pressing the override button is determined by the Override
Time Limit (TIMED OVR LENGTH). The hours remaining in
override is displayed as Timed Override Hours (TIMED OVR
HOURS). This point can also be changed from the local display or
network to set or change the override period length.

Remote Occupancy Switch (REMOTE OCC SWITCH) can be
forced or configured for operation based on an actual switch. The
physical switch should be configured to either Normally Open or
Normally Closed when the user would like to control the
occupancy with an external switch. This switch is field--supplied
(24v, single pole, single throw [SPST]). There are two possible
configurations for the remote occupancy switch:

1. (REMOTE OCC TYPE = 0) Normally Open Switch

1. (REMOTE OCC TYPE = 1) Normally Closed Switch

If the switch is configured to No Switch (REMOTE OCC CHAN =
None), the switch input value will be ignored and software will
proceed to level 3 priority. For each type of switch, the appropriate
configuration and states are listed in the table below.

TYPE OF SWITCH

Occupied when Closed

or Unoccupied when

Open

Occupied when Open or

Unoccup ied when

Closed

SWITCH

CONFIGURATION

Normal Open (0)

Normal Closed (1)

STATE OF SWITCH AND
STATE OF OCCUPANCY

Open and Unoccupied

Closed and Occupied

Open and Occupied

Closed and Unoccupied

Level 3 Priority

The following occupancy options are determined by the state of
Occupancy Schedule Number (SCHEDULE NUMBER) and the
Global Schedule Broadcast (BROADCAST SCHEDL?).

1. (SCHEDULE NUMBER = 0) The unit is always
considered occupied and the programmed schedule is
ignored. This is the factory default.

2. (SCHEDULE NUMBER = 1 - 64) Follow the local
programmed schedule. Schedules 1 to 64 are local within
the controller. The unit can only store one local schedule
and therefore changing this number only changes the title of
the schedule table.

3. (SCHEDULE NUMBER = 65- 99) Follow the global
programmed schedule. If the unit is configured as a Global
Schedule Broadcaster (BROADCAST SCHEDL? = YES),
the unit will follow the

unit s programmed schedule and

broadcast the schedule so that other devices programmed to
follow this schedule number can receive the schedule. If the
unit is not programmed as a Global Schedule Broadcaster
(BROADCAST SCHEDL? = NO), the unit will receive
broadcasted schedules from a unit programmed to broadcast
this schedule number.

Humidity Demand

When the unit is configured for either a Humidistat input

(HUMSTAT CHANNEL) or Space Humidity Sensor (SPRH
SENS CHANNEL) the level 5 demand in Table 8 will include a

determination of dehumidification demand.

Humidistat

When receiving an active input from the Humidistat
(HUMIDISTAT), dehumidification will be demanded.

Space Relative Humidity

On units with a relative humidity sensor, when the received value
of space relative humidity (SPRH LEVEL) has exceed the
humidity set point (SPRH SET POINT), dehumidification will be
demanded. This demand will remain until the space relative
humidity has fallen below the humidity set point by more than the

humidity set point deadband (SPRH DEADBAND). This would
come from the space humidity sensor, or building network.

Indoor Fan Operation

These units use the Staged Air Volume (SAV) method of controlling
the supply fan for a typical constant volume rooftop unit. This control
method employs a variable frequency drive (VFD) to operate the
supply fan at different speeds in order to achie ve energy savings
through reduce d fan power. This method is specifi cally not concer ned
with controlling static pressure in the supply duct, but rather with
setting different fan speeds for different operating condit i ons, suc h as
ventilation mode or part--load mechanical cooling.

The SAV function is NOT a Variable Air Volume (VAV) function.
The fan adapts its speed to one of eight based on mode and current
state to satisfy a demand. The eight speeds consist of off (0%) and
seven configurable values. The seven configurable fan speeds are:
Maximum Speed (MAXIMUM IDF SPEED), Ventilation (VENT

IDF SPEED), Heating (HEATING IDF SPD), Free Cool (FREE
COOL IDF SPD), Mechanical Low Cooling (LOW COOL IDF
SPD), Mechanical Medium Cooling (MED COOL IDF SPD),and

Mechanical High Cooling (HIGH COOL IDF SPD),TheVFDis
powered direct from the distribution block or circuit breaker (CB)
and is always on with power applied unless the CB is tripped.
When the thermostat or space sensor control conditions require the
fan on, the VFD will then ramp to desired speed. Fan speed is
always calculated by evaluating the current applicable conditions.
Each fan speed condition is evaluated independently, and the
highest fan speed is used. For example, if a cooling call occurs
during Ventilation mode, the unit mode will transition to cooling
but the fan speed is set to the higher of the two (VENT IDF
SPEED or LOW COOL IDF SPD). Refer to the speed
configurations below for when the fan will run at them.

Direct Drive Units

Alternately, 48/50LC04--06 units can have either a direct drive
Electronic Commutated Motor (ECM) fan system or a belt drive
motor powered by a Variable Frequency Drive (VFD). And
IDFTYPE=1 indicates a unit with VFD, while an IDFTYPE=2
indicates a direct drive system. Refer to the unit product data for
Fan Performance tables and physical data. On direct drive units, the
ECM has 5 speed taps to allow a range of fan performance. The
control has 3 output wires to connect to 3 different taps. From the
factory the low and high speed wires are connected to the first and
second speed taps, respectively. The ventilation speed tap is
disconnected. The speed taps increase the speed the higher the tap
number, so the first tap is the lowest speed and tap 5 is the highest
speed. If the low and high speed wires are moved to higher taps,
the ventilation speed wire can be wired into the motor. To activate
the use of the ventilation speed wire, the Number of Speeds

(SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATIONSINDOOR FAN
NUMFSPDS) configuration must be set to 3.

The Commanded Fan Speed (OUTPUTSINDOOR
FANF ANSPEED) repr esents the controls commanded speed for

the fan at any given time. This commanded speed is determined by
the unit’s curr ent HVAC mode and the unit control type. For gas
heating units, the IGC fan request output (InputsGEN. IIGC.F) is
monitored by the control. This can result in additional modification of
fan delays or other operation due to safety functions of the IGC
control. See the Gas Heating operation section for more details. If
configured for IAQ fan ope ration, the fan may be tur ned on to satisfy
air quality demands. See the Indoor Air Quality section if using IAQ
(indoor air quality) accessory sensors. The fan can run under
therm ostat or spa ce sensor control and will re main on if com pressors
or heat rela ys are ever stuck on. If Shut Down on IDF Failure is
enabled (SHUTDOWN IDF FAIL = Yes) , the fan and unit will be
shutdown wi thout del ay on fan a larm conditions. Fan off delays are
honored when exiting specific HVAC modes. The Fan-- off Delay
delays are as follows: Cooling (COOL FANOFF DELAY), and
Heating (HEAT F ANOFF DELAY).

16

Indoor (Supply) Fan Maximum Speed
(MAXIMUM IDF SPEED)

Max speed is the highest fan speed allowed. This is typically 100%
when pulleys are set to deliver design CFM to the space per job
requirement. Most safety conditions for the unit will override the
fan speed to this to help protect the unit.

Ventilation Indoor Fan Speed (VENT IDF SPEED)

This configuration defines the fan speed used in Ventilation
(fan--only) mode. Ventilation mode is when the supply fan is
running, but there is no demand for heating or cooling. In
thermostat mode, this is with just a G call. In space sensor control,
this is when the unit is Occupied mode and the indoor fan is
configured to always run while occupied (OCCUPIED FAN?).If
the indoor fan is configured for intermittent fan (OCCUPIED
FAN? = No), the Mode will be off instead of Ventilation and the
fan will not run unless a heating or cooling mode is needed. During
the unoccupied period, the fan will always operate intermittently.
The economizer damper will adjust its position based on how far
away this speed is from max speed for ventilation.

IMPORTANT: It is important that the ventilation rate is checked after
setting this speed to verify that the unit can properly ventilate the space
per requireme nt s. Adjusting this configur ation or the economiz er
minimum setting curve should be performed to meet job requirements.

Heating Indoor Fan Speed (HEATING IDF SPD)

This configuration defines the fan speed used when in heating
mode and running heat. On units equipped with Gas heat (UNIT
TYPE OF HEAT), this heat speed will be delayed on based on the
IGC’s fan on call (IGC FAN REQUEST). Once the IGC request
the fan the fan will run what this heating speed configuration is set
for until heating is ended. On units configured for Electric heat
(UNIT TYPE OF HEAT) and configured for Preheat without the
fan (PREHEAT W/O IDF), this heat speed will be delayed on
based on the Preheat fan delay time (PREHEAT FAN DELAY).
Once this preheat time has expired or not configured for preheat,
the fan will run at this heat speed while heat is on.

Free Cooling Indoor Fan Speed (FREE COOL IDF SPD)

This configuration defines the initial fan speed used when in Free
Cooling. Refer to the Economizer Controls Operation section for
details on free cooling. The fan will stay at this configured speed
whenever only the damper is being used for free cooling. If the
damper is at 100% for 5 minutes the fan will ramp to the high
cooling speed. It is locked there until the actual damper position
falls below 75% at which time it will ramp back down to this
configured speed.

Low Cooling Indoor Fan Speed (LOW COOL IDF SPD)

This configuration defines the fan speed used when only one stage
mechanical cooling is being performed.

Medium Cooling Indoor Fan Speed (MED COOL IDF SPD)

This configuration defines the fan speed used when only second
stage mechanical cooling is being performed.

High Cooling Indoor Fan Speed (HIGH COOL IDF SPD)

This configuration defines the fan speed used when third (full load)
stage mechanical cooling is being performed. When performing
integrated cooling with the economizer this speed will be used. When
only free cooling with a high cool demand, this spee d will be used.

Cooling Operation

The 48/50LC unit’s cooling operation consists of: demand and
mode determination, staging request to satisfy the demand, and
handling a request with the unit’s resources. These resources can
include compressors, Humidi--MiZer
fan speed based on options. This section covers mechanical
cooling. For economizer free cooling, refer to the Economizer
Operation section (starting on page 24).

For Humidi--MiZer system operation, refer to the Optional
Humidi--MiZer Dehumidification System section (see page 19).

R

system, an economizer, and

Cooling Mode Control

The cooling HV A C mode (OPERATING MODE) has 9 different
operating sub modes (SUBMODE): ECON FREE COOLING,
UNOCC. FREE COOL, MECH. COOLING, ECON/MECH
COOLING, DEHUMIDIFICATION, DEHUM/MECH COOLING,
DEHUM PREVENTED, COOLING PREVENTED, and
SHUTTING COOL OFF. These are all part of a general cooling
mode and rese mble the specific type of cool ing that is being
performed at any given time. All types of cooling are still performed
under the general cooling function, and the expanded text i s for user
reference only.

For the unit to enter cooling mode, three things must be true: the
indoor fan must be ok t o use, the mode c hangeover time guard must
be expired, and there must be a cooli ng or dehumidification demand
(Y1, Y2, Y3, space cool demand, or humidity demand). The unit will
rema in in cooling for at least one minute or until any of the above
conditions turn false. The cool ing mode does not offici ally e nd until
the compress or is off and the fan off delay has expired.

Cooling Staging Control

Once the unit is in a cooling mode, determine what the demand is
and how to satisfy it. If an economizer is installed and can be used
for cooling (OK TO USE FREE COOLING? = Yes), the unit will
use it first (see economizer section for its operation). If the
economizer cannot be used or additional cooling is needed, a
mechanical cooling check is performed. OK to use Compressors?
(OK TO USE COMPS?) will be set to yes when the outdoor
temperature (OUTDOOR AIR TEMP) is above the Circuit A
Lockout temperature (CIR.A LOCKOUT OAT) and the Circuit A
is not locked out for diagnostic reasons (CIRCUIT A LOCKOUT).
Based on the unit control configuration, requested cooling stages
(REQ. COOL STAGES) will be determined then passed to
compressor control to actually add the cooling stages.

There are two ways of requesting stages when thermostat control is
enabled, Traditional thermostat control or adaptive control.
Traditional thermostat control is used if set for non--adaptive
thermostat (ADAPTIVE TSTAT = NO) and the unit cannot use the
economizer for free cooling. If set for adaptive thermostat
(ADAPTIVE TSTAT = YES) or any time the economizer is
available for free cooling, the unit will use adaptive control for
staging.

When configured for Space sensor or RAT control (UNIT
CONTOL TYPE) the unit will use adaptive control for staging.
With either staging method there are two supply air temperature
limits that apply, one restricts more cooling stages and the other
will remove cooling stages. If at any time the Supply--Air
Temperature (SUPPLY AIR TEMP) falls below the Minimum
Supply Air Temperature Upper Level (UPPER MIN SAT),the
requested stages will not be allowed to increase. If at any time the
SAT falls below the Minimum Supply Air Temperature Lower
Level (LOWER MIN SAT), the requested stages will be reduced
by one. If these SAT limits are configured so that they are too close
together, the last stage might cycle rapidly, slowed only by its
minimum on and off-- time requirements.

Adaptive Control

Stage timers and Supply air trend apply when determining the
request for stages. The first request (REQ. COOL STAGES =1)
comes immediately when starting the staging process. The Cool
Stage Increase Time (COOL STAGEUP TIME) has to expire and
the Supply-- Air Trend (SUPPLY AIR TREND) has to be above
the cooling supply air trend level (COOL SATTREND LEV)
before another stage can be added. Requested stages will only be
allowed to increase as the actual system demand allows
(DEMAND). A “LOW COOL” demand will only allow one
requested stage, “MED COOL” two stages, and “HIGH COOL” 3
stages. The requested stages will be reduced if the cooling demand
is lowered or dropped completely, or if the supply air falls below
the lower level (LOWER MIN SAT).

17

Traditional Thermostat Control

Stage timers and Supply a ir trend do not apply when determini ng the
request for stages. Request staging will follow the therm ostat input s
directly. “LOW COOL” will request one stage. “MED COOL” will
request two stages. “HIGH COOL” will reques t 3 stages.

Compressor Control

The compres sor control works hand and hand with the staging
control. As the staging c ontrol request stages, the c om pressor control
determines what is available or running and tries to provide stages for
what is requested. The availability of the compressors depends on time
guards, circuit diagnostics, a nd outdoor te mperature. The low cooling
compressor (LOW COOL COMP) informs the control which
compressor is desired for a low cooling demand.

IMPORTANT: When LOW COOL COMP is set to 2 the unit will
operate as a 2 stage unit where the larger compressor is stage one
and both compressors are stage 2.

There are time guards to protect the compressor, Compressor Min On
Time (COMP MIN ON TIME) and Compressor Min Off Time
(COMP MIN OFF TIME) apply before the compressors can be
turned back on or turned off. Time guard A1 (COMP A1
TIMEGUARD) and Timeguard A2 (COMP A2 TIMEGUARD)
display the time the compressors have before they can transition state.

Circuit diagnostic tests are performed during operation which may
or may not allow the compressors to be used. The availability of
the compressors is shown as Compressor A1 Available (COMP A1

AVAILABLE) and Compressor A2 Available (COMP A2
AVAILABLE). The lockout status of the compressors is shown as

Compressor A1 Lockout (COMP A1 LOCKOUT) and
Compressor A2 Lockout (COMP A2 LOCKOUT). The actual
stages running at any given time is displayed as Actual Cooling
Stages (ACTIVE COOL STAGE) :0 (Off), 1 (Compressor A1 On
only), 2 (Compressor A2 On only), and 3 (both compressors are
on). Individual compressor output state is shown as
(COMPRESSOR A1)and(COMPRESSOR A2).

Any t ime the out door ambie nt falls be low the low cooling minimum
outdoor tempera t ure (LOW COOL MIN OAT), the low cooling

lockout will be active (LOW COOL LOCKOUT) preventing
compre ssor A1 f r om running by itself. Any tim e the outdoor ambient
falls below the medium cooling minimum outdoor temperature (MED

COOL MIN OAT), the medium cooling lockout will be active (MED
COOL LOCKOUT) preventi ng com pressor A1 a nd com pressor A2

from running by themselves.

Outdoor Fan Control

Outdoor fans can be controlled by one of two methods: normal
operation of discrete speed based on the cooling being performed,
or low ambient operation that varies the outdoor airflow to control
saturated discharge temperature within an acceptable range. This is
implemented using multi--speed motors. The system outdoor fan
speed (COMMANDED ODF SPD) represents the commanded
speed of all outdoor fan motors as a complete system. The number
of outdoor fans in the system is determined by the Number of
outdoor fan outputs (ODF SIGNAL QTY).

IMPORTANT: The number of outdoor fans will not always match
the number of outdoor fan outputs (ODF SIGNAL QTY).Fig.12
shows how the outdoor fans are mapped with the outdoor fan
outputs.

NOTE: Factory default configurations account for these model
differences and should not be changed. The default configurations
have been qualified over a large range of conditions and are
provided in case a field replacement of a control board occurs and
the settings need to be checked or manually configured. Outdoor
fan operation is further described below to assist in
troubleshooting.

Typical Operation

When OAT is above low ambient temperature (LOW AMBIENT
TEMP), the ODFs will run at 4 dis crete speeds, off, Low Cool Speed
(ODF LOW COOL SPD), Medium Cool Speed (ODF MED COOL
SPD), and High Cool Speed (ODF HIGH COOL SPD),

corresponding to the 4 discr ete cooling stage of the compre s sors
(ACTIVE COOL STAGE): 0 (Off), 1 (Compressor A1 On only), 2
(Compre ssor A2 On only), and 3 (both compressors are on).

48/50LC 24-26 48/50LC 17-20 48/50 LC14

OFM3

1

OFM2

OFM1

1

Control Box Side

OFM5

2

OFM6

33

OFM4

2

OFM3

1

OFM1

1

OFM4

2

OFM2

OFM2

2

Control Box Side Control Box Side

48/50LC 08-12

48/50LC 07

OFM2

OFM3

Control Box Side

OFM1

OFM2

OFM1

Control Box Side

48/50LC 04-06

OFM

Control Box Side

Fig. 12 -- Outdoor Fan Motor Arrangement

OFM3

OFM1

Indicates the Outdoor

1

Fan Signal from the

2

board. Otherwise the

3

motor and signal match.

a48--- 9938

18

Low Ambient Operation

Low ambient operation will be used when either of the 2
conditions is met: 1) OAT is less than low ambient temperature
(LOW AMBIENT TEMP) –5_F or 2) OAT is less than low
ambient temperature (LOW AMBIENT TEMP) –2.5_Fandthe
Saturated Discharge Temperature (CIR.A DIS. TEMP) is less than
92_F. The low ambient ODF control will manipulate ODF speed to
keep the discharge temp above 95_F. As OAT continues to drop,
ODF speed will continue to decrease, at certain point, the low
ambient control may decide to turn off ODFs and only control the
speed of the rest of the outdoor fans. If the discharge temp keeps on
decreasing, it may reach a point that all ODF fans will be turned
off. The ODFs will be turned on starting from the highest number
first, meaning the ODF1 will be the last one to shut off. The ODFs
are protected with a 45 second run time and a 60 second off time.
See Fig. 12 for the ODF arrangement. The lowest speed allowed to
run any ODF is determined by the outdoor fan Minimum Speed
Configuration (ODF MINIMUM SPEED).

NOTE: During ODF cycling all fans that are commanded on will
be at the same speed and the ones off will be at zero speed. The
motors will not be allowed to run different speeds at the same time.

When OAT ris es above low ambi ent te mperature (LOW AMBIENT
TEMP), ODF control will transition from low ambient to normal
operation. A period (5 min) is allowed for the ODF speed to ramp
from current position to one of the 4 discrete speed settings.

IMPORTANT: The low ambient temperature (LOW AMBIENT
TEMP) is default to 66 degrees and should not be changed unless

directed by authorized Carrier Personnel.

Optional Humidi--MiZerRDehumidificat ion System

Units with the factory--installed Humidi--MiZer system option are
capable of providing multiple modes of improved
dehumidification as a variation of the normal cooling cycle. The
Humidi--MiZer system option includes additional valves in the
liquid line and discharge line of each refrigerant circuit, a reheat
coil downstream of the evaporator, and variable--speed control of all
the outdoor fans . The Humidi--MiZer system equipped configurati on
is factory set to Yes for Humidi--MiZer system equipped units
(HUMIDIMIZER OK = YES). This enables Humidi--MiZer system
operating modes and service test.

Humidi--MiZer system operation requires the installa tion and
configuration of a relat ive humidi ty swit ch input or a space relative
humidity sensor . The HU M I D I S TAT and SPRH lea ds are provided
with quick connects. The Space Humidity Switch configuration,

SETTINGS  UNIT CONFIGURATIONS  SWITCH INPUTS
CONFIGS  HUMSTAT CHANNEL identifies the normally open

or norma lly closed stat us of this input at hi gh hum i dity. The Space
RH Sensor configur ation, SETTINGS  UNIT

CONFIGURATI ONS  ANALOG INPUTS CONFI GS  SPRH
SENS CHANNEL, identifi es to the channel number the sensor is

wired into.

Dehumidification Demand

When using a humidistat or switch input, the demand for
dehumidification is seen as Space Humidity Switch
(INPUTSSWITCH INPUTSHUMIDISTA T) bei ng Low or
High. A l ow value means hum i dity leve l i s good and a high value
means that dehumidification is needed.

When using an SPRH sensor, the demand is based on the Space
Humidity Sensor (INPUTSANALOG INPUTSSPRH) value
compared to the Space RH Setpoint (SETTINGSSPACE
SETPOINTSSPRH SETPOINT). If the Space Humidit y Se ns or
(SPRH) value is above the Space RH Setpoint (SPRH Setpoint), then
dehumidificati on is needed. If the Space Humidi t y Sensor (SPRH)
value is below the Space RH Setpoint (SPRH Setpoint) minus the
Space RH Deadband (SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATIONS
COOLINGSPRH DEADBAND), then dehumidification is no
longer needed.

NOTE: When there is a dehumidification demand, the economizer
damper position is limited to its minimum damper position.

Humidi--MiZer System Modes

With Humidi--MiZer system units there are two additional HVAC
modes available for the user: Dehumidification and Dehum/Mech
Cooling. Selection of the Dehum/Mech Cooling mode is
determined by the dehumidification demand and the cooling
demand. Table 11 shows the corresponding circuit mode and
output status for the different demand combinations.

Normal Cooling

For 48/50LC07--26 units, refrigerant flows from the outdoor
condenser through the de--energized 3--Way Liquid Diverter Valve
(LDV) to the expansion device bypassing the reheat condenser
coil. The Reheat Discharge Valve (RDV) is closed. (See Fig. 14.)

T abl e 11 – Humidi--MiZer System Control Modes -- Si zes 07--26

DEMAND AND MODE OUTPUTS 48/50LC 07---26 Valves

Space

Humidity

Low No Off Off Off

Low Yes Cool On Off

High Yes

High No Dehum On On

Circuit
Cooling
Demand

— – No power Off Off

Circuit

Mode

Dehum/Mech

Cooling

Circuit

Compressor

On On

LDV Valve

3 --- w a y

RDV Valve

2 --- w a y

Off

(closed)

Off

(closed)

Off

(closed)

Off

(closed)

On

(open)

For 48/50LC04--06 units, refrigerant flows from the outdoor
condenser and is diverted at the energized Reheat Liquid Valve
(RLV) and flows through the de--energized Cooling Liquid Valve
(CLV) to the expansion device bypassing the reheat condenser coil.
The RDV is closed.

Table 12 – Humidi--MiZer System Control Modes -- Sizes 04--06

DEMAND AND MODE OUTPUTS 48/50LC 04 - -- 06 Valves

Space

Humidity

Low No Off Off

Low Ye s Cool On

High Yes

High No Dehum On

Circuit

Cooling

Demand

— –

Circuit

Mode

No

power

Dehum/

Mech

Cooling

Circuit

Compresso r

Off

On

RDL
Valve

Off

(closed)

Off

(closed)

Off

(closed)

Off

(closed)

On

(open)

RLV

Valve

(open)

(open)

(closed)

(open)On(closed)

(open)On(closed)

CLV

Valve

Off

Off

Off

Off

Off

Off

(open)

Off

(open)

Off

(open)

Dehum/Mech Cooling (Subcooling Mode)

This mode increases latent heat removal and decreases sensible
cooling compared to normal cooling. For 48/50LC07--26 units,
refrigerant flows from the outdoor condenser, through the
energized 3--Way Liquid Diverter Valve (LDV) and through the
reheat condenser coil to the expansion device. The Reheat
Discharge Valve (RDV) is closed. (See Fig. 16.)

For 48/50LC04--06 units, refrigerant flows from the outdoor
condenser through the de--energized Reheat Liquid Valve (RLV)
and through the reheat condenser coil to the expansion device. The
Reheat Discharge Valve (RDV) and Cooling Liquid (CLV) are
closed. (See Fig. 15.)

19

Dehumidification (Hot Gas Reheat Mode)

This mode provides maximum latent cooling with little to no
sensible capacity. This mode can operate to provide
dehumidification when there is no cooling demand. For
48/50LC07--26 the refrigerant flows from the outdoor condenser,
through the energized 3--Way Liquid Diverter Valve (LDV) and
through the reheat condenser coil to the expansion device. (See
Fig. 18.) For 48/50LC04--06 units, The refrigerants flows from the
outdoor condenser, through the de--energized RLV and through the
reheat condenser coil to the expansion device. The Cooling Lquid
Valve (CLV) is closed. For 48/50LC04--26 units the Reheat
Discharge Valve (RDV) is open which provides some compressor
discharge gas to the reheat condenser to further increase the reheat
of the evaporator air stream. (See Fig. 17.)

Reheat Control

When there is only a cooling demand, the unit will operate in
normal cooling mode. When there is only dehumidification

demand, the unit will operate in Dehumidification mode (Hot Gas
Reheat). When there is both cooling demand and dehumidification
demand, the unit will operate in Dehum/Mech Cooling mode
(Subcooling). During Dehumidification and Dehum/Mech cooling
mode, the unit will run all cooling stages. When the Outside Air
Temperature is above 80_F, the Outdoor Fans will run at maximum
fan speed. When the Outside Air Temperature is below 80_F, t he
Outdoor Fans will modulate to maintain Saturated Discharge
Temperature setpoint LA DEHUM LEV 1, LA DEHUM LEV 2

and LA DEHUM LEV, (SETTINGSUNIT
CONFIGURATIONSCOOLINGLOW AMBIENT. The unit

can be restricted from reheat operation by the outside temperature

HUMZ LOCKOUT OAT (SETTINGSUNIT
CONFIGURATIONS > COOLINGHUMZLOCKOUT OAT)

sets the lowest outside temperature the unit is allowed to run reheat
control (Default = 40_F).

RDV

VALVE

COMPRESSOR

= CLOSED VALVE

= OPEN VALVE

CONDENSER COIL

OUTDOOR AIR

RLV

VALVE

CLV

VALVE

INDOOR SUPPLY

HUMIDI-MIZER COIL

EVAPORATOR COIL

INDOOR RETURN

Fig. 13 -- Normal Cooling Mode – Humidi--MiZer System 48/50LC 04--06

RDV

VALVE

3-WAY
VALVE

CONDENSER COIL

INDOOR SUPPLY

HUMIDI-MIZER COIL

AIR

AIR

AIR

EXPANSION

VALVE

(TXV)

C14121

OUTDOOR AIR

COMPRESSOR

EVAPORATOR COIL

= CLOSED VALVE

= OPEN VALVE

= 3-WAY VALVE

INDOOR RETURN

Fig. 14 -- Normal Cooling Mode – Humidi--MiZer System 48/50LC 07--26

20

EXPANSION

VALVE

(TXV)

AIR

C14114

RDV

VALVE

INDOOR SUPPLY

AIR

HUMIDI-MIZER COIL

EVAPORATOR COIL

INDOOR RETURN

COMPRESSOR

= CLOSED VALVE

= OPEN VALVE

CONDENSER COIL

OUTDOOR AIR

RLV

VALVE

CLV

VALVE

Fig. 15 -- Subcooling Mode – Humidi--MiZerRSystem 48/50LC 04--06

RDV

VALVE

COMPRESSOR

CONDENSER COIL

OUTDOOR AIR

3-WAY
VALVE

INDOOR SUPPLY

HUMIDI-MIZER COIL

AIR

AIR

EXPANSION

VALVE

(TXV)

EXPANSION

VALVE

(TXV)

C14122

EVAPORATOR COIL

= CLOSED VALVE

= OPEN VALVE

= 3-WAY VALVE

INDOOR RETURN

Fig. 16 -- Subcooling Mode – Humidi--MiZerRSystem 48/50LC 07--26

RDV

VALVE

COMPRESSOR

= CLOSED VALVE

= OPEN VALVE

CONDENSER COIL

OUTDOOR AIR

RLV

VALVE

CLV

VALVE

INDOOR SUPPLY

HUMIDI-MIZER COIL

EVAPORATOR COIL

INDOOR RETURN

Fig. 17 -- Hot Gas Reheat Mode – Humidi--MiZer System 48/50LC 04--06

21

AIR

AIR

AIR

EXPANSION

VALVE

(TXV)

C14115

C14123

RDV

VALVE

CONDENSER COIL

OUTDOOR AIR

COMPRESSOR

= CLOSED VALVE

= OPEN VALVE

= 3-WAY VALVE

Fig. 18 -- Hot Gas Reheat Mode – Humidi--MiZer System 48/50LC 07--26

Reheat Mode Diagnostic Help

The status of reheat mode sensor inputs may be viewed within the
display INPUTS menu. The status of reheat mode outputs may be
viewed within the display OUTPUTS or RUN STATUSMODE
menu. Additional diagnostic help, including status of circuit reheat
temperature limit lockouts may be viewed within the
Humidi--MiZer sub --menu of the cooling mode diagnostic table at
RUN STATUSCOOLDEHUM. The Service Test mode may
be used to force the system to operate Dehumidification mode (Hot
Gas Reheat) and Dehum/Mech Cooling mode (Subcooling), or to
independently operate the reheat valve control outputs.

The following forced operating states are available service test
operations for a Humidi--MiZer system equipped unit:

SERVICE TEST  COOL TEST  HUMIDIMIZER TEST
LEVEL

A value of “0” sets reheat control test to “Off.”

SERVICE TEST  COOL TEST  HUMIDIMIZER TEST
LEVEL

A value of “1” sets Humidi-- MiZer control test to “Dehum/Mech
Cooling mode (Subcooling).”

SERVICE TEST  COOL TEST  HUMIDIMIZER TEST
LEVEL

A value of “2” sets Humidi--MiZer test to “Dehumidification mode
(Hot Gas Reheat).”

SERVICE TEST  INDEPENDENTS  LIQ DIVERT A TEST

A value of “On” will turn on the 3--Way Liquid Diverter V alve
(LDV).

SERVICE TEST  INDEPENDENTS  REHEAT A TEST

A value of “On” will turn on the Reheat Discharge Valve (RDV).

Indoor Fan Based Dehumidification

Belt Drive units that are not factory configured for Humidi--Mizer
operation can be set for improved dehumidification operation





UNIT

UNIT



through fan based humidification (FBD), SETTINGS



CONFIGURATIONS

COOLINGFBD TYPE. Units are

factory defaulted to FBD TYPE = 0 which means that any dehum
demand is ignored. There are two fan based dehumidification
options, Max Comfort (FBD TYPE = 1)andMax
Dehumidification (FBD TYPE = 2). Fan based dehumidification
requires the installation and configuration of either a space relative
humidity sensor or a relative humidity switch input. The Space
Humidity Switch configuration, SETTINGS



CONFIGURATIONS

SWITCH INPUTS CONFIGS

HUMSTAT CHANNEL identifies the normally open or normally

closed status of this input at HIGH humidity. The RH Sensor

INDOOR SUPPLY

AIR

3-WAY
VALVE

HUMIDI-MIZER COIL

EXPANSION

VALVE

(TXV)

EVAPORATOR COIL

INDOOR RETURN

AIR

C14116



configuration, SETTINGS

UNIT CONFIGURATIONS

ANALOG INPUTS CONFIGSSPRH SENSOR CHANNEL,

identifies the point on the MBB (Main Base board) or the IOB
(Input Output board) the sensor was wired into.

Max Dehum

When the FBD Type is set to (2) Max Dehum, the control will try to
satisfy the dehumidification demand. When the unit receives a dehum
demand a PID c ontrol a lgorithm will modula te the indoor fan while
the compressor is running to maintain minimum suction tem perature
(FBDH_SST). With a Y1 and dehum demand, t he unit wil l run the
compre ssor unloaded (48/50LC04--06) or will run the A1 compress or
only (48/50LC07--26). With a Y2 and de hum demand, the unit will
run with the compressor at full load (48/50LC04--06) or will run with
the A2 compressor only (48/50LC07--26). Wit h a Y3 and dehum
demand (48/50LC07--26 only), the unit will run both compre ssors.

Max Comfort

When the FBD Type is set to (1) Max Comfort, the control will try
to satisfy the dehumidification demand and minimize cold air
dump. When the unit receives a dehum demand a PID control
algorithm will modulate the indoor fan while the compressor is
running to maintain the minimum FBD supply air comfort set
point (FBDH_SAT) while also maintaining the minimum suction
temperature (FBDH_SST). With a Y1 and dehum demand, the unit
will run the compressor unloaded (48/50LC04--06) or will run the
A1 compressor only (48/50LC07--26). With a Y2 and dehum
demand, the unit will run with the compressor at full load
(48/50LC04--06) or will run with the A2 compressor only
(48/50LC07--26). With a Y3 and dehum demand (48/50LC07--26
only), the unit will run both compressors.

Heating Operation

The 48/50LC unit’s heating operation consists of: demand and
mode determination, staging request to satisfy the demand, and
handling a request with the unit’s resources. These resources can be
gas heat or electric heat. This section covers both gas heat units and
electric heat units. The Type of Heat Installed (UNIT TYPE OF
HEAT) configuration will be factory set to 1 for gas units and 0 for
electric heat units. The unit enters a heating mode based on a
demand, decides how to satisfy the demand, executes its plan, and
then leaves the heating mode.

Heating Mode Control

The heating HVAC mode (OPERATING MODE) has 3 different
operating sub modes (SUBMODE): HEATING, HEATING
PREVENTED, and SHUTTING HEAT OFF. These are all part of
a general heating mode and resemble the action heat mode is taking

22



at any given time. All types of heating are still performed under the
general heating function, and the expanded text is for user
reference only.

For the unit to be allowed to enter the heat mode, three things must be
true: the indoor fan must be ok to use, the mode change over time
guard must be expired, and there must be a heating demand. The unit
will remain in heating for at least one minute and until the demand is
dropped or if any of the above conditions are false. The heating mode
does not officially end until all heat stages are off, the fan off delay has
expired, and the IGC fan request is dropped.

Supply--Air Temperature Sensor (SAT) Heat Mode

The SAT Heat Mode Sensi ng (SAT DURING HEAT?) informs the
unit that the supply ai r sensor has bee n reloca t ed downstream of the
heat section. This configur ation affe cts the Supply Air Te m pe rature
(SUPPLY AIR TEMP) value displayed as listed below.

When SAT DURING HEAT? is disabled, the Supply Air
Temperature (SUPPLY AIR TEMP) value on the SystemVut
display and the network will hold a zero when heat outputs come
ON and for 5 minutes after. The default SAT sensor location is at
the fan inlet, upstream of the heat section.

When SAT DURING HEAT? is enabled, the Supply Air Te mperature
(SUPPLY AIR TEMP) sensor reading is displayed at the SystemVu
controller and network during heating mode. This setting should only
be used if the original SAT sensor wires are removed from the Main
Base Board (MBB) and replaced by an accessory SA T sensor located
in the supply duct downstream of the heat section.

Heating Staging Control

Once the unit is in a heating mode, it determines what the demand
is and how to satisfy it. Requested Heating Stages (REQ. HEAT
STAGES) will be determined then passed to heat control to
actually add the heating stages. To request stages the number of
heat stages (HEATING STAGE QTY) must be greater than zero.
As a gas unit this will be set in the factory, however 50LC units
may have heat installed as accessories. If the Outdoor Air
Temperature (OUTDOOR AIR TEMP) is greater than the Heating
Lockout Temp (HEAT LOCKOUT OAT), all the heat stages will
be locked out (HEAT LOCKOUT).

There are two ways of requesting stages when thermostat control is
enabled, traditional thermostat control or adaptive control.
Traditional thermostat control is used if set for non--adaptive
thermostat (ADAPTIVE TSTAT = NO). If set for adapti ve thermostat
(ADAPTIVE TSTAT = YES), the unit will use adaptive control for
staging. When configured for space sensor or RAT control (UNIT
CONTOL TYPE) the unit will use adaptive control for staging.
With either staging method there are then two supply air
temperature limits, the Maximum SAT Lower Level (LOWER
MAX SAT) the Maximum SAT Upper Level (UPPER MAX SAT).
Any time the supply air temperature rises above lower level the
heat staging will be limited to what is currently on and no
additional stages will be added until the supply air temperature falls
back below the lower level. If the supply air temperature rises
above the upper level, then heating will be reduced by removing
one stage. That stage will not be added again until the Supply Air
Temperature falls below the lower level. If the supply air
temperature stays above the upper level, then another stage will be
removed. If the upper and lower levels are configured so that they
are close together, the last stage of heat might cycle rapidly, slowed
only by its minimum on and off-- time requirements.

Adaptive Control

Stage timers and Supply air trend apply when determining the
request for stages. The first request (REQ. HEAT STAGES =1)
comes immediately when starting the staging process. The Heat
Stage Increase Time (HEAT STAGEUP TIME) has to expire and
the Supply-- Air Trend (SUPPLY AIR TREND) has to be above
the Heating supply air trend level (HEAT SATTREND LEV)
before another stage can be added. Requested stages will only be
allowed to increase as the actual system demand allows

(DEMAND). A “LOW HEAT” will only allow one requested stage
and “HIGH HEAT” 2 stages. The requested stages will be reduced
if the heating demand is lowered or dropped completely, or if the
supply air falls below the lower level (LOWER MIN SAT).

Traditional Thermostat Control

Stage timers and Supply air trend do not apply when determining
the request for stages. Request staging will follow the thermostat
inputs directly. “LOW HEAT” will request one stage. “HIGH
HEAT” will request 2 stages.

Heat Relay Control

The he at relay contr ol is re sponsible for ene rgizing or de--energi zing
the heat stage relays and works hand and hand with the staging
control. As the stagi ng control requests stages , the hea t relay control
determines what actual heat relays are available or energized and tries
to provide stages for what is requested. The availability of heat relays
depends on the heat instal led, how many stages, and time guards. The
Number of Heat Stages (H EATING STAGE QTY) configuration tells
the control how many heat relays can be used. Heat Stage 1Timeguar d

(HEAT 1 TIMEGUARD) and Heat Stage 2 Timeguard (HEAT 2
TIMEGUARD) display the time a respective heat relay has before it

can change state. The available stages at a ny given t ime are displayed
as heat 1 available and heat 2 availabl e (HEAT 1 A VAILABLE and
HEAT 2 AVAI LABLE) . The actual heat relays on at any given time
are displayed as Actual Heating Stages (ACTVE HEAT STAGE) .
Heat Stage 1 Relay (HEAT 1 RELAY) and Heat Stage 2 Relay
(HEA T 2 RELAY) are displayed on when the respective relay is
energized. There are time guards to pr otect f r om short cycling, Heat
Minimum On Time (HEA T MIN ON) and Heat Minimum Off Time
(HEAT MIN OFF) apply before a heat relay can be turned back on
or turned off.

Integrated Gas Controller (IGC)

The heat staging is de termine d as describe d above and the Integrat ed
Gas Controller (IGC) initiates the gas heat module start--up. The
Integrated Gas Controller (IGC) minimum on-- time of 1 minute will
be followed even if Heat Minimum On Tim e ( HEAT MIN ON) is
lower and during Service Test. If the IGC temperature limit switch
opens within 10 minutes of the end of the gas heat cycle, the next fan
off delay wi ll be extended by 15 seconds . The maximum delay is 3
minutes. Once modified by t he IGC, the fan off delay will not change
back to the configured Fan--off Delay, Gas Heat (HEAT FANOFF
DELAY) unless power is reset to the control. A light emitting diode
(LED) is provide d on the IGC to indicate status . During normal
operation the LED is continuously on. See the Trouble shooting
section if the LED is off or fla shing. The IGC is located behind the
gas section access panel door.

When the control energizes Heat Stage 1 Relay (HEA T 1 RELAY),
power is sent to the W terminal on the IGC board. A check is made to
ensure that the rollout switch and limit switch are closed. The
induced --draft motor is then energized, and when speed is proven with
the Flue Gas Pressure switch on the motor, the ignition activation
period begins. The burners will ignite within 5 se conds. If the burners
do not light, there is a 22--second delay before another 5--second
attempt. If the burners still do not light, this sequence is repeated for
15 minutes. After the 15 minutes have elapsed, if the burners still have
not lit, heating is locked out. The control will reset when the request
for heat is temporarily removed. When ignition occurs the IGC board
will continue to monitor the condition of the rollout switch, limit
switches, the Flue Gas Pressure switch, as well as the flame sensor. If
the unit is controlle d through a room thermosta t or space sensor set for
auto--fan, 45 seconds after ignition occurs the indoor--fan motor will
be energized (and the outdoor--air dampers wil l open to their
minimum position). If for some rea son the over temperature limit
opens prior to the st art of the indoor fan bl ow er, on the next atte mpt,
the 45--second delay will be shortened to 5 sec onds less than t he time
from initiation of heat to when the limit tripped. Gas will not be
interrupted to the burners and heat ing will continue. Onc e modifie d,
the fan on delay will not change back to 45 se conds unl ess power is
reset to the control. When the control energizes Heat Stage 2 Relay

23

(HEA T 2 RELAY), power is supplied to the sec ond stage of the main
gas valve. If both s tage 1 and stage 2 of the gas valve close, gas will
be turned off to the main burners.

Supply Air Tempering

Supply Air Tempering control operates the gas or electric heat to
maintain a minimum supply air temperature during conditions
where very cold outdoor air causes the supply air temperature to
fall below the configured Supply Air Tempering Setpoint. This
occurs during periods where DCV is active and increasing the
amount of outdoor air or in cases where the system is operating at
very low airflow and the calculated economizer position has
increased to maintain a constant ventilation rate.

The user can enable/disable Supply Air Tempering.
The following conditions must be true for the supply air tempering

algorithm to operate:

S The SA Tempering is set to Yes (OKTOSATEMPER=YES)
S The indoor fan is on
S The System Mode is in Vent (Ventilation or Supply Fan Only) or

IAQ Override.

S The Outdoor Air Temperature < Minimum Cooling SAT 48_F.
S Heat type is gas or electric and Number Of Heat Stages > 0

If all the above are true, the SystemVut controller will monitor the
SAT sensor value and operate the first stage of heat to temper the
supply air as required in order to maintain the configured SA
Tempering Setpoint

Economizer Operation

The Economizer is used for ventilation, and cooling. If the Indoor
fan is not on, the economizer will not operate. If an economizer is
installed, then Economizer Installed (ECON INSTALLED = YES)
should be set to YES. The unit produces a 4 --20mA signal which is
then changed to a 2--10V signal with a 500 ohm resistor, which can
control the economizer actuator. The economizer output signal is
displayed by the Economizer Commanded Position (ECON CMD
POSITION). The actuator’s built--in 2 to 10VDC feedback signal
is read in as an analog input to know the actual position which is
displayed as Economizer Actual Position (ECON ACT
POSITION).

Minimum Ventilation

The economizer will open to allow ventilation when the indoor fan
is turned on and the unit is in the occupied state. The economizer
damper position at any given time for ventilation is displayed as
the Min Position in Effect (EFFECTIVE MIN POS).This
minimum position can be effected by the indoor fan speed (F.SPD)
and indoor air quality. To maintain a constant airflow through the
economizer, as the indoor fan speed decreases or increases the
damper minimum position will increase or decrease, respectively.
This relationship curve is shown in Fig. 19.

NOTE: The software point names are used in Fig. 19 as to not
clutter the graph. These points are not individually set and
therefore only visible from a network for troubleshooting.

These units can also be equipped with optional CO
additional indoor air quality control. When unit is equipped with a
return duct CO
CO

sensor the Economizer minimum position vs. fan speed curve

2

will be recalculated based on the CO
outside air as shown in Fig. 19. When performing Demand
Controlled Ventilation, the damper’s Min Position in Effect
(EFFECTIVE MIN POS) will operate in the shaded area of Fig.
19 based on the IAQ Level (IAQ) and the Commanded Fan Speed
(IDF SPEED OUTPUT). See the Indoor Air Quality (IAQ)
section for more details on Demand Controlled Ventilation (DCV).

The damper position curve can be field adjusted per application if
needed.

sensor or return duct CO2sensor and outside air

2

level of the return and/or

2

sensors for

2

1. Activate test mode to control the fan and dampers to
achieve the correct numbers.

2. Set the fan speed for the maximum amount needed for
design CFM requirements. This should also be the IDF
maximum Fan speed (MAXIMUM IDF SPEED).

3. Open the damper to the position which satisfies the highest
ventilation requirement running maximum fan speed, and
then set the Economizer minimum at maximum fan speed
(MIN POS @ MAX FAN) to this damper position.

4. Set the fan speed to a realistic operating speed in the upper
range, and then set the User Minimum Position Speed 1
(MIN POS SPEED 1) equal to that speed. This should be
somewhere in the 80% range.

5. Open the damper to the position which satisfies the highest
ventilation requirement running speed 1 fan speed, and then
set the User Minimum Position Damper Position 1 (MIN
POS DAMP 1) to this damper position.

6. Set the fan speed to a realistic operating speed in the mid-­range, and then set the User Minimum Position Speed 2
(MIN POS SPEED 2) equal to that speed. This should be
somewhere in the 60% range.

7. Open the damper to the position which satisfies the highest
ventilation requirement running speed 2 fan speed, and then
set the User Minimum Position Damper Position 2 (MIN
POS DAMP 2) to this damper position.

8. Set the fan speed to a realistic operating speed in the low-­range, and then set the User Minimum Position Speed 3
(MIN POS SPEED 3) equal to that speed. This should be
lowest fan speed in planned operating range.

9. Open the damper to the position which satisfies the highest
ventilation requirement running speed 3 fan speed, and then
set the User Minimum Position Damper Position 3 (MIN
POS DAMP 3) to this damper position.

The shape of the curves in Fig. 19 are determined by the
configuration parameters: User Minimum Position Speed 1 (MIN

POS SPEED 1), User Minimum Position Damper Position 1
(MIN POS DAMP 1), User Minimum Position Speed 2 (MIN
POS SPEED 2), User Minimum Position Damper Position 2
(MIN POS DAMP 2), User Minimum Position Speed 3 (MIN
POS SPEED 3), User Minimum Position Damper Position 3
(MIN POS DAMP 3), and Economizer minimum at maximum fan

speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN). These configurations are preset
at the factory of default purposes. The Economizer minimum at
maximum fan speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN) should be changed
based on the air balance of the unit for proper ventilation.

The user adjustable points discussed above are defaulted to zero
from the factory which forces the control to use a set of default
points. The default points should not be left for permanent
operation, as it may cause inadequate ventilation. Economizer
minimum at maximum fan speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN) and at
least one set of user points User Minimum Position Speed 1 (MIN

POS SPEED 1) and User Minimum Position Damper Position 1
(MIN POS DAMP 1) should be used to create a linear curve to

cover the broad scope of fan operation.

Free Cooling

The economizer will be e nabled for cooling (OK T O FREE COOL?
=Yes)if the suppl y air temperat ure se nsor r eading i s valid, there are

no applied lockouts, and economize r is operationa l. Economizer
Operational (ECON OPERATIONAL?) indicat es if an economizer is
installed (ECON INST ALLED?) and feedback indicates it is
operational. The three economizer lockouts that determi ne if free
cooling should be used to help with cooling a r e: Dry Bul b Lockout

(DRY BULB LOCKOUT), Enthalpy Lockout (ENTHALPY
LOCKOUT), and Unoccupied Free Cooling Lockout (UFC
LOCKOUT?). Any one of these lockouts will disable economizer free

cooling. See below for how each lockout occurs.

24

Econo Max

Position

(DAMPMAX)

(AQP_SPD3,
AQP_POS3)

(MP_SPD3,
MP_POS3)

:

Key

Minimum Position Curve
IAQ Minimum Position Curve
IAQ Purge Position Curve

(AQP_SPD2,
AQP_POS2)

(AQP_SPD1,
AQP-POS1)

IAQPMAX

(AQ_SPD3,
AQ_POS3)

Damper Position

10%

(AQ_SPD2,
AQ_POS2)

Indoor Fan Speed

Fig. 19 -- Minimum Damper Position Curves

When the ec onom izer is available for free cooling (OK TO FREE
COOL? = Yes) a nd the compr ession is not on, the da mper wil l start

opening from the damper’s minimum Position in Effect

(EFFECTIVE MIN POS) based on the supply air temperature
(SUPPLY AIR TEMP) to provide free cooling. A low cooling

demand (DEMAND = LOW COOL) will utilize the Low Free
Cooling SAT Setpoint (LOW COOL SAT SP) as the Free Cooling
Setpoint (FREECOOL SA T SP) to control the economizer. A
medium or high cooling demand (DEMAND = MED COOL or

HIGH COOL) will utilize the High Free Cooling SAT Setpoint
(HIGH COOL SAT SP) as the Free Cooling Se tpoint (FREECOOL
SAT SP) to control the economizer.

During free cooling the fan will start at the dedicated free cooling
speed (FREE COOL IDF SPD). After the economizer (ECON
CMD POSITION) reaches 100% (or Max) for 5 minutes, the fan
will be changed to the High Cool Speed (HIGH COOL IDF
SPD). When a high cooling demand (DEMAND = HIGH COOL)
is active the control will use the High Cool Speed (HIGH COOL
IDF SPD). The compressor will be allowed for use after the fan
and economizer are 100% (or Max) for 5 minutes. Once
compression is turned on the economizer and fan will remain at
100% until the call for cooling is removed or until the unit is no
longer allowed to free cool (OK TO FREE COOL = No).

Dry Bulb Lockout

Dry Bulb Lockout (DRY BULB LOCKOUT) occurs when any of
the following are true:

S The Outdoor Air Temperature (OUTDOOR AIR TEMP) is invalid.
S When Differential Dry Bulb Control is disabled (DIFF DRY

BULB CTL = Disable) and the Outdoor Air Temperature
(OUTDOOR AIR TEMP) is greater than the configured Free
Cooling Maximum Temperature (FREE COOL MAX OAT) or
less than the configured Free Cooling Minimum Temperature
(FREE COOL MIN OAT).

S When Differential Dry Bulb Control is enabled (DIFF DRY

BULB CTL = Enable) and the return air temperature (RETURN

(MP_SPD2,
MP_POS2)

(AQ_SPD1,
AQ_POS1)

(MP_SPD1,
MP_POS1)

MINP_

IAQMINP

Maximum Speed

(SPEEDMAX)

MAX

C14326

AIR TEMP) plus the Differential Dry Bulb deadband (DIFF
DB DEADBAND) is lower than the outdoor air temperature
(OUTDOOR AIR TEMP).

Enthalpy Lockout

The control uses the Outdoor Air Temperature (OUTDOOR AIR
TEMP), Outdoor Relative Humidity (OARH LEVEL),and

Barometric Pressure (BAROMETRIC PRESS) to calculate the
Outdoor Enthalpy (OUTDOOR ENTHALPY). The control uses
the Return Air Temperature (RETURN AIR TEMP),Return
Relative Humidity (RARH LEVEL), and Barometric Pressure

(BAROMETRIC PRESS) to calculate the Return Enthalpy
(RETURN ENTHALPY). Enthalpy Lockout (ENTHALPY
LOCKOUT) occurs when any of the following are true:

S When Differential Enthalpy Control is disabled (DIFF

ENTHALPY CTL = Disable) and the outdoor enthalpy

(OUTDOOR ENTHALPY) is greater than the Maximum

Outdoor Enthalpy limit (ENTHALPY HI LIMIT).

S When Differential Dry Bulb Control is enabled (DIFF DRY

BULB CTL = Enable) and the outdoor enthalpy (OUTDOOR

ENTHALPY) is greater than the return enthalpy (RETURN

ENTHALPY). The Differential Enthalpy deadband

(ENTHALPY DEADBAND) is use in the case of unlocking the

Enthalpy lockout (ENTHALPY LOCKOUT).

S The Enthalpy switch input (ENTHALPY SWITCH) is reading

high.

Unoccupied Free Cooling Lockout

Unoccupied Free Cooling loc kout (UFC LOCKOUT?) occurs when
the unit is in t he unoccupied period (OCCUPIED NOW? = No) and
the Outdoor Air Temperature (OUTDOOR AIR TEMP) is less than
the Unoccupied Free Cooling low tempe r ature (UFC LOW TEMP).

25

Unoccupied Free Cooling

The unoccupied free cooling algorithm attempts to maintain the
building space half way between the Oc cupied Cool Set Point (OCC

COOL SETPOINT) and Occupied Heat Set Point (OCC HEAT
SETPOINT) using only the e conomizer when the conditions in the

building and the outdoors are suitable, during unoccupie d periods .
Three different points define this algorit hm : Unoccupied Free Cooling
configuration (WHEN T O UNOCC FC) , Free Cooling Preoccupancy
Time configur a tion (UFC PREOCC TIME), and Free cooling allowed

(OK TO FREE COOL?).

WHEN TO UNOCC FC = 0(Disabled)

Free Cooling will only occur if the space exceeds the unoccupied
setpoints.

WHEN TO UNOCC FC = 1 (Preoccupancy)

Unoccupied free cooling can only occur when the time until the
next occupied period is less than the Unoccupied Free Cool
Pre--Occupancy Time (UFC PREOCC TIME) in minutes.

WHEN TO UNOCC FC = 2 (Unoccupied)

Unoccupied free cooling can occur throughout the entire
unoccupied period. The space temperature must be higher then the
mid--point between the occupied cooling and heating setpoints.

Power Exhaust

Power Exhaust is a function used to assist in the building exhaust
air if the barometric relief damper is not enough. It can be one or
two motors which can be controlled independently to provide 2
stages of exhaust. These two power exhaust stages are controlled
by relays on the Main Base board, and therefore need to be
configured on relay channels. To assign the channels set the PE1
RELAY CHANNEL and PE2 RELAY CHANNEL as needed.

NOTE: Factory installed power exhaust is only one channel and is
on Relay 06.

When a power exhaust 1 relay channel is configured, the control
will create a PE1 curve, example shown in Fig. 20. This curve is
created by applying the difference of the power exhaust stage 1 at
maximum fan speed (PE1 POS @ MAX SPD) and the Economizer
minimum at maximum fan speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN) in
relationship to the minimum position curve. When a power exhaust
2 relay channel is configured, the control will create a PE2 curve,
example shown in Fig. 20. This curve is created by applying the
difference of the power exhaust stage 2 at maximum fan speed
(PE2 POS @ MAX SPD) and the Economizer minimum at
maximum fan speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN) in relationship to
the minimum position curve.

Power exhaust 1 (PE1 RELAY) and power exhaust 2 (PE2
RELAY) are controlled using their respective curves as a threshold.
When the operating point of the Commanded Fan Speed (IDF

SPEED OUTPUT) and Economizer Commanded Position
(ECON CMD POSITION) is above the power exhaust 1 curve,

the Power exhaust 1 (PE1 RELAY) will be turned on. When the
operating point falls below the curve minus the power exhaust turn
off deadband (PE OFF DEADBAND) the Power exhaust 1 (PE1
RELAY) will be turned off. Power exhaust 2 operates the same as
Power exhaust 1 except using the PE2 curve.

Indoor Air Quality (IAQ)

Indoor air quality is typically measured using a CO2sensor whose
measurements are displayed in parts per million (ppm). Outdoor air
quality may be measured with a CO
differential demand ventilation control. The factory--installed
indoor air quality CO

sensor is mounted in the return section. A

2

field--installed indoor air quality CO
the return or in the occupied space. The indoor air quality modes of
operation can be affected by the IAQ Analog Input Config
(ANALOG IAQ CTRL) and other related and limit configurations
as described below.

sensor for indoor--outdoor

2

sensor may be mounted in

2

Econo Max

Position

(DAMPMAX)

Damper Position

(PE2_SPD3,
PE2_POS3)

(PE1_SPD3,
PE1_POS3)

(MP_SPD3,
MP_POS3)

Key:

Minimum Position Curve
Power Exhaust 1Curve
Power Exhaust 2 Curve

PE2_POS2)

(PE1_SPD2,
PE1_POS2)

(MP_SPD2,
MP_POS2)

2(PE2_SPD2,

(PE2_SPD1,
PE2_POS1)

PE2PMAX

(PE1_SPD1,
PE1_POS1)

PE1PMAX

(MP_SPD1,
MP_POS1)

MINP_MAX

10%

Indoor Fan Speed

Fig. 20 -- Power Exhaust Operation Curves

26

Maximum Speed

(SPEEDMAX)

C14327

IAQ (Analog Input)

When IAQ assigned channel (IAQ SENSOR CHAN) is set for an
analog input that input channel will be mapped to the Indoor Air
Quality (IAQ LEVEL). The control is configured for indoor air
quality sensors which provide 4 to 20 mA signal for 0 to 2000 ppm

. If the sensor being used has a different range, the ppm

CO

2

display range must be reconfigured by entering new values for the
IAQ Sensor Value at 4mA (IAQ PPM @ 4MA) and IAQ Sensor
Value at 20mA (IAQ PPM @ 20MA).

ANALOG IAQ CTRL =0(NoIAQ)

This signifies that there is no IAQ sensor installed. The economizer
damper will operate based on the minimum position curve.

ANALOG IAQ CTRL = 1 (DCV)

During Demand Controlled Ventilation (DCV), the damper
modulates on or between two ventilation curves depending upon
the difference between the Indoor Air Quality (IAQ LEVEL) and
the Outdoor Air Quality (OAQ LEVEL). The lower of these two
curves is referred to as the IAQ Minimum Position Curve, and the
higher curve is the Minimum Position curve discussed in the
Minimum Ventilation section under Economizer Operation. Refer
to that section on how the minimum Position curve is created. See
Example Curves in Fig 19.

The IAQ Minimum Position curve is created by applying the
difference of the IAQ position at maximum fan speed (IAQ POS @

MAX SPD) and the Economizer minimum at maximum fan speed
(MIN POS @ MAX FAN) in relationship to the minimum position
curve. The IAQ position at maximum fan speed (IAQ POS @
MAX SPD) should be set to an economizer position that brings in

enough fresh air to remove contaminates and CO
sources other than people. The Economizer minimum at maximum
fan speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN) should be set to an
economizer position that brings in fresh air to remove contaminates
and CO

generated by all sources including people when the

2

indoor fan is operating at the IDF Maximum Fan Speed
(MAXIMUM IDF SPEED). The Economizer minimum at
maximum fan speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN) value is the design
value for maximum occupancy.

The economizer Min Position in Effect (EFFECTIVE MIN POS)
will follow the IAQ Minimum Position curve while the Indoor Air
Quality level (IAQ LEVEL) is less than the Outdoor Air Quality
Level (OAQ LEVEL). The control will begin to open the damper
more than the IAQ Minimum Position curve when the IAQ level
begins to exceed the OAQ level by a configurable amount. This
amount is referred to as AQ Differential Low (LOW AIR.Q
DIFF). When the differential between IAQ and OAQ reaches AQ
Differential High (HIGH AIR.Q DIFF), the economizer Min
Position in Effect (EFFECTIVE MIN POS) will follow the
Minimum Position Curve. When the IAQ/OAQ differential is
between AQ Differential Low (LOW AIR.Q DIFF) and AQ
Differential High (HIGH AIR.Q DIFF), the control will modulate
the damper between the IAQ Minimum Position Curve and the
Minimum Position Curve in a linear manner as shown as the
shaded area in Fig. 19. As a simple example Fig. 21 shows the Min
Position in Effect (EFFECTIVE MIN POS) relationship while the
Commanded Fan Speed (ECON CMD POSITION) is held at the
maximum speed.

ANALOG IAQ CTRL = 2 (Override IAQ)

Override IAQ is reserved for a future release.

ANALOG IAQ CTRL = 3 (Control Minimum Position)

An external 4 to 20 mA source is used to set the Min Position in
Effect (EFFECTIVE MIN POS). The 4mA signal corresponds to
0% and the 20 mA signal corresponds to 100%. In this mode,
configuration such as Economizer minimum at maximum fan
speed (MIN POS @ MAX FAN), IAQ position at maximum fan
speed (IAQ POS @ MAX SPD) and the economizer minimum
position and DCV minimum position curves in Fig. 19 and Fig. 21
are not used. If the indoor fan is not operating, the economizer

generated by

2

position will be zero. The actual damper position may exceed the
economizer Min Position in Effect (EFFECTIVE MIN POS) to
provide economizer cooling.

MIN POS @

MAX FAN

VENTILATION FOR PEOPLE

IAQ POS @

MAX FAN

INCREASING VENTILATION

VENTILATION FOR SOURCES

100 700 INSIDE/OUTSIDE CO

LOW AIR.Q DIFF HIGH AIR.Q FIFF

DIFFERENTIAL

C14328

Fig. 21 -- Example

Outdoor Air Quality (Analog Input)

The default for the Outdoor Air Quality (OAQ LEVEL) is 400
ppm CO

when the OAQ sensor is not assigned an input channel.

2

When OAQ Assigned channel (OAQ SENSOR CHAN) is set for
an analog input that input channel will be mapped to the Outdoor
Air Quality (OAQ LEVEL). The outdoor air quality sensor
provides a 4 to 20 mA signal corresponding to 0 to 2000 ppm

. If a field supplied sensor has a different range, the ppm

CO

2

display range must be reconfigured by entering new values for the
OAQ Sensor Value at 4mA (OAQ PPM @ 4MA) and OAQ Sensor
Value at 20mA (OAQ PPM @ 20MA).

Pre--occupancy Purge

The control has the option for a pre--occupancy purge to refresh the
air in the space prior to occupancy. This feature is enabled by
setting PREOCC PURGE ENBL to Yes. This function is also
referred to as the IAQ purge function.

The IAQ Purge will operate under the following conditions:

S Purge is enabled
S the unit is in the unoccupied state
S Current Time is valid
S Next Occupied Time is valid
S time is one hour prior to next occupied period
S the OAT is greater than the lockout (PREOCC LOW LIMIT)

The IAQ Purge Position curve is created by applying the difference
of the IAQ purge position at maximum fan speed (PURGE POS @

MAX) and the Economizer minimum at maximum fan speed (MIN
POS @ MAX FAN) in relationship to the minimum position curve.
The IAQ purge position at maximum fan speed (PURGE POS @
MAX) should be set to an economizer position that brings in

enough fresh air over an hour period to remove contaminates and

during the unoccupied period. When the preoccupancy purge

CO

2

function is active (IN PREOCC PURGE?), the economizer Min
Position in Effect (EFFECTIVE MIN POS) will follow the IAQ
Purge Position curve.

Temperature Compensated Start

Space control set points are usually set to 2 different levels for
unoccupied period and occupied period. Unoccupied set points
saves energy, while occupied set points provide occupant comfort.
The time period it takes for the RTU to bring the space from its
current condition in unoccupied mode to its occupied set point is

2

27

referred to as start bias time, or bias time. The algorithm to
calculate this bias time is called Temperature Compensated Start.
This is required for ASHRAE 90.1 compliance. When temperature
compensated start is running (TCS ACTIVE?) the control uses the
occupied set points to control the space.

When Temperature compensated start is enabled (ADAPTIVE
TCS?), no other configuration parameters are needed for this
algorithm, because the algorithm will automatically adjust the Bias
Time based on the data collected during the period of last time
optimal start. The inputs to the calculation algorithm includes space
temperature, unoccupied set points, occupied set points, outdoor air
temperature, and supply air temperature. Bias time is changed
dynamically per RTU operation.

When Temperature compensated start is disabled (ADAPTIVE
TCS?), the control will use the User Temperature compensated
Start bias time (USER TCS BIASTIME) in determining when to
start controlling to the occupied set points. If the User Temperature
compensated Start bias time (USER TCS BIASTIME) is set to
zero, the control will switch to the occupied setpoints at the time of
occupancy.

Linkage

The SystemVut controller will support 3Vt, VAV a n d V V T
zoning system on a CCN system or Open VVT and VA V systems
on a BACnet MS/TP System. All that is required is to configure
the Open or 3V Master zone to use the SystemVu rooftop unit as
its airsource. The SystemVu control will need to be configured for
the proper network protocol (BAS PROTOCOL) and set for Space
Sensor Control (UNIT CTRL TYPE). The SystemVu controller
will reply to the zoning system and change its operating parameters
to meet the demand of the zoning system. Status of this process can
be viewed in the airside linkage tab of the property pages in the

R

application or by viewing the linkage maintenance table

i--Vu
with a CCN tool.

Carrier Comfort NetworkR(CCN) Operation

The SystemVu controller can be configured to connect to a CCN
system. The SystemVu controller has one RS--485 BMS port that
can be configured from the local display for BACnet or CCN. The
BMS configuration parameters can be found in the
SETTINGSNETWORK SETTINGS submenu. The first
configuration is the BMS system for CCN systems change this
configuration from BACnet to CCN then set the CCN BAUD rate,
the bus and element number and you will be able to find the
controller with any CCN tool then upload the CCN tables in the
controller for use by the tool.

BACnet Network Operation

The SystemVut controller is ready to connect to BACnet. The
SystemVu controll er has one RS--485 BMS port that can be
configur ed from the local display for BACnet or CCN. The default
setting is BACnet and the Default BACnet Baud rate is 76800. These
setting are found on the SETTINGSNETWORK SETTINGS sub
menu of the local display. There are four other settings for i--Vu
compatibility and for setting the device ID and MAC address of the
control ler . See the table below for assistance.

Before connecting to the BACnet system determine the system
requirements and use the following guide to configure the BACnet
settings. Then power the controller down, connect to the BACnet
MS/TP network and you are ready to discover your controller.

For i-- Vu
already set with the defaults from the factory ready to connect to
this type of system; just set the MAC address of the controller from
0 to 99 and then power down and connect to the network. The
router will find and send the network number to the controller and
the controller will set it device ID with the network base appended
by the Mac address.

For i-- Vu and other BACnet systems when it is required to send the
device ID to the controller change the ALC/i--Vu auto ID scheme to
no and set the MAC address from 0 to 99 like before. Then connect to

R

systems with auto addressing desired the controller is

the network and write the device ID to the controller at the MAC
address you set. The controller will accept and retain the device ID
written to the device Id property of the object ID.

T o manuall y set the device ID from the local display set the BACnet
auto/manual to manua l. This allows use of the full range of 1 to 127
for the MAC address and set the device ID in the BACnet ID
selection of the local display. It can only be set from the local display
and will not accept a write to the device ID property in the object ID.

BACnet ID
Auto/Manual

Manual ON or OFF

Auto OFF

Auto ON

I --- V u A u t o

Scheme

How Device is derived

Local display BACnet Id- -- BACNet
Writes not allowed

Device Id Prefix + Mac - -- BAC net
writes allowed

Device Id Prefix + MAC (prefix updat­ed by color cache) - -- BAC net writes
not allowed

MAC
range

0 --- 1 27

0 --- 9 9

0 --- 9 9

Alarm Handling

There are a variety of different alerts and faults in the system, the term
alarm is used to reference alerts and faults. Alerts are indicated by

R

AXXX (where XXX is the alert number) on the display and generally
signify a warning of some sort or the im properly functioning circuit
can resta rt wi thout human interact i on. If an fault occurs, indicated by
FXXX (where XXX is the fault number), a major functi on of t he unit
is inoperable or the damaged circui t will genera l ly not restart without
an alarm reset via the display or CCN.

The response of the control system to various alerts and faults depends
on the seriousness of the particular alert or fault. In the mildest case, an
alert doe s not af fect the operation of the unit in any manner. An alert
can also cause a “strike.” A “striking” alert will cause the circuit to
shut down for 15 minutes. This feature reduces the likelihood of fals e
alarms caus i ng a properly working system to be shut down incorr ectly.
If three stri kes occur before the circuit has an opportunit y to show that
it can function properly, the circuit will strike out, causing the
shutdown fault for that particular circ uit. Once activated, the shutdown
fault can only be cleared via an alarm reset.

However, circ uits with strikes wil l be given an opportunity to res et
their strike counter to zero. As discussed above, a strike typic ally
causes t he circuit to s hut down. Fifteen minutes later, that ci r cuit will
once again be allowe d to run. If the “troubl ed” circuit runs
continuously for a user defined time (SETTINGSUNIT
CONFIGURATI ONSCOOLINGSTRI KE CLEAR TI ME) with
no detect able problems the strike counter will be reset to zero. Default
value is 5 minutes.

Alarm Relay Output

The ala rm relay output is a configur able normal ly open 24--VAC
output defa ulted to rela y 11 on the Main Base Board (MBB) TB2
connector. Selection of which alerts and faults will result in closing of
the alarm relay may be set in the Alarm Relay Configurat i on
(SETTINGS UNIT CONFIGURATIONSALARM RELAY).
Setting a configuration to YES will result in the alarm output relay to
energize when that particular condition is in an alarm state. Setting a
configuration to NO will result in no ac tion by the alarm output relay
for that particular conditi on.

NOTE: An accessory filter switch can be used along with the
alarm relay output function to indicate dirty filter service need. See
the Troubleshooting section for more information on viewing,
diagnosing, and clearing alerts and alarms.

TROUBLESHOOTING

The SystemVut display shows actual operat ing conditions of the unit
while it i s running. If there are alarms or there have been alarms, they
will be displayed in either the active faults, active alerts, or the history
alarm list (see Table 13 starting on page 34). Service Test mode allows
proper operation of the compres sors, fans, and other components to be
checked while the unit is not opera t ing. See Service Test (on page 11).

28

Complete Unit Stoppage

There are several conditions that can cause a complete unit
stoppage, including:

S A fault is active which causes the unit to shut down.
S Cooling and heating loads are satisfied.
S Programmed occupancy schedule.
S General power failure.
S Tripped 24-volt transformer circuit breakers.
S Blown fuse or circuit breakers
S Unit is turned off through the network.

Restart Procedure

Before attempting to restart the machine, check the faults and alerts
list to determine the cause of the shut down. If the shutdown fault
for a particular control function has occurred, determine and
correct the cause before allowing the unit to run under its own
control again. When there is problem, the unit should be diagnosed
in Service Test mode. The faults must be reset before the control
function can operate in either Normal mode or Service Test mode.

Faults and Alerts

Viewing and Clearing Unit Alarms

Presence of active alarms will be indicated on the SystemVu
display by the Alarm Status lights. When alerts are active the
yellow “ALERT” light will be lit. When faults are active the red
“FAULT” light will be lit. When the unit is operational, then green
“RUN” light will be lit. The SystemVu controller standby screen
will be updated with the active alarms for easy access. Presence of
active alarms may also be signaled on the Alarm Output terminals.
Each alarm may also be broadcast on the CCN network. Active
alarms and past alarm history can be reviewed and cleared via the
local display or a network device. The following menu locations
are used for the local display:

ACTIVE FAULTS -- Displays the list of active faults in order of
occurrence.

ACTIVE ALERTS -- Displays the list of active alerts in order of
occurrence.

HISTORY -- Displays the list of active and previously active faults
and alerts in order of occurrence with time and date.

RESET FAULTS/ALERTS --User command to manually reset
faults and alerts.

Each alarm can have up to 3 data points stamped along with date
and time to assist in troubleshooting. Pressing ENTER on the
alarm or expanded screen will provide these data points.

Diagnostic Alarm Codes and Possible Causes

Fault F010 – MBB LOW VOLTAGE

This fault occurs when the MBB supply voltages falls below 17
volts AC. When this occurs the control will shut down the unit.
This will automatically clear when the supply voltage rises above
19 volts AC. The cause of this fault is usually a brownout
condition, low supply voltage, or supply power missing a phase.

Fault F011 – MBB REFERENCE VOLTAGE

This fault occurs when the MBB internal microprocessor’s DC
reference voltages is out of range. When this occurs the control will
shut down the unit. This will automatically clear when the DC
reference voltage goes back in range. The cause of this fault is
usually a MBB failure or supply voltage out of range.

Alert A012 – MBB ZERO CROSSING

This fault occurs when the MBB supply voltage frequency is out of
range. When this occurs the control will issue an alert. This will
automatically clear when the supply voltage goes back in range.
The cause of this fault is usually a MBB failure or supply voltage
frequencytohighortolow.

Fault F013 – MBB FUSE 2 OPEN

This fault occurs when the MBB’s internal fuse number 2 exceeds
threshold temperature. When this occurs the control will shut down

the unit. This will automatically clear when the fuse temperature
gets back in range. The cause of this fault is usually a switch input
has a wiring error (short) or the switch pulled too much current.
Discrete input number 2, Fire Shutdown input, and the IGC fan
request are connected to fuse 2.

Fault F014 – MBB FUSE 3 OPEN

This fault occurs when the MBB’s internal fuse number 3 exceeds
threshold temperature. When this occurs the control will shut down
the unit. This will automatically clear when the fuse temperature
gets back in range. The cause of this fault is usually a switch input
has a wiring error (short) or the switch pulled too much current.
Configurable discrete input numbers 12, 13, and 14 are connected
to fuse 3.

Alert A015 – MBB RNET VOLTAGE RANGE

This fault occurs when the MBB’s Rnet 12 volt output is out of
range. When this occurs the control will issue an alert, and any
accessory connected to the Rnet plug may not operate properly.
This will automatically clear when the voltage goes back in range.
The cause of this fault is usually a MBB failure or supply voltage
out of range.

Alert A016 – MBB 24VDC RANGE

This fault occurs when the MBB’s 24vdc output falls below 17
volts DC. When this occurs the control will put the Analog Input
number’s 6, 7, and 8 into error state. This will automatically clear
when the voltage rises above 19 volts DC. The cause of this fault is
usually a MBB failure or supply voltage out of range.

Alert A017 – MBB 5VDC RANGE

This fault occurs when the MBB’s 5vdc output falls below 4.5
volts DC. When this occurs the control will put the Transducer
inputs into error state. This will automatically clear when the
voltage rises above 4.5 volts DC. The cause of this fault is usually
a MBB failure or supply voltage out of range.

Fault F018 – MBB EEPROM FAILURE

The unit will completely shut down. The serial EEPROM chip on
the MBB which stores the unit’s configuration is not responding.
Recovery is automatic but MBB board replacement may be
necessary. Cycling the power to the control should be tried before
board replacement.

Alert A019 – MBB CLOCK FAILURE

The alert occurs when the RTC clock chip on the MBB is not
responding. Time and date functions will not operate, such as local
occupancy schedules. The unit will default to 24/7 unoccupied
mode. Recovery is automatic but MBB board replacement may be
necessary. Cycling power to the control and reconfiguring the time
and date should be tried before board replacement.

Fault F020 – SOFTWARE ERROR

The unit will completely shut down. The software on the MBB is
not responding. Recovery is automatic if the software is able to
reset the board but software change may be necessary. Cycling the
power to the control should be tried before board replacement.

Alert A099 -- COMM LOSS WITH SIOB

This alert occurs when there has been a loss of communication
with the IO Board on the LEN bus. Any sensor inputs from the
board will be ignored and outputs will no longer be controlled.

Alert A100 – SAT SENSOR FAILURE

This alert occurs when the fan supply temperature sensor is in an
error state. Economizer cooling cannot occur while this alert is
active. The unit will not be able to honor SAT limits. This alert
resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty
thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error,
or a loose connection.

Alert A101 – FST SENSOR RANGE

This alert occurs when the fan supply temperature sensor is outside
the range –40_F to 245_F (–40_Cto116_C). This alert resets
automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a

29

shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose
connection.

Alert A102 – FST OPEN SENSOR

This alert occurs when the fan supply temperature sensor reads as
an open circuit. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the
alert is usually a faulty thermistor or an open thermistor caused by
a wiring error, or a loose connection.

Alert A103 – FST SHORTED SENSOR

This alert occurs when the fan supply temperature sensor reads as a
short circuit. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is
usually a faulty thermistor or a shorted thermistor caused by a
wiring error, or a loose connection.

Alert A104 – OAT SENSOR RANGE

This alert occurs when the outdoor air temperature is outside the
range –40_F to 245_F (–40_Cto116_C). All ambient temperature
lockout limits for cooling and heating are ignored. All cooling
control logic will assume OAT is high. For economizer equipped
units, the economizer will not operate to provide cooling. The
economizer will still operate for ventilation. The control will use
normal operation for outdoor fan control. For units with CCH
crankcase heat relay control, the crankcase heat relay will be turned
on if any compressor is off. This alert resets automatically. The
cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a shorted or open
thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.

Alert A105 – OAT OPEN SENSOR

See Alert A104

Alert A106 – OAT SHORTED SENSOR

See Alert A104

Alert A107 -- RAT SENSOR RANGE

This alert occurs when the return air temperature is outside the
range –40_F to 245_F (–40_Cto116_C). Differential dry bulb
crossover control can not occur. Free cooling can only be
controlled by the OAT and enthalpy switch. The economizer
mechanically disconnected alert will not be diagnosed. This alert
resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty
thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error,
or a loose connection.

Alert A108 – RAT OPEN SENSOR

See Alert A107

Alert A109 – RAT SHORTED SENSOR

See Alert A107

Alert A110 – SPT SENSOR RANGE

This alert occurs when the temperature is outside the range –40_F
to 245_F (–40_Cto116_C). Cooling and heating will not operate.
For economizer equipped units, the economizer will still operate
for ventilation. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the
alert is usually a faulty thermistor in the T--55, T --56, or T--58
device, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a
loose connection.

Alert A111 – SPT OPEN SENSOR

See Alert A110

Alert A112 – SPT SHORTED SENSOR

See Alert A110

Alert A130 – CIR.A SSP SENSOR RANGE

This alert occurs when the pressure is outside the range --6.7 to 420
psig. A circuit cannot run when this alert is active. The cause of the
alert is usually a faulty transducer, faulty 5--v power supply, or a
loose connection. Use the transducer voltage drop table to
determine where the error is introduced.

Alert A131 – CIR.A SSP OPEN SENSOR

See Alert A130

Alert A132 – CIR.A SSP SHORT SENSOR

See Alert A130

Alert A133 – CIR.A SDP SENSOR RANGE

This alert occurs when the pressure is outside the range 14.5 to 667
psig. A circuit cannot run when this alert is active. The cause of the
alert is usually a faulty transducer, faulty 5--v power supply, or a
loose connection. Use the transducer voltage drop table to
determine where the error is introduced.

Alert A134 – CIR.A SDP OPEN SENSOR

See Alert A130

Alert A135 – CIR.A SDP SHORT SENSOR

See Alert A130

Alert 150 -- OACFM OPEN SENSOR

This alert occurs when the Outdoor Air CFM sensor input is 0 mA
and the sensor is configured and installed. Check sensor and
wiring. This alert clears automatically.

Alert 151 -- OACFM SHORTED SENSOR

This alert occurs when the Outdoor Air CFM sensor input shorted
and the sensor is configured as installed. Check sensor and wiring.
This alert clears automatically.

Alert A160 – OARH OPEN SENSOR

This alert occurs when the Outdoor Air Relative Humidity sensor
input is 0 mA and the sensor is configured as installed. Outside Air
Enthalpy cannot be calculated therefore no enthalpy crossover can
be used and only dry bulb will be used in determining free cooling.
Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.

Alert A161 – OARH SHORTED SENSOR

This alert occurs when the Outdoor Air Relative Humidity sensor
input shorted and the sensor is configured as installed. Outside Air
Enthalpy cannot be calculated therefore no enthalpy crossover can
be used and only dry bulb will be used in determining free cooling.
Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.

Alert A162 – RARH OPEN SENSOR

This alert occurs when the Return Air Relative Humidity sensor
input is 0 mA and the sensor is configured as installed. Return Air
Enthalpy cannot be calculated therefore no differential enthalpy
crossover can be used. Dry bulb and single enthalpy will be used in
determining free cooling. Check sensor and wiring. This alert
clears automatically.

Alert A163 – RARH SHORTED SENSOR

This alert occurs when the Return Air Relative Humidity sensor
input shorted and the sensor is configured as installed. Return Air
Enthalpy cannot be calculated therefore no differential enthalpy
crossover can be used. Dry bulb and single enthalpy will be used in
determining free cooling. Check sensor and wiring. This alert
clears automatically.

Alert A164 -- IAQ OPEN SENSOR

This alert occurs when the IAQ input is 0 mA and the sensor is
configured as installed. IAQ operation will be disabled. Check
sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.

Alert A165 -- IAQ SHORTED SENSOR

This alert occurs when the IAQ input is shorted and the sensor is
configured as installed. IAQ operation will be disabled. Check
sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.

Alert A166 -- OAQ OPEN SENSOR

This alert occurs when the OAQ input is 0 mA and the sensor is
configured as installed. OAQ operation will be disabled. Check
sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.

Alert A167 -- OAQ S HORTED SENSOR

This alert occurs when the OAQ input is shorted and the sensor is
configured as installed. OAQ operation will be disabled. Check
sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.

30

Alert A168 -- SPACE RELATIVE HUMIDITY OPEN SENSOR

This alert occurs when the SPRH input is 0 mA and the sensor is
configured as installed. Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears
automatically.

Alert A169 -- SPACE HUMIDITY SHORTED SENSOR

This alert occurs when the SPRH input is shorted and the sensor is
configured as installed. Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears
automatically.

Alert A170 – ECON FEEDBACK RANGE

This alert occurs when the Economizer analog feedback signal is
outside the range of 1.3vdc to 10.3vdc and the feedback is
configured to use. A short is 10.5vdc and an open circuit is less
than 0.1vdc. Economizer diagnostics operation will be disabled.
This is usually caused by a wiring problem, actuator failure, or the
wrong actuator. Investigate using the Low Voltage Schematic;
make sure the feedback signal from the actuator is correct. This
alert clears automatically.

Alert A171 – ECON FEEDBACK OPEN

See Alert A170

Alert A172 – ECON FEEDBACK SHORTED

See Alert A170

Alert A190 – TSTAT HEAT/COOL CALLS

This alert occurs in Thermostat mode when Y1, Y2, or Y3 is
energized simultaneously with W1 or W2. Verify thermostat and
thermostat wiring. The software will enter either the cooling or
heating mode depending upon which input turned on first. This
alert resets automatically when Y1, Y2, and Y3 are not on
simultaneously with W1 and W2.

Alert A191 – TSTAT IMPROPER COOL

This alert occurs in Thermostat mode when Y2 or Y3 is energized
and Y1 is not. Verify thermostat and thermostat wiring. When this
occurs the control will treat the inputs as a number instead of
specific input. Example a Y2 and Y3 would mean 2 cooling inputs
so the control would treat that as is a Y1 and Y2 was active. This
alert resets automatically when Y1 is turned On.

Alert A192 – TSTAT IMPROPER HEAT

This alert occurs in Thermostat mode when W2 is energized and
W1 is not. Verify thermostat and thermostat wiring. When W2
turns On, the software will behave as if W1 and W2 are both On.
When W2 turns Off, the software will behave as if W1 and W2 are
both Of f. This alert resets automatically when W1 is turned On.

Fault F200 – FIRE SHUTDOWN

This fault occurs when the fire shutdown input is either open or
closed depending upon its configuration. This fault is usually
caused by an auxiliary device that is trying to shut down the unit,
e.g., smoke detector. This will cause a unit shutdown condition.
Verify that the configuration is set correct, verify the wiring and
auxiliary device. This fault resets automatically.

Fault F201 – CONDENSATE OVERFLOW

This fault occurs when the COFS input is either open or closed
depending upon its configuration. This fault is usually caused by
water reaching a high level in the drain pan. This will cause a
cooling lockout. Verify that the configuration is set correct, verify
the wiring and auxiliary device. This fault resets automatically.

Alert A203 – DIRTY FILTER

This alert occurs when the Filter Status switch senses a plugged
filter for 5 continuous seconds after the indoor fan has been
running for 10 seconds or if the fan has run for longer than the
change filter time. Because the Dirty Air Filter switch can be
configured normally opened or closed, the switch might be open or
closed. Verify that the configurations are set correct, verify the
wiring and filter status switch. The hose should be connected to the
low side of the switch. The alert resets automatically if it was
tripped due to the filter switch. If the alert is tripped because of the
timer, it will need to be reset after the filter has been replaced or

inspected. Rest the time with the RESET FILTER TIME point is
located under RUN STATUS  GENERAL or INPUTS 
GENERAL INPUTS.

Fault F204 – REMOTE SHUTDOWN

This fault occurs when the remote shutdown input is either open or
closed depending upon its configuration and configured to set a
fault. This fault is usually caused by an auxiliary emergency device
that is trying to shut down the unit. This will cause a unit shutdown
condition. Verify that the configuration is set correct, verify the
wiring and auxiliary device. This fault resets automatically.

Alert A210 – GENERAL STATUS

This alert occurs when the general status input is either open or
closed depending upon its configuration and configured to set a
alert. This alert is usually caused by an auxiliary switch device that
is trying to send a warning about the unit. Verify that the
configuration is set correct, verify the wiring and auxiliary device.
This alert resets automatically.

Fault F211 – GENERAL STATUS

This fault occurs when the general status input is either open or
closed depending upon its configuration and configured to set a
fault. This fault is usually caused by an auxiliary switch device that
is trying to shut down the unit. This will cause a unit shutdown
condition. Verify that the configuration is set correct, verify the
wiring and auxiliary device. This fault resets automatically.

Fault F310 – CIRA DOWN DUE TO FAIL

This fault occurs when both compressors on circuit A have 3
strikes. Investigate the alerts that caused the strikes to occur, and
correct or test as needed. Manual alarm reset or power cycle is
required to rest this fault.

Fault F311 – CIRA LOW CHARGE

This alert occurs when the compressors are off and both the
discharge and suction pressure are less than the low charge level
(LOW CHARGE LEVEL

) and OAT is greater than the low charge
limit (NO LOW CHARGE OAT). The cause of the alert is usually
low refrigerant pressure or faulty pressure transducers. This alert
only occurs when the compressor is OFF because the low
refrigerant pressure alert will handle this situation when the
compressor is operating. Manual alarm reset or power cycle is
required to rest this fault.

Alert A312 – CIR.A UNEXPECTED OFF

These alerts occur when the suction pressure raises the configured
amount and the pressure ratio drop the configured amount both in
a 10 second window during compressor operation. When this
occurs, the control turns off the compressors and logs a strike for
which compressor that was on. This alerts reset automatically. The
possible causes are: high--pressure switch (HPS) open (The HPS is
wired in series with compressor relays on the MBB), compressor
internal protection is open, or a wiring error (a wiring error might
not allow the compressor to start).

Alert A313 – CIR.A HIGH DISCHARGE

This alert occurs when the discharge pressure is greater than the
configured CIR.A SDP LIMIT amount. This alert resets
automatically when the pressure falls 20 psig below the threshold.
When running both compressors the control will remove A1 and
add a strike to it. The control will also set the ODFs to the high
cool speed. The cause of the alert is usually an overcharged system,
high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with dirty outdoor coil,
plugged filter drier, or ODF speeds being set too low .

Alert A314 – CIR.A HPS TRIP

This alert occurs when the discharge high pressure switch opens.
This alert resets automatically when the pressure falls below the
switch threshold and the switch closes for 3 minutes. The control
will add a strike for which ever compressors were on. The control
will also set the ODFs to the high cool speed. The cause of the alert
is usually an overcharged system, high outdoor ambient

31

temperature coupled with dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or
ODF speeds being set too low .

Alert A315 – CIR.A LOW DISCHARGE

This alert occurs when the discharge pressure is less than the OAT
plus the configured LOW DISCHARGE LEV amount. This alert
resets automatically. The control will add a strike for which ever
compressors were on. The cause of the alert is usually an
undercharged system, low outdoor ambient temperature coupled
with dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or ODF speeds being
set too high.

Alert A316 – CIR.A LOW SUCTION

This alert occurs when the compressor is operating and the
evaporating temperature (converted from the suction pressure) is
less than configured low suction control levels, LOW SUC
LEVEL 1, LOW SUC LEVEL2,orLOW SUC LEVEL3.The
circuit SST value must be less than LOW SUC LEVEL 1 (for 5
minutes), LOW SUC LEVEL 2 (for 4 minutes), or LOW SUC
LEVEL 3 (for 3 minutes when using the economizer and 1.5
minutes when not using the economizer) for the alert to occur.
When the outdoor temperature is less than 40_F, the above values
are reduced 1_F for every 2_F OAT is below 40_F. All the above
timers will reset if the suction temperature rises above LOW SUC
OK TEMP for 1 minute. This alert causes a strike for the respective
circuit. This alert will activate when the coil becomes frosted.
However, during the 15--minute reset period, the coils will thaw
and strike should clear and restart if there is nothing else wrong
with the circuit. The alert resets automatically. The cause of the
alert is usually low refrigerant charge, dirty filters, evaporator fan
operating backwards, loose or broken belt, plugged filter drier,
faulty transducer, excessively cold return air, or stuck open
economizer when the ambient temperature is low.

Alert A317 – CIR.A LOW DISCHARGE

This alert occurs when the Circuit A pressure ratio is less than the
configured MIN PRESSURE RATIO amount. This alert resets
automatically. The control will add a strike for which ever
compressors were on. The cause of the alert is usually an
undercharged system, low outdoor ambient temperature coupled
with dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or ODF speeds being
set too high.

Fault F318 – COMPRESSOR STUCK ON

This alert occurs when the Suction pressure does not raise the
minimum suction amount (CIR.A MIN SUC.P ) and the ratio did
not fall at least the off pressure ratio (OFF P.RATIO). When this
occurs, the control turns off all of the compressors, and enters a
safety shutdown condition. The possible causes are a welded
contactor or frozen compressor relay on MBB. Manual alarm reset
or power cycle is required to rest this fault.

FaultF319–C.A1DOWNDUETOFAIL

This fault occurs when compressor A1 has 3 strikes. Investigate the
alerts that caused the strikes to occur, and correct or test as needed.
Manual alarm reset or power cycle is required to rest this fault.

Alert A320 – C.A1 REVERSE ROTATION

This alert occurs when 10 seconds after the compressor turns on,
the suction rose and the discharge pressure dropped. This alert
causes a strike for the compressor. The alert resets automatically.
The cause of the alert is usually compressor wiring causing reverse
rotation or a faulty compressor.

Alert A321 – C.A1 FAIL TO PRESSURE

This alert occurs when 10 seconds after the compressor turns on,
the suction did not drop more that suction amount (CIR.A MIN
SUC.P) and discharge pressure did not rise more than discharge
amount (CIR.A MIN DIS.P). This alert causes a strike for the
compressor. The alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is
usually compressor wiring causing reverse rotation or a faulty
compressor.

FaultF322–C.A2DOWNDUETOFAIL

This fault occurs when compressor A2 has 3 strikes. Investigate the
alerts that caused the strikes to occur, and correct or test as needed.
Manual alarm reset or power cycle is required to rest this fault.

Alert A323 – C.A2 REVERSE ROTATION

This alert occurs when 10 seconds after the compressor turns on,
the suction rose and the discharge pressure dropped. This alert
causes a strike for the compressor. The alert resets automatically.
The cause of the alert is usually compressor wiring causing reverse
rotation or a faulty compressor.

Alert A324 – C.A2 FAIL TO PRESSURE

This alert occurs when 10 seconds after the compressor turns on,
the suction did not drop more that suction amount (CIR.A MIN
SUC.P) and discharge pressure did not rise more than discharge
amount (CIR.A MIN DIS.P). This alert causes a strike for the
compressor. The alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is
usually compressor wiring causing reverse rotation or a faulty
compressor.

Alert A410 – IGC IGNITION FAILURE

This alert occurs when the IGC fan request does not activate 15
minutes after turning heat 1 on when configured for Gas Heat. The
control will lockout all the heat stages. This alert will automatically
reset after the IGC fan request occurs. The cause of this alert is
usually faulty wiring of the IGC, no gas flow, or wrong
configuration.

Fault F411 – ROLLOUT WITHOUT HEAT

This fault occurs when the IGC fan request activates and the heat
has been off for at least 3 minutes when configured for Gas Heat.
The control will enter the safety shutdown condition. This alert
will automatically reset after the IGC fan request turns off for 10
minutes. The cause of this alert is usually faulty wiring of the IGC,
or rollout switch trip without a heat call.

Fault F4 1 2 – RUN AWAY H E AT

This fault occurs when the SAT rises above the maximum SAT.
The control will enter the safety shutdown condition. This alert
will automatically reset after if configured to and the SAT falls 50
degrees below the maximum SAT. The cause of this alert is usually
heat stuck on causing high SAT, or low air flow.

Alert A510 – INDOOR FAN STATUS

This alert occurs when the unit is configured not to shut down on
fan status and either the fan is requested off and the fan speed
feedback does not reach zero in the VFD deceleration time or the
fan is requested greater than zero and the fan speed feedback does
not reach that speed in the VFD acceleration time. This alert will
reset automatically. The cause of this alert is usually belt broke,
motor failure, or configuration error.

Fault F511 – IDF OFF WHEN COMMAND ON

This fault occurs when the unit is configured to shut down on fan
status and the fan is requested greater than zero and the fan speed
feedback does not reach that speed in the VFD acceleration time.
The cause of this alert is usually Fan stuck on, or Configuration
incorrect. Manual alarm reset or power cycle is required to rest this
fault.

Fault F512 – IDF ON WHEN COMMAND OFF

This fault occurs when the unit is configured to shut down on fan
status and the fan is requested off and the fan speed feedback does
not reach zero in the VFD deceleration time. The cause of this alert
is usually tripped circuit breaker, broken belt, bad indoor fan
motor, or configuration incorrect. Manual alarm reset or power
cycle is required to rest this fault.

Fault F600 – IDF VFD COMMUNICATION

This fault occurs when the indoor fan VFD and the SystemVut
control are not communicat ing properly. This will cause a unit
shutdown, and will autom atically rese t when communi cation is
properly restored. The cause of this is usually a break in the

32

communic ation connection, noise on the LEN bus, wiring error, or a
configuration error. Verify VFD confi gurations are set per the latest
literature.

Fault F601 – IDF VFD UNEXPECTED

This fault occurs when the indoor fan VFD informs the SystemVu
control that it has an active fault. This will cause a unit shutdown,
and will automatically reset when the VFD fault is cleared but
likely will require a manual reset to reset the VFD. Refer to the
VFD section or literature for details on the specific VFD fault.
Verify VFD configurations are set per the latest literature.

Fault F602 – IDF VFD LOCKOUT

This fault occurs when the indoor fan VFD informs the SystemVu
control that it has an active lockout fault. This will cause a unit
shutdown, and requires a power cycle to reset the VFD. Refer to
the VFD section or literature for details on the specific VFD fault.
Verify VFD configurations are set per the latest literature.

Alert A603 – IDF VFD IN HAND

This alert o ccurs when the indoor fan VFD informs the SystemVu
control that it is no longer in auto control and in either hand or off
mode. This can only be done with the accessory VFD keypad. This
will automatically reset when the VFD is placed back into auto
mode for the VFD keypad. Refer to the VFD section or literature
for details on the specific VFD fault. Verify VFD configurations
are set per the latest literature.

Fault F604 – IDF VFD IN HAND

This fault occurs when the indoor fan VFD informs the SystemVu
control that it is no longer in auto control and in either hand or off
mode. This can only be done with the accessory VFD keypad. This
will cause a unit shutdown, and will automatically reset when the
VFD is placed back into auto mode for the VFD keypad. Refer to
the VFD section or literature for details on the specific VFD fault.
Verify VFD configurations are set per the latest literature.

Alert A605 – IDF VFD THERMAL WARNING

This fault occurs when the indoor fan VFD informs the SystemVu
control that it has an active warning. This will cause an IDF speed
reduction of 10%, and will automatically reset when the VFD alert
is cleared. Refer to the VFD section or literature for details on the
specific VFD fault. Verify VFD configurations are set per the latest
literature.

Alert A606 – IDF VFD VOLTAGE WARNING

See alert A605

Alert A607 – IDF VFD CURRENT LIMIT

See alert A605

Alert A608 – IDF VFD WARNING

See alert A605

Fault F611 – IDF VFD EARTH FAULT

See fault F601

Fault F612 – IDF VFD CTLWORD LOSS

See fault F601

Fault F613 – IDF VFD OVER CURRENT

See fault F601

Fault F614 – IDF VFD MOTOR OVER TEMP

See fault F601

Fault F615 – IDF VFD OVERLOAD

See fault F601

Fault F616 – IDF VFD UNDER VOLTAGE

See fault F601

Fault F617 – IDF VFD OVER VOLTAGE

See fault F601

Fault F618 – IDF VFD SHORT CIRCUIT

See fault F601

Fault F619 – IDF VFD MAIN PHASE LOSS

See fault F601

Fault F620 – IDF VFD PHASE U LOSS

See fault F601

Fault F621 – IDF VFD PHASE V LOSS

See fault F601

Fault F622 – IDF VFD PHASE W LOSS

See fault F601

Fault F623 – IDF VFD CONTROL VOLTAGE

See fault F601

Fault F624 – IDF VFD SUPPLY VDD

See fault F601

Alert A700 – ECON NOT MODULATING

This alert occurs when the economizer feedback is enabled and the
actual speed does reach the commanded speed in the economizer
travel time configuration value. This alert will automatically reset
when the actual position does reach the commanded position. This
is usually caused by installation of the wrong actuator, no
economizer gear motion, or actuator direction control switch
(CCW, CW) wrong. Check damper blades, gears, and actuator.
This alert will usually be accompanied by another descriptive
informational alert.

Alert A701 – ECON STUCK CLOSED

See alert A700

Alert A702 – ECON STUCK OPEN

See alert A700

Alert A703 – IDF MECH DISCONNECTED

This alert occurs when the Alert A700 is not active yet the control
determines that the economizer changes are not aligning with the
temperature changes. This will require a manual reset to ensure the
economizer is inspected. This is usually caused by the actuator not
properly secured to the damper shaft.

Alert A710 – ECON NOT COOLING

See alert A700

Alert A711 – ECON IMPROPER COOLING

See alert A700

Alert A712 – EXCESSIVE OUTDOOR AIR

See alert A700

33

Table13–SystemVut Controller Alarm Codes

FAULT OR ALER T

F010--- MBB LOW VOLTAGE Unit Shutdown Automatic Brownout condition, lo w supply voltage, supply po wer missing a phase.

F011 --- MBB REFERENCE VOLTAGE Unit Shutdown Automatic MBB failure or supply voltage low

A012--- MBB ZERO CROSSING Alert Generated Automatic MBB failure or supply voltage frequency to high or too low.

F013--- MBB FUSE 2 OPEN Unit Shutdown Automatic A switch input has a wiring error or the switch pulled too much current.

F014--- MBB FUSE 3 OPEN Unit Shutdown Automatic A switch input has a wiring error or the switch pulled too much current.

A015 - -- MBB RNET VOLTAGE RANGE Alert Generated Automatic MBB failure or supply voltage low

A016--- MBB 24VDC RANGE 4- --20mA inputs will be in error Automatic MBB failure or supply voltage low

A017--- MBB 5VDC RANGE Transducer inputs will be in error Automatic MBB failure or supply voltage low

F018--- MBB EEPROM FAILURE Unit Shutdown Automatic Software failure or MBB failure

A019--- MBB CLOCK FAILURE No time, date, and schedule

A099--- COMM LOSS WITH SIOB ON LEN
BUS

F020--- SOFTWARE ERROR Unit Shutdown Automatic Corrupt Software or software failure

A100 - -- SAT SENSOR ERROR No free cooling, and no SAT

A101--- FST SENSOR RANGE Alert Generated Automatic Faulty or incorrect thermistor caused by improper ohm reading

A102--- FST OPEN SENSOR Alert Generated Automatic Missing or open thermist or caused by wiring error or loo se connect ion.

A103--- FST SHORTED SENSOR Alert Generated Automatic Fault y or shorted thermistor caused by wiring error or loose connection.

A104--- OAT SENSOR RANGE No free cooling, no low

A105--- OAT OPEN SENSOR No free cooling, no low

A106--- OAT SHORTED SENSOR No free cooling, no low

A107--- RAT SENSOR RANGE No differential DB crossover Automatic Faulty or incorrect thermistor caused by improper ohm reading

A108--- RAT OPEN SENSOR No differential DB crossover Automatic Missing or open thermistor caused by wiring error or loose connection.

A109--- RAT SHORTED SENSOR No differential DB crossover Automatic Fault y or shorted thermistor caused by wiring error o r loose connection.

A110 - -- SPT SENSOR RANGE No heating or cooling Automatic Faulty or incorrect thermistor caused by improper ohm reading

A111 - -- SPT OPEN SENSOR No heating or cooling Automatic Missing or open thermistor caused by wiring error or loose connection.

A112 - -- SPT SH ORTED SENSOR No heating or cooling Automatic Faulty or shorted thermist or caused by wiring error or loose connection.

A130 - -- CIR.A SSP SENSOR RANGE Shutdown Circuit A Automatic Faulty transducer, faulty 5 - -- V power supply, or loose connection

A131 - -- CIR.A SSP OPEN SENSOR Shutdown Circuit A Automatic Faulty t ransducer, faulty 5--- V power supply, or loose connection

A132 - -- CIR.A SSP SHORT SENSOR Shutdown Circuit A Automatic Faulty tra nsducer, faulty 5 --- V po wer supply, or loose connection

A133--- CIR.A SDP SENSOR RANGE Shutdown Circuit A Automatic Faulty t ransducer, faulty 5--- V power supply, or loose connection

A134--- CIR.A SDP OPEN SENSOR Shutdow n Circuit A Automatic Faulty transducer, faulty 5 --- V power supply, or loose connection

A135 - -- CIR.A SDP SHORT SENSOR Shutdown Circuit A Automatic Faulty transducer, faulty 5--- V power supply, o r loose connection

A150--- OUTDOOR AIRFLOW IN CFM OPEN
SENSOR

A151--- OUTDOOR AIRFLOW IN CFM
SHORTED SENSOR

A160--- OARH OPEN SENSOR No Enthalpy crossover Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.

A161--- OARH SHORTED SENSOR No Enthalpy crossover Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.

A162--- RARH OPEN SENSOR No Differential Enthalpy

A163--- RARH SHORTED SENSOR No Differential Enthalpy

A164--- IAQ OPEN SENSOR No IAQ Opera tions Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.

A165--- IAQ SHORTED SENSOR No IAQ Operations Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.

A166--- OAQ OPEN SENSOR No OAQ Operations Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.

A167--- OAQ SHORTED SENSOR No O AQ Operations Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.

A168--- SPACE RELATIVE HUMIDITY OPEN
SENSOR

A169--- SPACE RELATIVE HUMIDITY
SHORTED SENSOR

A170--- ECON FEEDBACK RANGE No economizer diagnostics Automatic Wiring problem with actuator, or configuration error

A171--- ECON FEEDBACK OPEN No economizer diagnostics Automatic Wiring problem with actuator, or co nfiguration error

A172--- ECON FEEDBACK SHORTED No economizer diagnostics Automatic Wiring problem with actuator, or co nfiguration error

A190 -- -TSTAT HEAT/COOL CALLS Run unit in mode activated first Automatic Bad Thermostat or Thermostat Wiring

A191--- TSTAT IMPROPER COOL Run cooling per number of

A192--- TSTAT IMPROPER HEAT Run heating per number of

F200--- FIRE SHUTDOWN Unit Shutdown Automatic Smoke detected by smoke detector

F201 --- CONDENSATE OVERFLOW Cooling Shutdown Automatic Da in pan plugged, sensor error, or configuration error

A203--- DIRTY FILTER Alert Generated Automatic DirtyFilterorfiltertimerexpired

F204--- REMOTE SHUTDOWN Unit Shutdown Automatic Remote activation of the shutdown switch

ACTION TAKEN BY

CONTROL

operation

Loss of communication with IO
from SIOB board

limit protection

ambient operation

ambient operation

ambient operation

No OACFM Operations Automatic Wiring problem, or configuration error

No OACFM Operations Automatic Wiring problem, or configuration error

crossover

crossover

No dehumidifying Automatic Bad sensor, bad w iring, sensor configured incorrectly, loss of co mmunication

No dehumidifying Automatic Bad sensor, bad w iring, sensor configured incorrectly, loss of co mmunication

active inputs

active inputs

RESET

METHOD

Automatic Software failure or MBB failure

Automatic Wiring problem between MBB and SIOB

Automatic Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor caused by wiring erro r or loose connection.

Automatic Faulty or incorrect thermistor caused by improper ohm reading

Automatic Missing or open thermist or caused by wiring error or loo se connect ion.

Automatic Faulty or shorted thermistor caused by wiring error o r loose connection.

Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.

Automatic Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.

to SIOB.

to SIOB.

Automatic Bad Thermostat or Thermostat Wiring

Automatic Bad Thermostat or Thermostat Wiring

PROBABLE CAUSE

34

Table 13 — SystemVut Controller Alarm Codes (cont)

FAULT OR ALER T

A210--- GENERAL STATUS Alert Generated Automatic General Swit ch activation or wrong configuration

F211--- GENERAL STATUS Unit Shutdo wn Automatic General Switch activation or wrong configuration

F310 --- CIRA DOWN DUE TO FAIL Shutdown Circuit A Manual Compressors have 3 strikes or has been locked out by another alarm

F311--- CIRA LOW CHARGE Shutdown Circuit A Manual Low refrigerant or faulty pressure transducer

A312--- CIR.A UNEXPECTED OFF Strike for active compressors Automatic Compressor failure, transducer fa ilure, or nuisance operating conditio ns

A313--- CIR.A HIGH DISCHARGE Unload compression and up

A314--- CIR.A HPS TRIP Add compressor strikes Automatic An overcharged system, high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with

A315--- CIR.A LOW DISCHARGE Add compressor strikes Automatic An unde rcharged system, low outdoor ambient temperature coupled with

A316--- CIR.A LOW SUCTION Add compressor strike s Automatic Low refrigerant cha rge, dirt y filters, evaporator fan turning backwards, loose

A317--- CIR.A PRESSURE RATIO Add compressor strikes Automatic Low refrigerant charge, plugged filter drier, faulty transducer, the ambient

F318--- COMPRESSOR STUCK ON Unit in Safety Shutdown Manual WeldedcontactororfrozencompressorrelayonMBB

F319 --- C.A1 DOWN DUE TO FAIL Lockout Compressor A1 Manual Compressor A1 has 3 strikes or has been locked out by another alarm

A320--- C.A1 REVERSE ROTATION Add Strike for compressor A1 Automatic Wiring causing reverse rotation or faulty compressor

A321--- C.A1 FAIL TO PRESSURE Add Strike for compressor A1 Automatic Wiring causing reverse rotation or faulty compressor

F322 --- C.A2 DOWN DUE TO FAIL Lockout Compressor A2 Manual Compressor A2 has 3 strikes or has been locked out by another alarm

A323--- C.A2 REVERSE ROTATION Add Strike for compressor A2 Automatic Wiring causing reverse rotation or faulty compressor

A324--- C.A2 FAIL TO PRESSURE Add Strike for compressor A2 Automatic Wiring causing reverse rotation or faulty compressor

A410--- IGC IGNITION FAILURE Lockout Heat Automatic Faulty wiring of the IGC, no ga s flow, or wro ng configuration

F411---ROLLOUT WITHOUT HEAT Unit in Safety Shutdown Automatic Faulty wiring of the IGC, or rollout switch trip without a heat call

F412--- RUN AWAY HEAT Unit in Safety Shutdown Automatic Heat stuck on causing high SAT, or low air flow

A510--- INDOOR FAN STATUS Alert Generated Automatic Belt broke, motor failure, or configuration error.

F511--- IDF OFF WHEN COMMAND ON Unit Shutdown Manual Fan stuck on, or Configuration incorrect.

F512---IDFONWHENCOMMANDOFF Unit Shutdown Manual Tripped Circuit Breaker. Broken belt. Bad indoor fan motor. Configuration

F600 --- IDF VFD COMMUNICATION Unit Shutdown Automatic Communicatio n failure, noise on the bus, wiring error, or configuration error.

F601 --- IDF VFD UNEXPECTED Unit Shutdown Automatic VFD fault, refer to VFD section

F602--- IDF VFD LOCKOUT Unit Shutdown Pow er Cycle VFD locked it self out

A603--- IDF VFD IN HAND Alert Generated Automatic VFD keypad used to put the VFD in hand or off mode

F604--- IDF VFD IN HAND Unit Shutdow n Automatic VFD keypad used to put the VFD in hand or off mode

A605 - -- IDF VFD THERMAL WARNING IDF speed reduced Automatic Motor improper size, motor overload, or configuration errors

A606--- IDF VFD VOLTAGE WARNING IDF speed reduced Automatic Motor improper size, motor overload, or configuration errors

A607--- IDF VFD CURRENT LIMIT IDF speed reduced Automatic Motor improper size, motor overload, or configuration errors

A608--- IDF VFD WARNING IDF speed reduced Automatic Motor improper size, motor overload, or configuration errors

F611--- IDF VFD EARTH FAULT Unit Shutdown Automatic VFD fault, refer to VFD section

F612--- IDF VFD CTL WORD LOSS Unit Shutdo wn Automatic VFD fault, refer to VFD section

F613--- IDF VFD OVER CURRENT Unit Shutdown Automatic VFD fault, refer to VFD section

F614---IDFVFDMOTOROVERTEMP Unit Shutdown Automatic VFD fault, refer to VFD section

F615--- IDF VFD OVERLOAD Unit Shut down Automatic VFD fault, refer to VFD section

F616--- IDF VFD UNDER VOLTAGE Unit Shutdown Automatic VFD fault, refer to VFD section

F617--- IDF VFD OVER VOLTAGE Unit Shutdown Automatic VFD fault, refer to VFD section

F618--- IDF VFD SHORT CIRCUIT Unit Shut down Automatic VFD fault, refer to VFD section

F619--- IDF VFD MAIN PHASE LOSS Unit Shutdown Automatic VFD fault, refer to VFD section

F620--- IDF VFD PHASE U LOSS Unit Shut down Automatic VFD fault, refer to VFD section

F621--- IDF VFD PHASE V LOSS Unit Shutdown Automatic VFD fault, refer to VFD section

F622--- IDF VFD PHASE W LOSS Unit Shutdown Automatic VFD fault, refer to VFD section

F623--- IDF VFD CONTROL VOLTAGE Unit Shutdown Automatic VFD fault, refer to VFD section

F624--- IDF VFD SUPPLY VDD Unit Shutdown Automatic VFD fault, refer to VFD section

A700--- ECON NOT MODULATING Alert Generated Automatic No economizer motion. Check damper blades, gears, and actuator. Actuator

A701 - -- ECON STUCK CLOSED Alert Generated Automatic No economizer motion. Check damper blades, gears, and actuator. Actuator

A702--- ECON STUCK OPEN Alert Generated Automatic No economizer motion. Check damper blades, gears, and actuator. Actuator

A703--- ECON MECH DISCONNECTED Alert Generated Manual No economizer motion. Check damper blades, gears, and actuator. Actuator

A710--- ECON NOT COOLING Alert Generated Automatic No economizer motion. Check damper blades, gears, and actuator. Actuator

A711--- ECON IMPROPER COOLING Alert Generated Automatic No economizer motion. Check damper blades, gears, and actuator. Actuator

A712--- EXCESSIVE OUTDOOR AIR Alert Generated Automatic No economizer motion. Check damper blades, gears, and actuator. Actuator

ACTION TAKEN BY

CONTROL

ODF to High cool speed

RESET

METHOD

Automatic An overcharged system, high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with

dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or ODF speeds being set too low.

dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or ODF speeds being set too low.

dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or ODF speeds being set too high

or broken fan belt, plugged filter drier, faulty transducer, excessively cold
return air, or stuck open economizer when the ambient temperature is low.

temperature is low and the ODFs are running too fa st.

incorrect.

direction control switch (CCW, CW) wrong.

direction control switch (CCW, CW) wrong.

direction control switch (CCW, CW) wrong.

direction control switch (CCW, CW) wrong.

direction control switch (CCW, CW) wrong.

direction control switch (CCW, CW) wrong.

direction control switch (CCW, CW) wrong.

PROBABLE CAUSE

35

Control Module Communication

Red LED

Proper operation of the MBB control board can be visually
checked by looking at the red status LED. When operating
correctly, the red status LED should blink at a rate of once every 2
seconds. If the red LED is not blinking, verify that correct power is
being supplied. A blinking red LED at the rate of once per second
means that software is not loaded on the board. Also, be sure that
the board is supplied with the current software. If necessary, reload
current software. A board LED that is lit continuously should be
replaced.

Green LED

The MBB has one green LED. The Local Equipment Network
(LEN) LED should always be blinking whenever power is on. If
LEN LED is not blinking, check LEN connections for potential
communication errors (MBB J15, J16, J17, and on the Display J2).
Communication between modules is accomplished by a 3--wire
sensor bus. These 3 wires run in parallel from module to module.
The MBB J17 and Display J2 connectors provide both power and
communication directly at the connector for accessories like the

Table 14 – Communication Resistances

(LEN) Resistance between Pins /

Device

MBB 19.92 KΩ 10.63 KΩ 9.51 KΩ 19.92 KΩ 10.63 KΩ 9.51 KΩ 2.25 KΩ 1KΩ 3.3 KΩ

Pins

1to3

Connector

Pins

1to2

Pins

2to3

(BAS) Resistance between Pins /

Pins

1to3

Navigatort display. The MBB J15 connector provides a LEN
interface to the indoor fan VFD.

Yellow LED

The MBB has one yellow LED which is used to indicate Building
Automated System (BAS) communication activity. The LED will
blink when the MBB transmits a message on the bus.

Communication Failures

If the Indoor Fan VFD or Navigator display Communication
Failure or the green or yellow LED’s do not flash on the boards
then the problem could be the communication chip on one of the
control boards (MBB). Use an ohm meter to measure the resistance
on the communication pins of the boards to determine if the board
is bad. If the reading is less then half the value indicated in Table
14, then the board needs to be replaced.

IMPORTANT: The resistive values should be read when the
board is powered off, the unit is locked out, and board
connectors are disconnected.

Connector

Pins

1to2

Pins

2to3

(RNET) Resistance between Pins /

Pins

GND to +

Connector

Pins

GND to -

Pins

+to-

36

Cooling Troubleshooting

Use the Sy stemVut Display or a CCN device to view the cooling
status display and the cooling diagnostic display (see Appendices)
for information on the cooling operation. Check the current alarms
and alarm history for any cooling alarm codes and correct any
causes. (See Table 13.) Verify any unique control configurations
per installed site requirements or accessories.

Table 15 – Cooling Service Analysis

PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY

Compressor and Fan Will Not
Start.

CompressorCycles(otherthan
normally satisfying thermostat).

Compressor Operates
Continuously.

Excessive Condenser Pressures.

Condenser Fans Not Operating. No Power to contactors. Fuse blown or plug at motor loose.

Excessive Suction Pressure.

Suction P ressure Too Low.

LEGEND
TXV --- Thermostatic Expansion Valve

Power failure. Call power company.

Fuse blown or circuit breaker tripped. Replace fuse or reset circuit breaker.

Disconnect off. Power disconnect.

Compressor time guard to prevent short cycling. Check using SystemVu Display.

Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point not
calling for Cooling.

Outdoor temperature too low. Check Compressor Lockout Temperature using

Active alarm. Check active alarms using SystemVu Scrolling

Insufficient line voltage. Determine cause and correct.

Active alarm. Check active alarms using SystemVu Scrolling

Unit undersized for load. Decrease load or increase size of unit.

Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point too low. Resetthermostatorschedulesetpoint.

Dirty air filters. Replace filters.

Low refrigerant charge. Check pressure, locate leak, repair, evacuate, and

Condenser coil dirty or restricted. Clean coil or remove restriction.

Dirty condenser coil. Clean coil.

Refrigerant overcharge. Recover excess refrigerant.

Faulty TXV. 1. Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to

Condenser air restricted or air short cycling. Determine cause and correct.

Restrictioninliquidtube. Remove restriction.

High heat load. Check for sources and eliminate

Faulty TXV. 1. Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to

Refrigerant overcharged. Recover excess refrigerant.

Dirty air filters. Replace air filters.

Low refrigerant charge. Check pressure, locate leak, repair, evacuate, and

Faulty TXV. 1. Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to

Insufficient evaporator airflow. Check belt tension. Check for other restrictions.

Temperature too low in conditioned area (low
return-air temperature).

If alarms conditions are corrected and cleared, operation of the
compressors and fans may be verified by using the Service Test
mode. (See Table 4.) See Table 15 for general cooling service
analysis.

Check using SystemVu Display.

SystemVu Display.

Marquee.

Marquee.

recharge.

suction line and insulate.

2. Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or
closed.

suction line and insulate.

2. Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or
closed.

recharge.

suction line and insulate.

2. Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or
closed.

Reset thermostat or occupancy schedule.

37

Humidi-- MiZerRSystem Troubleshooting

Use the SystemVut control display or a CCN device to view the
cooling status display and the cooling diagnostic display. See
Optional Humidi--MiZer Dehumidification System starting on
page 19 for information on the cooling operation and the related
Humidi--MiZer system operation. Check the current alarms and
alarm history for any cooling alarm codes and correct any causes
(see Table 13 on page 34). Verify any unique control
configurations per installed site requirements or accessories.

If alarm conditions are corrected and cleared, operation of the
compressors, fans, and Humidi-MiZer system valves may be
verified by using the Service Test mode (see Table 4 on page 11).
In addition to general cooling service analysis (T able 15 on page

37), see Table 16 (on page 39) for general Humidi-MiZer system
service analysis.

NOTE: Wiring, operation, and charge are different on a
Humidi-MiZer system unit compared to a standard unit.

Activating Humidi--MiZer System Operation After
Field Replacement of a SystemVu

Humidi--MiZer system operation is enabled as part of the factory
configuration of the unit. When field replacement of a SystemVu
controller is required, the replacement controller must be
field--configured to control the Humidi--MiZer system option.

Field activation of the Humidi--MiZer system requires use of
Network System Tool Five and either i--Vu
Tools 6.5 (field assistant tool).

NOTE: The i--Vu software or i-- Vu Tools must be version 6.5 or
later. Earlier versions do not support the SystemVu controller.

Connect the computer with the required software to the installed
replacement SystemVu controller. Using Network System Tool
Five, navigate to the Properties screen (see Fig. 22). Enter the
Serial number from the unit nameplate into the Serial number field.

t Controller

R

6.5 software or i--Vu

a48--- 9930

Fig. 22 -- Network System Tools Five Properties Page

Next launch either the i--Vu 6.5 software or the i--Vu Tools 6.5
field assistant and navigate to the Properties page (see Fig. 23). Go
to the Service section and locate HUMIDI--MIZER. Set the
following selections to Yes: Humidimizer En Status, Liquid Dischg
Valve CirA Enable, and Reheat Dischg Valve CirA Enable.

Fig. 23 -- i--Vu Properties Page -- Service Section

a48--- 9940

38

PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY

Subcooling Reheat Mode
Will Not Activate.

Hot Gas Reheat Mode
Will Not Activate.

No Dehumidification Demand.

IOB Operation.

L D V ( 3 --- W a y ) Va l v e O p e r a t i o n .

RDV Valve Operation.
(NOTE: Normally Closed
When De-energized)

Low Sensible Capacity in Normal Cool
or Subcooling Reheat Modes.

Low Suction Pressure and High
Superheat During Normal Cool Mode.

RDV Valve Cycling On/Off.

LEGEND
IOB --- I n p u t --- Ou t p u t B oa r d
LDV --- L i q u i d D i v e r t e r Va l v e
RDV --- Reheat Discharge Valve
RH --- Relative Humidity

Table 16 – Humidi--MiZer System Service Analysis

General cooling mode problem. See Cooling Service Analysis (Table 15).

No dehumidification demand. See No Dehumidification Demand, below.

IOB operation. See IOB Operation, below.

Circuit LDV valve problem. SeeLDVValveOperation,below.

General cooling mode problem. See Cooling Service Analysis (Table 15).

No dehumidification demand. See No Dehumidification Demand, below.

IOB operation. See IOB Operation, below.

Circuit LDV valve problem. SeeLDV(3---Way)ValveOperation,below.

Circuit RDV valve is not open. SeeRDVValveOperation,below.

Outdoor temperature too low.

Relative humidity setpoint is
too low — Humidistat

Relative humidity setpoint is
too low — RH sensor.

Software configuration error
for accessory humidistat.

Software configuration error
for acce ssory humidity sensor.

No humidity signal. Check wiring. Check humidistat or humidity sensor.

Communication loss to Input--- Output Board.

No power to output terminals. Check wiring.

Relay outputs do not change state. Replace faulty IOB.

No 24V signal to input terminals.

Solenoid coil burnout.

Stuck valve. Replace valve. Replace filter drier.

No 24V signal to input terminals.

Solenoid coil burnout.

Stuck valve. Replace valve. Replace filter drier.

RDV valve open or leaking. SeeRDVValveOperation,above.

General cooling mode problem. See Cooling Service Analysis (Table 15).

RDV valve open or leaking. SeeRDVValveOperation,above.

Hot Gas Reheat mode low suction pressure limit.

Check Reheat Circuit Limit Temperatures
Unit ConfigurationsCoolingHumz Lockout OAT

Check/reduce setting on accessory humidistat.

Check Space RH Setpoints (SetpointsSPRH)

Check Space Humidity Switch (SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATIONS



SWITCH INPUTS CONFIGSHUMSTAT CHANNEL)

Check RH Sensor (SETTINGSUNIT CONFIGURATIONSANALOG
INPUTS CONFIGSSPRH SENSOR CHANNEL)

Check wiring connections. Alert A099 --- COMM LOSS WITH SIOB

Check using ServiceLIQ DIVERT A TEST

Check IOB relay output.

Check Wiring.

Check transformer and circuit beaker or fuses.

Check continuous over-voltage is less than 10%.

Check under-voltage is less than 15%.

Check for missing coil assembly parts.

Check for damaged valve enclosing tube.

Check using ServiceRDV A TEST

Check IOB relay output.

Check wiring.

Check transformer and circuit breaker or fuses.

Check continuous over-voltage is less than 10%.

Check under-voltage is less than 15%.

Check for missing coil assembly parts.

Check for damaged valve enclosing tube.

Normal Operation During Mixe d Circuit Subcooling and Hot Gas Re heat
Modes at Lower Outdoor Temperatures.

39

Economizer Troubleshooting

Use the SystemVut Display to view the economizer status. Check
the current alerts and faults and the alarm history for economizer
specific alerts or any relevant faults or alerts and correct those
issues. Use test mode to troubleshoot by ramping the economizer
up and down with and without the indoor fan and power exhaust
fan on. Inspect the mechanical economizer for actuator, gear, or
blade damage. Ensure the actuator is mounted with the correct
spring return (close damper when no power applied to unit).
Ensure there is a 500 ohm resister across the actuator as the
4--20mA output signal must be converted to 2--10V.

Table 17 – Economizer Service Analysis

PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSE REMEDY

Damper Does Not Move. Indoor Fan is off.

Actuator is unplugged at mot or or at
economizer board.

Unit is not configured for economizer. Configure unit for economizer per the

Outdoor-air temperature is above economizer
high temperature lockout.

Outdoor-air temperature is below economizer low
temperature lockout.

Communication loss to economizer board. Check wiring conn ection s.

Damper is jammed. Identify the obstruction and safely remove.

Economizer Operation is Limited
to Minimum Position.

Economizer Position is Less
Than Minimum Position.

Economizer Does Not Return
to Minimum Position.

Damper Does Not Close on
Power Loss.

Economizer is Not at Configured
Minimum Position

LEGEND
CCN --- Carrier Comfort Network
IAQ --- I n d oo r Ai r Qu a l i t y

Minimum position is set incorrectly. Adjust minimum position setting.

Outdoor-air temperature is above economizer
high temperature lockout.

Outdoor-air temperature is below economizer
low temperature lockout.

Enthalpy or differential dry bulb are preventing free
cooling.

Outdoor-air thermistor is faulty. Replace outdoor-air thermistor.

Low suction pressure problem with a compressor. Economizer is operating correctly, identify

IAQ is controlling minimum damper position. Adjust the IAQ settings if incorrect,

Unit is in Unoccupied mode. Adjust unit occupied schedule if incorrect,

Unit is operating under free cooling. Economizer is operating correctly.

Damper is jammed or spring return is backwards. Identify the obstruction and safely remove.

Unit is operating under free cooling or a force is
applied to the commanded position.

R

The Economizer alerts can be summarized as a failure to modulate
the damper blades. This can be due to the actuator not being
properly connected to the damper, or because the actuator’s
feedback signal is indicating that damper is not performing as
commanded. The mechanical disconnect diagnostic will run when
conditions are appropriate to determine proper air temperature
changes. This uses the OAT, RAT, and SAT to tell if the damper is
mixing the outdoor air with the return air. The other alerts inform
where the damper is stuck relative to the commanded position.

Check for proper thermostat connection.

Unit is not configured for continuous fan
operation and the thermostat is not calling for
heating or cooling.

Unit is in Unoccupied mode and there is no
call for heating or cooling.

Tripped circuit breaker.

No power to the unit.

Unit is off via CCN comman d.

Check wiring connections.

instructions.

Adjust the high temperature lockout setting
if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is
operating correctly.

Adjust the low temperature lockout setting
if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is
operating correctly.

Adjust the high temperature lockout setting
if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is
operating correctly.

Adjust the low temperature lockout setting if it is
incorrect, otherwise, economizer is operating
correctly.

Check enthalpy and return air compared to
outside air temperature.

compressor problem.

otherwise, the economizer is operating correctly.

otherwise, economizer is operating correctly.

Economizer is operating correctly.

40

Heating Troubleshooting

Use the unit SystemVut Display or a CCN device to view the
heating status display and the heating diagnostic display (see
Appendices) for information on the heating operation. Check the
current alarms and alarm history for any heating alarm codes and
correct any causes. (See Table 13.) Verify any unique control
configurations per installed site requirements or accessories. If
alarms conditions are corrected and cleared, operation of the heat
stages and indoor fan may be verified by using the Service Test
mode. (See Table 4.)

Table 18 – Gas Heating Service Analysis

PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY

Heat Will Not Turn On. Unit is NOT configured for heat. Check heating configurations using the SystemVu Display

Active alarm. Check active alarms using SystemVu Display and the IGC flash

No power to unit. Check power supply, fuses, wiring, and circuit breakers.

No power to IGC (Integrated Gas Control). Check fuses and plugs.

Heaters off due to time guard to prevent short

Burners Will Not Ignite.

Inadequate Heating.

Poor Flame
Characteristics.

Burners Will Not Turn Off.

cycling.

Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point not
calling for Cooling.

No gas at main burners. Check gas line for air and purge as necessary. After purging gas

Water in gas line. Drain water and in stall drip.

Dirty air filters. Replace air filters.

Gas input too low. Check gas pressure at manifold. Refer to gas valve adjustment.

Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point only
calling for W1.

Unit undersized for load. Decrease load or increase of size of unit.

Restricted airflow. Remove restriction. Check SAT compared to the SAT heating

Too much outdoor air. Check economizer position and configuration. Adjust minimum

Limitswitchcyclesmainburners. Check rotation of blower, thermostat heat anticipator settings,

Incomplete combustion (lack of combustion air)
results in: Aldehyde odors, CO, sooting flame, or
floating flame.

Unit is in Minimum on-time. Check using SystemVu Display and the IGC flash codes.

Unit running in Service Test mode. Check using SystemVu Display.

Main gas valve stuck. Turn off gas supply and unit power. Replace gas valve.

Gas Heat (48LC Units)

See Table 18 for general gas heating service analysis. See Fig. 24
for service analysis of the IGC board logic. Check the status LED
on the IGC board for any flashing alarm codes and correct any
causes. (See Table 19.)

Electric Heat (50LC Units)

See Table 20 for electric heating service analysis.

codes.

Check using SystemVu Display and the IGC flash codes.

Check using SystemVu Display.

line of air , allow gas to dissipate for at least 5 minutes before
attempting to re-light unit.

Allow time for W2 to energize or adjust setpoints.

limits.

position using SystemVu Display.

and temperature rise of unit. Adjust as needed.

Check all screws around flue outlets and burner compartment .
Tighten as necessary.

Cracked heat exchanger, replace.

Unit is over-fired, reduce input. Adjust gas line or manifold
pressure.

Check vent for restriction. Clean as necessary.

Check orifice to burner alignment.

41

1 FLASH - INDOOR FAN DELAY

MODIFIED (HEATING)

2 FLASHES - OPENING OF LIMIT

5 FLASHES - IGNITION LOCKOUT

SWITCH

3 FLASHES - FLAME SENSOR

INDICATES FLAME WITH

CLOSED GAS VALVE

4 FLASHES - LIMIT SWITCH

CYCLED 4 TIMES ON SINGLE

CALL FOR HEAT

(No ignition within 15 minutes)

6 FLASHES - INDUCED DRAFT

MOTOR FAULT

(No signal from the Flue Gas

Pressure Switch or 60 seconds)

7 FLASHES - OPENING OF

ROLLOUT SWITCH

8 FLASHES - HARDWARE OR

SOFTWARE FAULT

9 FLASHES - SOFTWARE

LOCKOUT

FLASHING

LED is

ON

CALL FOR

COMBUSTION RELAY ENERGIZES INDUCED DRAFT MOTOR (IDM) THROUGH

IF IDM IS TURNING AT CORRECT SPEED (AT LEAST 2400 RPM), FLUE GAS

PRESSUE SWITCH SENDS CORRECT SIGNAL TO TERMINAL ‘J1’ ON IGC

IF LIMIT SWITCH AND ROLLOUT

SWITCH ARE CLOSED, IGC SAFETY

LOGIC WILL INITIATE IGNITION

OFF

HEATING

‘W1’ FROM BASE CONTROL BOARD ENERGIZES ‘W’
ON IGC - 1 MINUTE LOCK-ON

COMBUSTION RELAY ON IGC IN ENERGIZED

TERMINAL ′CM′ ON IGC

SEQUENCE

24 VOLTS

BETWEEN

F1 AND C

1. BLOWN 5 AMP FUSE

2. DEFECTIVE 24V TRANS.

3. BROKEN WIRE

4. NO POWER TO UNIT

YES

No

DEFECTIVE
IGC BOARD

No

LEGEND

IDM – Induced-Draft Motor
IGC – Integrated Gas Unit Controller

IGC SAFETY LOGIC WILL SHUT

OFF GAS VALVE AND SPARK

20 SECOND PURGE OF HEAT

EXCHANGER

IS THIS THE

33RD RETRY? (OR 15

MINUTES)

Yes

IGNITION LOCKOUT

(5 FLASHES OF LED)

IGC HIGH VOLTAGE

TRANSFORMER CREATES A

10,000 VOLT SPARK FOR 5

SECONDS

No

AFTER 45 SECONDS (OR LESS IF THE TIMING

HAS BEEN REDUCED DUE TO LIMIT SWITCH

TRIPS) IGC WILL ENERGIZE BLOWER RELAY

IDM STOPS, SAFETY LOGIC SHUTS OFF GAS VALVE

IGC SAFETY LOGIC OPENS GAS

DOES IGC DETECT

.2 MICROAMPS FOR 2

SECONDS

Yes

DID LIMIT

SWITCH OPEN BEFORE THE 45

SECONDS (OR THE MODIFIED

TIME) HAS TIMED OUT?

No

NORMAL HEATING OPERATION

HEATING DEMAND SATISFIED

VALVE FOR 5 SECONDS

Yes

SUBTRACT 5 SECONDS FROM

INDOOR FAN ON TIME DELAY

NOTE: Thermostat Fan Switch in the
“AUTO” position.

(DELAY EXTENDED BY 5 SECONDS FOR EACH LIMIT SWITCH TRIP

45 SECOND BLOWER SHUTOFF DELAY

MAXIMUM DELAY: 3 MINUTES)

Fig. 24 -- IGC Service Analysis Logic

42

a48--- 9375

Table 19 – IGC Board LED Alarm Codes

LED

FLASH

DESCRIPTION

CODE

On Normal Operation

Off Hardware Failure No gas heating.

1Flash Indoor Fan On/Off Delay

Modified

2Flashes Limit Switch Fault Gas valve and igniter Off.

3Flashes Flame Sense Fault Indoor fan and inducer On. Flame sense normal.

4Flashes Four Consecutive Limit

Switch Fault

5Flashes Ignition Fault No gas heating. Heat call (W) Off.

6Flashes Induced Draft Motor

Fault

7Flashes Rollout Switch Lockout Gas valve and igniter Off.

8Flashes Internal Control Lockout No gas heating. Power reset. IGC has sensed internal hardware or software error. If

9Flashes Temporary Software

LEGEND
IGC - -- Integrated Gas Unit Control
LED --- L i g h t --- E m i t t i n g D i o d e

Lockout

ACTION TAKEN BY

CONTROL

RESET METHOD PROBABLE CAUSE

— — —

—

5 seconds subtracted from
On delay.
5 seconds added to Off
delay (3 min max).

Indoor fan and inducer On.

No gas heating. Heat call (W) Off.

If heat off: no gas heating.
If heat on: gas valve Off
and inducer On.

Indoor fan and inducer On.

No gas heating. 1 hour auto reset, or

Power reset. High temperature limit switch opens during heat

Limit switch closed, or
heat call (W) Off.

Power reset for LED
reset.

Power reset for LED
reset.

Power reset for LED
reset.

Inducer sense normal, or
heat call (W) Off.

Power reset. Rollout switch has opened. Check gas valve

power reset.

NOTES:

1. Ther e is a 3 --- second pause between alarm code displays.

2. If more than one alarm code exists, all applicable alarm codes will be
displayed in numerical sequence.

3. Alarm codes on the IGC will be lost if power to the unit is interrupted.

Loss of power to the IGC. Check 5 amp fuse on IGC,
power to unit, 24V circuit breaker, transformer, and
wiring to the IGC.

exchanger warm-up period before fan-on delay
expires.
High temperature limit switch opens within
10 minutes of heat call (W) Off.
See Limit Switch Fault.

High temperature limit switch is open. Check the
operation of th e indoor (evaporator) fan motor.
Ensure that the supply-air temperature rise is within
the range on the unit nameplate. Check wiring and
limit switch operation.

TheIGCsensedaflamewhenthegasvalveshould
be closed. Check wiring, flame sensor, and gas valve
operation.

4 consecutive limit switch faults within a single call for
heat. See Limit Switch Fault.

Unit unsuccessful ly attempted ignition for 15 minutes.
Check igniter and flame sensor electrode spacing, gaps,
etc. Check flame sense and igniter wiring. Check gas
valve operation and gas supply.

Inducer sense On when heat call Off, or inducer
sense Off when heat call On. Check wiring, voltage,
and operation of IGC motor. Check speed sensor
wiring to IGC.

operation. Check induced-draft blower wheel is
properly secured to motor shaft.

fault is not cleared by resetting 24 v power, replace
the IGC.

Electrical interference is disrupting the IGC software.

PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY

Heat Will Not Turn On.

Inadequate Heating.

Heat Will Not Turn Off.

Table 20 – Electric Heat Service Analysis

Active alarm. Check active alarms using SystemVu™ Display.

Unit is NOT configured for heat. Check heating configurations using the SystemVu Display

No power to unit. Check power supply, fuses, wiring, and circuit breakers.
Unit is in minimum heat off-time, or minimum cool-heat

changeover time.

Thermostat or occupancy schedule setpoint not
calling for heating.

Heat forced off in Service Test mode. Check usin g SystemVu Display. Turn Service Test mode off.

No 24 VAC at heater contactor.

Open temperature limit switch on heater. Check minimum airflow. Check limit switch when it is cool,

Dirty air filters. Replace air filters.

Thermostat or occupancy schedule setpoint only
calling for W1.

Heat undersized for load. Decrease load or increase size of heater.

Restricted airflow Remove restriction. Check SAT compared to the SAT

Too much outdoor air. Check economizer position and configuration. Adjust

Limit switch cycles heaters. Check rotation of blower and minimum airflow.

Bad heater elements. Power off unit and remove high voltage wires. Check

Unit is in minimum heat on-time. Ch eck using SystemVu Display.

Thermostat or occupancy schedule setpoint still
calling for heating.

Heat forced on in Service Test mode. Check using SystemVu Display. Turn Service Test mode off.

Heater contactor failed. Power off unit. Check contactor and replace if closed.

Check using SystemVu Display.

Check using SystemVu Display.

Check transformer and circuit breaker.

Check auto-reset limit switches on heater.

Check manual-reset limit switch (LS) on indoor fan housing.

replace if open.

Allow time for W2 to energize or adjust setpoints.

heating limits.

minimum position.

resistance of element, replace if open.

Check using SystemVu Display.

43

Phase Protection

The phase loss protection option will monitor the three-phase electrical
system to provide phase revers al and phase loss protection.

Phase Reversal Protection

If the control senses an incorrect phase relationship, the relay (K1)
will be de-energized (opening its contact). If the phase relationship
is correct, the relay will be energized. The control has a self-bypass
function after a pre-set time. If the control determines that the three
phases stay in a correct relationship for 10 consecutive minutes, the
relay will stay energized regardless of the phase sequence of three
inputs as long as 24-VAC control voltage is applied. This
self-bypass function will be reset if all three phases are restored in a
phase loss event.

Phase Loss Protection

If the r everse rotat ion boar d sense s any one of the t hree phase inputs
has no AC voltage, the rela y will be de--energized (opening its
contact). This protection i s always active as long as 24-VAC cont rol
voltage is applied, and is not affec ted by the self by- pass f unction of
the phase sequence monitor ing functi on. Howeve r, in the event of
phase loss, t he relay w i ll be r e-energized onl y if all three pha ses a re
restored and the three phases are in the correct sequenc e.

A red LED is provided to indicate the function of the board. See
the table below.

LED STATUS FUNCTION

On Continuously Relay contact closed (normal operation).

Blinking

Off 24---VAC control power not present (off).

Relay contact open (phase loss or phase
reversal has occurred) — No power will be
supplied to the control system.

Thermistor Troubleshooting

The SystemVut controller uses thermistors to sense temperatures
used to control operation of the unit. Resistances at various
temperatures are listed in Table 21. Thermistor pin connection
points are shown in the Major System Components section. The
general locations of the thermistors are shown the Major System
Components section.

Air Temperatures

Air temperatures are measured with 10K thermistors. This includes
supply-air temperature (SAT), outdoor-air temperature (OAT),
space temperature sensors (T55, T56, T59), and return air
temperature (RAT).

The supply air temperature (SAT) and outdoor air temperature
(OAT) thermistors use a snap-mount to attach through the unit
sheet metal panels. The snap-mount tabs must be flattened on the
tip end of the sensor to release for removal from the panel. (See
Fig. 25.) To reinstall, make sure the snap-mount tabs extend out.

Thermistor/Temperature Sensor Check

A digital volt-ohmmeter is required to perform this check.
Connect the digital volt--ohmmeter across the appropriate

thermistor terminals at the J8 connector on the Main Base Board
(see Major System Components section).

Using the voltage reading obtained, read the sensor temperature
from Table 21 (on page 45).

To check thermistor accuracy, measure temperature at
probe location with an accurate thermocouple-type
temperature-measuring instrument. Insulate thermocouple to avoid
ambient temperatures from influencing reading. Temperature
measured by thermocouple and temperature determined from
thermistor voltage reading should be close, within 5F if care was
taken in applying thermocouple and taking readings.

If a more accurate check is required, unit must be shut down and
thermistor removed and checked at a known temperature (freezing
point or boiling point of water) using either voltage drop measured
across thermistor at the J8 connector, or by determining the
resistance with unit shut down and thermistor disconnected from
J8. Compare the values determined with the value read by the
control in the Temperatures mode using the SystemVut display.

Sensor Trim

Corrective offsets can be applied to all the analog inputs. Trim can
be used as a form of calibration. The trim works by adding or
subtracting the specified amount on the specified analog input.
These corrections should only be use when a proper calibrated tool
is used to compare to the sensors reading. These corrections are
only applied to the local sensor values, a building systems (BAS)
communicating values will not account for these corrections. Use
the SERVICE  CALIBRATION menu on the SystemVu Displa y to
adjust these values.

Transducer Troubleshooting

The electronic control uses suction and discharge pressure
transducers to measure the pressure of the refrigerant circuits. The
pressure/voltage characteristics of these transducers are in shown in
Table 22 (on page 46) for suction transducers and Table 23 (on
pages 47--48) for discharge transducers. The 5vdc power is applied
to legs A and B of the transducer and legs B to C represent the
signal voltage. To use the voltage drop table for troubleshooting,
read the voltage across A and B, then subtract the voltage reading
from B to C. The voltage drop can be looked up in Table 22 and
Table 23 depending on the type of transducer. The accuracy of
these transducers can be verified by connecting an accurate
pressure gauge to the second refrigerant port in the suction and
discharge lines.

Fig. 25 -- SAT and OAT Thermistor Mounting

C07015

44

Table 21 – Temperature (_F) vs Resistance/Voltage Drop Value s for OAT, RAT, SAT, and SPT Thermist ors (10K at 25_C Type II Resistors)

TEMP

(F)
–25 196,453 4.758 59 15,714 3.056 143 2,343 0.949
–24 189,692 4.750 60 15,317 3.025 144 2,297 0.934
–23 183,300 4.741 61 14,925 2.994 145 2,253 0.919
–22 177,000 4.733 62 14,549 2.963 146 2,209 0.905
–21 171,079 4.724 63 14,180 2.932 147 2,166 0.890
–20 165,238 4.715 64 13,824 2.901 148 2,124 0.876
–19 159,717 4.705 65 13,478 2.870 149 2,083 0.862
–18 154,344 4.696 66 13,139 2.839 150 2,043 0.848
–17 149,194 4.686 67 12,814 2.808 151 2,003 0.835
–16 144,250 4.676 68 12,493 2.777 152 1,966 0.821
–15 139,443 4.665 69 12,187 2.746 153 1,928 0.808
–14 134,891 4.655 70 11,884 2.715 154 1,891 0.795
–13 130,402 4.644 71 11,593 2.684 155 1,855 0.782
–12 126,183 4.633 72 11,308 2.653 156 1,820 0.770
–11 122,018 4.621 73 11,031 2.622 157 1,786 0.758
–10 118,076 4.609 74 10,764 2.592 158 1,752 0.745

–9 114,236 4.597 75 10,501 2.561 159 1,719 0.733
–8 110,549 4.585 76 10,249 2.530 160 1,687 0.722
–7 107,006 4.572 77 10,000 2.500 161 1,656 0.710
–6 103,558 4.560 78 9,762 2.470 162 1,625 0.699
–5 100,287 4.546 79 9,526 2.439 163 1,594 0.687
–4 97,060 4.533 80 9,300 2.409 164 1,565 0.676
–3 94,020 4.519 81 9,078 2.379 165 1,536 0.666
–2 91,019 4.505 82 8,862 2.349 166 1,508 0.655
–1 88,171 4.490 83 8,653 2.319 167 1,480 0.645

0 85,396 4.476 84 8,448 2.290 168 1,453 0.634
1 82,729 4.461 85 8,251 2.260 169 1,426 0.624
2 80,162 4.445 86 8,056 2.231 170 1,400 0.614
3 77,662 4.429 87 7,869 2.202 171 1,375 0.604
4 75,286 4.413 88 7,685 2.173 172 1,350 0.595
5 72,940 4.397 89 7,507 2.144 173 1,326 0.585
6 70,727 4.380 90 7,333 2.115 174 1,302 0.576
7 68,542 4.363 91 7,165 2.087 175 1,278 0.567
8 66,465 4.346 92 6,999 2.059 176 1,255 0.558

9 64,439 4.328 93 6,838 2.030 177 1,233 0.549
10 62,491 4.310 94 6,683 2.003 178 1,211 0.540
11 60,612 4.292 95 6,530 1.975 179 1,190 0.532
12 58,781 4.273 96 6,383 1.948 180 1,169 0.523
13 57,039 4.254 97 6,238 1.921 181 1,148 0.515
14 55,319 4.235 98 6,098 1.894 182 1,128 0.507
15 53,693 4.215 99 5,961 1.867 183 1,108 0.499
16 52,086 4.195 100 5,827 1.841 184 1,089 0.491
17 50,557 4.174 101 5,698 1.815 185 1,070 0.483
18 49,065 4.153 102 5,571 1.789 186 1,052 0.476
19 47,627 4.132 103 5,449 1.763 187 1,033 0.468
20 46,240 4.111 104 5,327 1.738 188 1,016 0.461
21 44,888 4.089 105 5,210 1.713 189 998 0.454
22 43,598 4.067 106 5,095 1.688 190 981 0.447
23 42,324 4.044 107 4,984 1.663 191 964 0.440
24 41,118 4.021 108 4,876 1.639 192 947 0.433
25 39,926 3.998 109 4,769 1.615 193 931 0.426
26 38,790 3.975 110 4,666 1.591 194 915 0.419
27 37,681 3.951 111 4,564 1.567 195 900 0.413
28 36,610 3.927 112 4,467 1.544 196 885 0.407
29 35,577 3.903 113 4,370 1.521 197 870 0.400
30 34,569 3.878 114 4,277 1.498 198 855 0.394
31 33,606 3.853 115 4.185 1.475 199 841 0.388
32 32,654 3.828 116 4,096 1.453 200 827 0.382
33 31,752 3.802 117 4,008 1.431 201 814 0.376
34 30,860 3.776 118 3,923 1.409 202 800 0.370
35 30,009 3.750 119 3,840 1.387 203 787 0.365
36 29,177 3.723 120 3,759 1.366 204 774 0.359
37 28,373 3.697 121 3,681 1.345 205 762 0.354
38 27,597 3.670 122 3,603 1.324 206 749 0.349
39 26,838 3.654 123 3,529 1.304 207 737 0.343
40 26,113 3.615 124 3,455 1.284 208 725 0.338
41 25,396 3.587 125 3,383 1.264 209 714 0.333
42 24,715 3.559 126 3,313 1.244 210 702 0.328
43 24,042 3.531 127 3,244 1.225 211 691 0.323
44 23,399 3.503 128 3,178 1.206 212 680 0.318
45 22,770 3.474 129 3,112 1.187 213 670 0.314
46 22,161 3.445 130 3,049 1.168 214 659 0.309
47 21,573 3.416 131 2,986 1.150 215 649 0.305
48 20,998 3.387 132 2,926 1.132 216 639 0.300
49 20,447 3.357 133 2,866 1.114 217 629 0.296
50 19,903 3.328 134 2,809 1.096 218 620 0.292
51 19,386 3.298 135 2,752 1.079 219 610 0.288
52 18,874 3.268 136 2,697 1.062 220 601 0.284
53 18,384 3.238 137 2,643 1.045 221 592 0.279

54 17,904 3.208 138 2,590 1.028 222 583 0.275
55 17,441 3.178 139 2,539 1.012 223 574 0.272
56 16,991 3.147 140 2,488 0.996 224 566 0.268
57 16,552 3.117 141 2,439 0.980 225 557 0.264
58 16,131 3.086 142 2,391 0.965

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)

TEMP

(F)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)

TEMP

(F)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)

45

Table 22 – Pressure (psig) vs. Voltage Drop Values for Suction Pressure Transducers

PRESSURE

(psig)

0 0.465 68 1.135 136 1.804 204 2.474

2 0.485 70 1.154 138 1.824 206 2.493

4 0.505 72 1.174 140 1.844 208 2.513

6 0.524 74 1.194 142 1.863 210 2.533

8 0.544 76 1.214 144 1.883 212 2.553

10 0.564 78 1.233 146 1.903 214 2.572

12 0.583 80 1.253 148 1.922 216 2.592

14 0.603 82 1.273 150 1.942 218 2.612

16 0.623 84 1.292 152 1.962 220 2.631

18 0.642 86 1.312 154 1.982 222 2.651

20 0.662 88 1.332 156 2.001 224 2.671

22 0.682 90 1.351 158 2.021 226 2.690

24 0.702 92 1.371 160 2.041 228 2.710

26 0.721 94 1.391 162 2.060 230 2.730

28 0.741 96 1.410 164 2.080 232 2.749

30 0.761 98 1.430 166 2.100 234 2.769

32 0.780 100 1.450 168 2.119 236 2.789

34 0.800 102 1.470 170 2.139 238 2.809

36 0.820 104 1.489 172 2.159 240 2.828

38 0.839 106 1.509 174 2.178 242 2.848

40 0.859 108 1.529 176 2.198 244 2.868

42 0.879 110 1.548 178 2.218 246 2.887

44 0.898 112 1.568 180 2.237 248 2.907

46 0.918 114 1.588 182 2.257 250 2.927

48 0.938 116 1.607 184 2.277 252 2.946

50 0.958 118 1.627 186 2.297 254 2.966

52 0.977 120 1.647 188 2.316 256 2.986

54 0.997 122 1.666 190 2.336 258 3.005

56 1.017 124 1.686 192 2.356 260 3.025

58 1.036 126 1.706 194 2.375 262 3.045

60 1.056 128 1.726 196 2.395 264 3.065

62 1.076 130 1.745 198 2.415 266 3.084

64 1.095 132 1.765 200 2.434 268 3.104

66 1.115 134 1.785 202 2.454 270 3.124

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)

PRESSURE

(psig)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

PRESSURE

(psig)

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)

PRESSURE

(psig)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

46

Table 23 – Discharge Pressure Transducer (psig) vs. Voltage

PRESSURE

(psig)

14.5 0.500 95 0.993 176 1.490 257 1.987
16 0.509 96 1.000 177 1.496 258 1.993
17 0.515 97 1.006 178 1.502 259 1.999
18 0.521 98 1.012 179 1.508 260 2.005
19 0.528 99 1.018 180 1.515 261 2.011
20 0.534 100 1.024 181 1.521 262 2.017
21 0.540 101 1.030 182 1.527 263 2.023
22 0.546 102 1.036 183 1.533 264 2.029
23 0.552 103 1.043 184 1.539 265 2.036
24 0.558 104 1.049 185 1.545 266 2.042
25 0.564 105 1.055 186 1.551 267 2.048
26 0.570 106 1.061 187 1.557 268 2.054
27 0.577 107 1.067 188 1.564 269 2.060
28 0.583 108 1.073 189 1.570 270 2.066
29 0.589 109 1.079 190 1.576 271 2.072
30 0.595 110 1.085 191 1.582 272 2.079
31 0.601 111 1.092 192 1.588 273 2.085
32 0.607 112 1.098 193 1.594 274 2.091
33 0.613 113 1.104 194 1.600 275 2.097
34 0.620 114 1.110 195 1.606 276 2.103
35 0.626 115 1.116 196 1.613 277 2.109
35 0.626 116 1.122 197 1.619 278 2.115
36 0.632 117 1.128 198 1.625 279 2.121
37 0.638 118 1.134 199 1.631 280 2.128
38 0.644 119 1.141 200 1.637 281 2.134
39 0.650 120 1.147 201 1.643 282 2.140
40 0.656 121 1.153 202 1.649 283 2.146
41 0.662 122 1.159 203 1.656 284 2.152
42 0.669 123 1.165 204 1.662 285 2.158
43 0.675 124 1.171 205 1.668 286 2.164
44 0.681 125 1.177 206 1.674 287 2.170
45 0.687 126 1.184 207 1.680 288 2.177
46 0.693 127 1.190 208 1.686 289 2.183
47 0.699 128 1.196 209 1.692 290 2.189
48 0.705 129 1.202 210 1.698 291 2.195
49 0.711 130 1.208 211 1.705 292 2.201
50 0.718 131 1.214 212 1.711 293 2.207
51 0.724 132 1.220 213 1.717 294 2.213
52 0.730 133 1.226 214 1.723 295 2.220
53 0.736 134 1.233 215 1.729 296 2.226
54 0.742 135 1.239 216 1.735 297 2.232
55 0.748 136 1.245 217 1.741 298 2.238
56 0.754 137 1.251 218 1.747 299 2.244
57 0.761 138 1.257 219 1.754 300 2.250
58 0.767 139 1.263 220 1.760 301 2.256
59 0.773 140 1.269 221 1.766 302 2.262
60 0.779 141 1.275 222 1.772 303 2.269
61 0.785 142 1.282 223 1.778 304 2.275
62 0.791 143 1.288 224 1.784 305 2.281
63 0.797 144 1.294 225 1.790 306 2.287
64 0.803 145 1.300 226 1.797 307 2.293
65 0.810 146 1.306 227 1.803 308 2.299
66 0.816 147 1.312 228 1.809 309 2.305
67 0.822 148 1.318 229 1.815 310 2.311
68 0.828 149 1.325 230 1.821 311 2.318
69 0.834 150 1.331 231 1.827 312 2.324
70 0.840 151 1.337 232 1.833 313 2.330
71 0.846 152 1.343 233 1.839 314 2.336
72 0.852 153 1.349 234 1.846 315 2.342
73 0.859 154 1.355 235 1.852 316 2.348
74 0.865 155 1.361 236 1.858 317 2.354
75 0.871 156 1.367 237 1.864 318 2.361
76 0.877 157 1.374 238 1.870 319 2.367
77 0.883 158 1.380 239 1.876 320 2.373
78 0.889 159 1.386 240 1.882 321 2.379
79 0.895 160 1.392 241 1.888 322 2.385
80 0.902 161 1.398 242 1.895 323 2.391
81 0.908 162 1.404 243 1.901 324 2.397
82 0.914 163 1.410 244 1.907 325 2.403
83 0.920 164 1.416 245 1.913 326 2.410
84 0.926 165 1.423 246 1.919 327 2.416
85 0.932 166 1.429 247 1.925 328 2.422
86 0.938 167 1.435 248 1.931 329 2.428
87 0.944 168 1.441 249 1.938 330 2.434
88 0.951 169 1.447 250 1.944 331 2.440
89 0.957 170 1.453 251 1.950 332 2.446
90 0.963 171 1.459 252 1.956 333 2.452
91 0.969 172 1.466 253 1.962 334 2.459
92 0.975 173 1.472 254 1.968 335 2.465
93 0.981 174 1.478 255 1.974 336 2.471
94 0.987 175 1.484 256 1.980 337 2.477

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

PRESSURE

(psig)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

PRESSURE

(psig)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

PRESSURE

(psig)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

47

Table 23 -- Discharge Pressure Transducer (psig) vs. Voltage (cont)

PRESSURE

(psig)

338 2.483 421 2.992 504 3.501 587 4.010
339 2.489 422 2.998 505 3.507 588 4.016
340 2.495 423 3.004 506 3.513 589 4.022
341 2.502 424 3.010 507 3.519 590 4.028
342 2.508 425 3.016 508 3.525 591 4.034
343 2.514 426 3.023 509 3.531 592 4.040
344 2.520 427 3.029 510 3.538 593 4.046
345 2.526 428 3.035 511 3.544 594 4.052
346 2.532 429 3.041 512 3.550 595 4.059
347 2.538 430 3.047 513 3.556 596 4.065
348 2.544 431 3.053 514 3.562 597 4.071
349 2.551 432 3.059 515 3.568 598 4.077
350 2.557 433 3.066 516 3.574 599 4.083
351 2.563 434 3.072 517 3.580 600 4.089
352 2.569 435 3.078 518 3.587 601 4.095
353 2.575 436 3.084 519 3.593 602 4.102
354 2.581 437 3.090 520 3.599 603 4.108
355 2.587 438 3.096 521 3.605 604 4.114
356 2.593 439 3.102 522 3.611 605 4.120
357 2.600 440 3.108 523 3.617 606 4.126
358 2.606 441 3.115 524 3.623 607 4.132
359 2.612 442 3.121 525 3.629 608 4.138
360 2.618 443 3.127 526 3.636 609 4.144
361 2.624 444 3.133 527 3.642 610 4.151
362 2.630 445 3.139 528 3.648 611 4.157
363 2.636 446 3.145 529 3.654 612 4.163
364 2.643 447 3.151 530 3.660 613 4.169
365 2.649 448 3.157 531 3.666 614 4.175
366 2.655 449 3.164 532 3.672 615 4.181
367 2.661 450 3.170 533 3.679 616 4.187
368 2.667 451 3.176 534 3.685 617 4.193
369 2.673 452 3.182 535 3.691 618 4.200
370 2.679 453 3.188 536 3.697 619 4.206
371 2.685 454 3.194 537 3.703 620 4.212
372 2.692 455 3.200 538 3.709 621 4.218
373 2.698 456 3.206 539 3.715 622 4.224
374 2.704 457 3.213 540 3.721 623 4.230
375 2.710 458 3.219 541 3.728 624 4.236
376 2.716 459 3.225 542 3.734 625 4.243
377 2.722 460 3.231 543 3.740 626 4.249
378 2.728 461 3.237 544 3.746 627 4.255
379 2.734 462 3.243 545 3.752 628 4.261
380 2.741 463 3.249 546 3.758 629 4.267
381 2.747 464 3.256 547 3.764 630 4.273
382 2.753 465 3.262 548 3.770 631 4.279
383 2.759 466 3.268 549 3.777 632 4.285
384 2.765 467 3.274 550 3.783 633 4.292
385 2.771 468 3.280 551 3.789 634 4.298
386 2.777 469 3.286 552 3.795 635 4.304
387 2.784 470 3.292 553 3.801 636 4.310
388 2.790 471 3.298 554 3.807 637 4.316
389 2.796 472 3.305 555 3.813 638 4.322
390 2.802 473 3.311 556 3.820 639 4.328
391 2.808 474 3.317 557 3.826 640 4.334
392 2.814 475 3.323 558 3.832 641 4.341
393 2.820 476 3.329 559 3.838 642 4.347
394 2.826 477 3.335 560 3.844 643 4.353
395 2.833 478 3.341 561 3.850 644 4.359
396 2.839 479 3.347 562 3.856 645 4.365
397 2.845 480 3.354 563 3.862 646 4.371
398 2.851 481 3.360 564 3.869 647 4.377
399 2.857 482 3.366 565 3.875 648 4.384
400 2.863 483 3.372 566 3.881 649 4.390
401 2.869 484 3.378 567 3.887 650 4.396
402 2.875 485 3.384 568 3.893 651 4.402
403 2.882 486 3.390 569 3.899 652 4.408
404 2.888 487 3.397 570 3.905 653 4.414
405 2.894 488 3.403 571 3.911 654 4.420
406 2.900 489 3.409 572 3.918 655 4.426
407 2.906 490 3.415 573 3.924 656 4.433
408 2.912 491 3.421 574 3.930 657 4.439
409 2.918 492 3.427 575 3.936 658 4.445
410 2.925 493 3.433 576 3.942 659 4.451
411 2.931 494 3.439 577 3.948 660 4.457
412 2.937 495 3.446 578 3.954 661 4.463
413 2.943 496 3.452 579 3.961 662 4.469
414 2.949 497 3.458 580 3.967 663 4.475
415 2.955 498 3.464 581 3.973 664 4.482
416 2.961 499 3.470 582 3.979 665 4.488
417 2.967 500 3.476 583 3.985 666 4.494
418 2.974 501 3.482 584 3.991 667 4.500
419 2.980 502 3.488 585 3.997
420 2.986 503 3.495 586 4.003

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

PRESSURE

(psig)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

PRESSURE

(psig)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

PRESSURE

(psig)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

48

MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS

General

The 48/50LC single package rooftop units are avail a ble with the
factory--install ed optional SystemV ut electronic c ont rol sys tem that

monitors all operations of the rooftop. The control system is
compose d of sever al main control components and avai lable
factory-installed options or field-installed accessories as listed in
sections below. See Fig. 26 -- 31 for examples of typical control and
power schematics for 48/50LC units.

Fig. 26 -- 50LC 04--06 SystemVut Control Schematic

49

a48--- 9941

Fig. 27 -- 48LC 08--12 SystemVut Control Schematic

50

C14329B

Fig. 28 -- 50LC 14--26 SystemVut Control Schematic

51

a50--- 9603

Fig. 29 -- 50LC 04--06 SystemVut Power Schematic

52

a48--- 9942

Fig. 30 -- 48LC 08--12 SystemVut Power Schematic

53

a48--- 9943

Fig. 31 -- 48/50LC 14--26 SystemVut Power Schematic

54

a48--- 9944

Main Base Board (MBB)

See Fig. 32 and Table 24. The majority of the I/O is connected to
the MBB which executes the controls operation of the unit from
the software that is loaded onto it.

J2

J1

J3A J3B J3C J3D J3E J4 J5 J6 J7

J8 J9

TB5

J10

J11

J12

J13

J14

TB4J15J16J17J20J18TB3TB2TB1

C150161

Fig. 32 -- Main Base Board (MBB)

55

Table 24 – Main Base Board (MBB) Connections

DISPLAY NAME SENSOR LOCATION I/O TYPE POINT NAME

INPUTS

Input power from TRAN2 Control Box 24 VAC J2, 1 & 8

COFS Dain Pan 24 VAC COFS J 4 , 1 --- 4

FIRE SHUTDOWN Supply/Return/Space Switch input FIREDOWN J 5 , 1 --- 4

IGC FAN REQUEST Gas section Switch input IGC_IFO J 6 , 1 --- 2

RARH LEVEL Return/Space 0 --- 2 0 mA RARH J7,1,5---6

OARH LEVEL Economizer 0 --- 2 0 m A OARH J7,2,6---7

ECON ACT POSITION Economizer 2 --- 1 0 v d c DAMPPOS J7,3,8

FAN SUPPLY TEMP Indoor fan housing 10k thermistor FST J8,1,4

RETURN AIR TEMP Return 10k thermistor RAT J8,2,5

OUTDOOR AIR TEMP Outdoor coil 10k thermistor OAT J8,3,6

CIR.A SUC. PRESS Circuit A Suction pipe 0 --- 5 VDC pressure transducer SSP_A J 9 , 1 --- 2 , 5

CIR.A DIS. PRESS Circuit A Discharge pipe 0 --- 5 VDC pressure transducer SDP_A J 9 , 4 --- 3 , 6

IAQ LEVEL Return/Space 0 --- 2 0 m A IAQ T B 5 , 4 --- 6

SLIDER OFFSET VAL Space 10k thermistor SPTO T B 5 , 2 --- 3

SPACE TEMPERATURE Space 10k t hermistor SPACE_T T B 5 , 1 --- 2

CIR.A HPS Circuit A Discharge pipe Switch Input CIRA_HPS QC, 1--- 2J 18, 1, 3

Configurable F i e l d --- i n s t a l l e d Switch Input QC, 3--- 4J18, 2,4

REMOTE OCC SWITCH F i e l d --- i n s t a l l e d Switch Input REMOCC T B 3 , 1 --- 2

REMOTE SHUTDOWN F i e l d --- i n s t a l l e d Sw itch Input REMSHUT T B 3 , 3 --- 4

FILTER STATUS SW Indoor fan section Switch Input FILTSTAT T B 3 , 5 --- 6

TSTAT G INPUT Spa ce Switch Input G TB1, G

TSTAT Y1 INPUT Space Switch Input Y1 TB1, Y1

TSTAT Y2 INPUT Space Switch Input Y2 TB1, Y2

TSTAT Y3 INPUT Space Switch Input Y3 TB1, Y3

TSTAT W1 INPUT Space Switch Input W1 TB1, W1

TSTAT W2 INPUT Space Switch Input W2 TB1, W2

OUTPUTS

Optional power out Not Used 24 VAC J1 , 1 --- 2

ECON CMD POSITION 0 --- 2 0 mA DAMPCMD J7,4,8

ODF SPEED OUT 1 PWM1 ODF1SPD J10, 1 --- 4

ODF SPEED OUT 2 PWM2 ODF2SPD J11, 1 --- 4

ODF SPEED OUT 3 PWM3 ODF3SPD J12, 1 --- 4

ALARM RELAY Relay ALMOUT T B 2 , 3 --- 4

not used Not Used Relay J3A, 1, 3

not used Not Used Relay J3A, 2, 4

not used Not Used Relay J3B, 1, 3

not used Not Used Relay J3B, 2, 4

PE1 RELAY Relay PE1 J 3 C , 1 --- 4

CCH RELAY Relay CCHR1 J3D, 1, 4

COMPRESSOR A2 Relay COMP_A2 J3D, 2, 5

COMPRESSOR A1 Relay COMP_A1 J3D, 3, 6

HEAT 2 RELAY Relay HEAT_2 J3E, 1, 3

HEAT 1 RELAY Relay HEAT_1 J3E, 2, 4

COMMUNICATION

Building Automated System (BAS) Building Communication T B 4 , 1 --- 5

Ethernet Not Used Communication J13, J14

IDF SPEED OUTPUT Indoor fan section Communication FANSPEED J15, 1--- 4

Expansion LEN Bus Not Used Communication J16, 1 ---4

Local Equipment Ne twork (LEN) Communication J17

RNET Sensors Building Communication J20, 1 --- 4

Display Copper Cable Communication J23

RNET Service Access Communication J24, 1 --- 5

DISPLAY CONNECTIONS

Display Copper Cable Communication J1

Local Equipment Ne twork (LEN) Communication J2

U S B --- A Communication J3

U S B --- B Not Used Communicat ion J4

Keypad Ribbon Cable Communication J6

CONNECTION PIN

NUMBER

56

Input-- Output Board (IOB)

PD4-AUX1 32GB 500 322 EE CEPL130487-01

J1

24VAC

12 11

STATUS SIO

CH14

J9

1

SIO

T
P
V

J8

32

1

2

3

-- GRSV RSV +--G +

T
P
V

CH13

CH13 CH14

J3

J5J4

J2

J7

CH
1

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

--

--

--

--

2

3

4

--

5

CH

--

6

--

7

CH
8

CH

--

9

CH

--

10

CH

--

--

11

Fig. 33 -- Input--Output Board (IOB)

Table 25 – Input--Output Board (IOB) Connections

DISPLAY NAME POINT DESCRIPTION SENSOR LOCATION TYPE OF I/O

INPUTS

HUM HUMIDISTAT F i e l d --- i n s t a l l e d Switch Input J1.1

SPRH SPACE RELATIVE HUMIDITY F i e l d --- i n s t a l l e d 0 --- 2 0 m A J9.2

OUTPUTS

RDV REHEAT DISCHARGE VALVE 24 VAC J2, 1

LDV LIQUID DISCH ARGE VALVE 24 VAC J2, 2

COMMUNICATION

LEN LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK (LEN) Communication J12

CH
12

J6

--

CONNECTION

PIN NUMBER

a50--- 9608

57

Integrated Gas Control (IGC) Board

The IGC is provided on gas heat units. The IGC controls the direct
spark ignition system and monitors the rollout switch, limit switch,
and flue gas pressure switch.

RED LED-STATUS

Fig. 34 -- Integrated Gas Control (IGC) Board

Table 26 – Integrated Gas Control (IGC) Board Connections

TERMINAL

LABEL

RT, C Power for IDR on 575v units control box 24 VAC Spade

C Input power common Spade

SS Speed sensor gas section analog input J 1 , 1 --- 3

FS, T1 Flame sensor gas section switch input Spade

W Heat stage 1 Call MBB to IGC 24 VAC J2, 2

G Indoor Fan Call not used 24 VAC J2, 3

R Input power from TRAN 1 TB4 to IGC 24 VAC J2, 4

RS Rollout switch gas section switch input J 2 , 5 --- 6

LS Limit switch gas section switch input J 2 , 7 --- 8

CS Centrifuga l switch (not used) switch input J 2 , 9 --- 1 0

L1, CM Induced draft combustion motor or relay gas section line VAC

IFO Indoor fan request IGC to MBB relay J2, 1

GV (W1) Gas valve (heat stage 1) gas section relay J2, 12

GV (W2) Gas Valve (heat stage 2, from CTB) gas section Not on IGC

POINT DE SCRIPTION SENSOR LOCATION TYPE OF I/O

INPUTS

OUTPUTS

CONNECTION

PIN NUMBER

C07028

58

Protective Devices

Compressor Protection

Overcurrent

Each compressor has internal line break motor protection.

Overtemperature

Each compressor has an internal protector to protect it against
excessively high discharge gas temperatures.

High--Pressure Switch

If the high-pressure switch trips, the compressor will shut down
and the Circuit A High Pressure Alert will activate. Refer to the
alarm section for the High pressure alert.

Evaporator Fan Motor Protection

In the belt drive application, the VFD serves as the motor thermal
and over-current protection. Refer to Major Component’s section
for more detail on the VFD.

!

EQUIPMENT DAMAGE HAZARD

Failure to follow this caution may result in damage to the unit.

DO not bypass the VFD while running the motor. Do not
change VFD parameter associated with motor characteristics,
theseare factoryprogrammed for motor protection. Damage to
the motor or the VFD can occur.

Condenser--Fan Motor Protection

The ECM motor is protected from locked rotor and over-current
protection through the electronic control module attached to the
motor.

Saturated Suction Pressure (SSP)

If the SSP f or a particular circuit is re ading below the alarm set point
for an extended period of time, that circuit will be shut down. After 15
minutes, the alarm will automatically reset. If this alarm occurs 3 times
consecutively, the circuit will remain locked out until an alarm reset is
initiated via CCN or manually via the SystemVut controller display
(see Alarms and Alerts section for more details).

CAUTION

Condensate Overflow Switch (COFS)

A separate factory installed device can detect a full drain pan. This
device consists of a pan sensor to detect the water level and a relay
control switch to read the sensor. The control switch is located in
the unit control box and feeds into the SystemVu control to trip a
condensate overflow fault. The relay switch is a normally open
device that closes when power is applied. If the sensor detects high
water levels for 10 seconds straight, it will open the contact
removing the input provided to the SystemVu control. The switch
will also turn its red LED on. If the water level is low enough for 5
minutes the relay will close again applying the input back to the
SystemVu controller. A blinking red LED on the switch indicates
that the sensor has been disconnected.

Space Mounted Sensors

Space Temperature Sensor (T--55)

The T-55 space temperature sensor (part no. 33ZCT55SPT) is a
field-installed accessory. The sensor is installed on a building
interior wall to measure room air temperature. The T-55 sensor also
includes an override button on the front cover to permit occupants
to override the Unoccupied Schedule (if programmed).

TB5--1 Sensor Input.............

TB5--2 Sensor Common.............

Space Temperature Sensor (T--56)

The T-56 space temperature sensor (part no. 33ZCT56SPT) is a
field-installed accessory . This sensor includes a sliding scale on the
front cover that permits an occupant to adjust the space temperature
set point remotely. The T-56 sensor also includes an override
button on the front cover to allow occupants to override the
unoccupied schedule (if programmed).

TB5--1 Sensor Input...........

TB5--2 Sensor Common...........

TB5--3 Setpoint Offset Input...........

Space Temperature Sensor Averaging

See Fig. 35 for space temperature averaging with T-55 sensors
only. If the use of one T-56 sensor is required, refer to Fig. 36.

59

RED

T

BLK

RED

BLK

TB1-T55

1

2

TO MAIN
BASE BOARD

TB1-T55

1

2

TO MAIN
BASE BOARD

RED

BLK

LEGEND

B -- Terminal Block
______ -- Factory Wiring
_ _ _ _ -- Field Wiring

RED

BLK

SENSOR 1 SENSOR 2 SENSOR 3 SENSOR 4

RED

BLK

SPACE TEMPERATURE AVERAGING --4 T-55 SENSOR APPLICATION

RED

BLK

BLK

SENSOR 1

RED

RED

BLK

SENSOR 2

RED

BLK

RED

BLK

RED

BLK

SENSOR 3

SENSOR 6SENSOR 5

BLK

SENSOR 4

RED

RED

BLK

RED

BLK

SENSOR 8SENSOR 7 SENSOR 9

SPACE TEMPERATURE AVERAGING --9 T-55 SENSOR APPLICATION

C07032

Fig. 35 -- Space Temperature Sensor Averaging

RED

BLK

TB1-T55

1

2

TO MAIN

BASE

BOARD

RED

BLK

RED

BLK

RED

BLK

RED

BLK

TB1-T55

3

TO MAIN

BASE

BOARD

T-55 SENSOR 1 T-55 SENSOR 2 T-55 SENSOR 3 T-56 SENSOR 4

WHT

C07033

Fig. 36 -- Space Temperature Sensor Averaging with 3 T--55 Sensors and One T--56 Sensor

60

Variable Frequency Drive (VFD)

VFDs are available as a factory--installed option for LC series
units. Size 04--06 units use ABB VFDs while sizes 07--26 use
Danfoss VFDs. For details on size 07 --26 units with VFDs
continue at page 65.

LC 04--06 Variable Frequency Drive (ABB VFD)

On units equipped with supply fan VFDs, the indoor fan motor is
controlled by a 3-phase VFD. The supply fan VFD is located in the
supply fan section behind the access door. These units use ABB
VFDs. The VFD varies the frequency of the AC voltage supplied
to the indoor fan. This allows the variance in the speed of the fan.
The VFD is always powered during normal operation and the fan
is stopped by driving the speed to 0. Fig. 37 and Table 27 show the
VFD terminals and connections.

Table 27 – LC 0 4--06 VFD Connections

POINT DE SCRIPTION TYPE OF I/O

Low Volta ge Power
(jumped to DI1 & DI4)

Low Voltage Common
(jumped to DCOM)

Discrete Inputs Common
(jumped from GND)

Discrete Input 1
(jumped from 24v)

Not Used Switch Input 14 DI2

Not Used Switch Input 15 DI3
Discrete Input 4

(jumped from 24v)

Shielded Cable Ground Shield 28 SCR
LEN communicat ion LEN 29 B+

LEN communicat ion LEN 30 A --­LEN Communicat ion LEN 31 AGND

Vo l t a g e L e g f r o m C --- 1 1 Voltage Input U1 MAINS
Vo l t a g e L e g f r o m C --- 1 3 Voltage Input V1 MAINS

Volta ge Le g f ro m IFT B Voltage Input W1 MAINS
Vo l t a g e L e g t o I F M --- 3 Volta ge Output U2 MOTOR

Vo l t a g e L e g t o I F M --- 2 Volta ge Output V2 MOTOR
Vo l t a g e L e g t o I F M --- 1 Volta ge Output W2 MOTOR

LOW VOLTAGE INPUTS

24vdc 10 24v

Ground 11 GND

Ground 12 DCOM

Switch Input 13 DI1

Switch Input 16 DI4

HIGH VOLTAGE

TERMINAL

NUMBER

TERMINAL

NAME

POWER

LED

TERMINALS

10 – 16

U1 V1 W1 U2 V2 W2

FAULT

LED

TERMINALS

28 – 31

C12225

Fig. 37 -- LC 04--06 Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Termin-

als and Connections -- unit shown front cover removed

!

CAUTION

EQUIPMENT DAMAGE/PERFORMANCE HAZARD

Failure to follow this caution may result in damage to the unit
or in degradation of unit performance.

Do not run the Carrier Assistant through the VFD keypad.
This will cause parameters to change value that are not desired
on these applications.

The VFDs communicate to the MBB over the local equipment
network (LEN). The VFD speed is controlled directly by the
SystemVut controller over the LEN. The VFD parameters
required to allow the VFD to communicate on the LEN are shown
in Table 28. Table 29 shows VFD parameters that are hard--coded
by the SystemVu controller. The parameters listed in Table 30 have
corresponding SystemVu configurations (SETTINGS  UNIT

CONFIGURATIONS  INDOOR FAN IFD  VFD
PARAMETERS). The factory sets these parameters per motor

installed in the unit and these should not be adjusted in the field.
These are only provided for drive or motor replacement. These
parameters in Table 30 require the drive to be off or 0% to change
them.

IMPORTANT: If the VFD appears to be communicati ng (the VFD
software version can be read in SERVICE  UNIT
INFORMA TI ON  VERSIONS) but the loss of communications
fault persist s, place the keypad in t he Off stat e. If communicat ion is
reestablished the VFD had to be in the Off state to save the
configurations being sent.
This can occur after a VFD is replaced.

The VFD is factory–configured to match the current and power
requirements for each motor selection and all wiring connections
are completed by the factory; no field adjustments or connections
are necessary. While the basic VFD retains all of its standard
capabilities, this application uses only a limited portion of these
features to provide discrete output speeds to the motor.
Consequently the VFD is not equipped with a keypad. A keypad is
available as an accessory (P/N: CRDISKIT001A00) for field
installation or expanded service access to VFD parameter and
troubleshooting tables. The VFD used has soft start capabilities to
slowly ramp up the speeds, eliminating any high inrush of air
volume during speed changes.

!

WARNING

EQUIPMENT DAMAGE HAZARD

Failure to follow this warning could result in equipment
damage.

The VFD motor parameters shown in Table 32 should never be
changed in the field unless authorized by Carrier Corporation.
Damage could occur to the motor or unit if these are set to
anything besides what is shown in the table. These are only
provided for drive or motor replacement or future adjustments.

61

Table 28 – LC 04--06 VFD Parameters Configured by Factory or VFD Keypad

Parameter Group Parameter Title ABB Parameter HVAC Default CARRIER

Options COMM PROT SEL 9802 NOT SEL LEN (6 )

EFB PROTOCOL ID 5301 0000 hex 0601 hex

EFB STATION ID 5302 0 41

EFB Protocol

EFB BAUD RATE 5303 9.6 kb/s 38.4 kb/s

EFB PARITY 5304 8NONE1 8NONE1

EFB CTRL PROFILE 5305 ABB DRV LIM DCU PROFILE

Table 29 – LC 04--06 VFD Parameters Hard Coded by SystemVut Controller

Parameter Group Parameter Title ABB Parameter HVAC Default CARRIER

Start/Stop/Dir EXT1 COMMANDS 1001 DI1 COMM (2)

Reference Select REF1 SELECT 1103 AI1 COMM (2)

Constant Speeds CONST SPEED 7 1208 60 Hz 0Hz

RUN ENABLE 1601 NOT SEL NOT SEL (0)

System Controls

Start/Stop

Fault Functions

Start/Stoop/Dir DIRECTION 1003 FORWARD REQUEST

Accel/Decel

Motor Control SWITCHING FREQ 2606 4kHz 4kHz

S t a r t --- U p D a t a

Limits MAXIMUM CURRENT 2003 1.3*i2n Se e Table 32

FAULT RESET SEL 1604 KEYPAD COMM (7)

START ENABLE 1 1608 DI4 DI4 (4)

START FUNCTION 2101 SCALAR FLYSTART AUTO (0)

STOP FUNCTION 2102 COAST COAST (1)

COMM FAULT FUNC 3018 NOT SEL CONST SP 7 (2)

COMM FAULT TIME 3019 10.0 s 10.0 s

ACCELER TIME 1 2202 30.0s 30.0s

DECELER TIME 1 2203 30.0s 10.0s

MOTOR NOM VOLT 9905 230V, 460V, 575V See T able 32

MOTOR NOM CURR 9906 10*In See Table 32

MOTOR NOM FREQ 9907 60 Hz 60 Hz

MOTOR NOM SPEED 9908 1750 rpm See Table 32

MOTOR NOM POWER 9909 1.0*Pn See Table 32

Table 30 – LC 04--06 VFD Parameters Configurable Through SystemVu Controller

Param eter

Group

Accel/Decel

S t a r t --- U p D a t a

Limits MAXIMUM CURRENT 2003 1.3*I2n See Table 32 CURRLMT IDF VFD MAX AMPS

Param eter Ti tle ABB Parameter HVAC Default CARRIER CCN POINT Display Menu Item

ACCELER TIME 1 2202 30.0s 30.0s RAMPUP_T VFD ACCEL TIME

DECELER TIME 1 2203 30.0s 10.0s RAMPDN_T VFD DECEL TIME

MOTOR NOM VOLT 9905 230V,460V,575V See Table 32 MOTVOLT IDF VFD VOLTAGE

MOTOR NOM CURR 9906 1.0*In See Table 32 MOTCUR IDF VFD NOM. AMPS

MOTOR NOM FREQ 9907 60 Hz 60 Hz MOTFREQ IDF VFD NOM. FREQ

MOTOR NOM SPEED 9908 1750 rpm See Table 32 MOTNOMSP IDF VFD NOM. RPM

MOTOR NOM
POWER

9909 1.0*Pn See Table 32 MOTPWRHP IDF VFD NOM. HP

Table 31 – LC 04--06 VFD Status Parameters Available Through System Vu Controller

Parameter Group Parameter Tit le ABB Parameter Units SystemVu Point SystemVu Display Item

Run Time 0114 h RUNHOURS IDF VFD RUN HOURS

KWh Counter 0115 kWh KWHCNTR IDF VFD KW HOURS

Powe r 0106 kW OUTPWRKW VFD OUTPUT KW

Operating Data

Output Voltage 0109 V OUTMVOLT VFD OUTPUT VOLTS

Output Frequency 0103 Hz OUTMFREQ VF D OUTPUT FREQ

CURRENT 0104 A OUTMCUR VFD OUTPUT AMPS

DC Bus Voltage 0107 V DLCNVOLT IDF VFD DC VOLTS

Drive Temp 0110 _C HTSINKT IDF VFD HSNK TEMP

62

Table 32 – LC 04--06 VFD Motor Default Configurations

EQUIPMENT MODEL NUMBER (EQ_MOD)

Position 1,2 Position 7,8 Position 10 Position 12 MOTPWRHP MOTVOLT MOTCUR MOTNOMSP VFD1MAXA

48 04 2 5 1.7 230 5.8 1725 6.7

48 04 2 6 1.7 460 2.9 1725 3.3

48 04 2 1 1.7 575 3.1 1725 3.6

48 04 3 5 2.4 230 7.9 1725 9.1

48 04 3 6 2.4 460 2.9 1725 4.6

48 04 3 1 2.4 575 3.4 1725 3.9

48 05 2 5 1.7 230 5.8 1725 6.7

48 05 2 6 1.7 460 2.9 1725 3.3

48 05 2 1 1.7 575 3.1 1725 3.6

48 05 3 5 2.9 230 9.2 1725 10.6

48 05 3 6 2.9 460 4.6 1725 5.3

48 05 3 1 3.7 575 4.2 1725 4.8

48 06 2 5 2.4 230 7.9 1725 9.1

48 06 2 6 2.4 460 4 1725 4.6

48 06 2 1 2.4 575 3.4 1725 3.9

48 06 3 5 2.9 230 9.2 1725 10.6

48 06 3 6 2.9 460 4.6 1725 5.3

48 06 3 1 3.7 575 4.2 1725 4.8

50 04 2 5 1.7 230 5.8 1725 6.7

50 04 2 6 1.7 460 2.9 1725 3.3

50 04 2 1 1.7 575 3.1 1725 3.6

50 04 3 5 2.4 230 7.9 1725 9.1

50 04 3 6 2.4 460 2.9 1725 4.6

50 04 3 1 2.4 575 3.4 1725 3.9

50 05 2 5 1.7 230 5.8 1725 6.7

50 05 2 6 1.7 460 2.9 1725 3.3

50 05 2 1 1.7 575 3.1 1725 3.6

50 05 3 5 2.9 230 9.2 1725 10.6

50 05 3 6 2.9 460 4.6 1725 5.3

50 05 3 1 3.7 575 4.2 1725 4.8

50 06 2 5 2.4 230 7.9 1725 9.1

50 06 2 6 2.4 460 4 1725 4.6

50 06 2 1 2.4 575 3.4 1725 3.9

50 06 3 5 2.9 230 9.2 1725 10.6

50 06 3 6 2.9 460 4.6 1725 5.3

50 06 3 1 3.7 575 4.2 1725 4.8

Nominal

Horse Power

Motor Voltage

Motor Current

( M u s t --- H o l d

Amps)

Motor Nominal

Speed

VFD Max A m ps

For proper operation, there are three jumper wires that must
remain installed an d the VFD must be set to the auto mode. The
3 jumpers are shown on the unit schematic and are connected
through a plug called PL25. These jumpers set the VFD to start
enabled, run enabled, and tie the common bus together. The
VFD has 2 LEDs on its front panel to indicate operating status.
See below and VFD Troubleshooting section for details on VFD
faults and alarms. The VFD faults can be reset with the VFD
keypad or through the SystemVut controller
(ALERTS/FAULTS  RESET FAULT/ALERT = Yes).

The Green LED on steady indicates power is on the VFD, flashing
Green indicates an alarm condition detected. Alarms are advisory
in nature. These indicate a problem has been detected by the VFD’s
diagnostics but this problem will not require a shutdown.

The Red LED steady or flashing indicates a fault condition is
detected. A fault is a significant internal situation for the VFD or
Motor. Faults will typically shutdown the motor.

LC 04--06 VFD Troubleshooting

When communication is successful, the SystemVut control will
provide alerts and faults that correlate to the VFD’s warnings and
alarms. Table 33 shows the list of the SystemVu controller faults

and alerts and how they map to the VFD warnings and alarms.
Table 33 also lists the possible causes of these cases.

VFD Diagnostics (with Keypad)

The drive detects error situations and reports them using:

1. Green and red LEDs on the body of the drive (located under
the keypad)

2. Status LED on the control panel

3. Control panel display

4. The Fault Word and Alarm Word parameter bits (parameters
0305 to 0309)

The form of t he display depends on the s everity of t he error. The user
can specify the severity for many errors by directing the drive to
ignore the error situati on, report the situation as an alarm, or report the
situation as a fault.

Faults (Red LED Lit)

The VFD signals that it has detected a severe error, or fault, by:

1. Enabling the red LED on the drive (LED is either steady or
flashing)

2. Setting an appropriate bit in a Fault Word parameter (0305
to 0307)

63

3. Overriding the control panel display with the display of a
fault code

4. Stopping the motor (if it was on)

5. Sets an appropriate bit in Fault Word parameter (0305 to

0307)

The fault code on the control panel display is temporary. Pressing
the MENU, ENTER, UP or DOWN buttons removes the fault
message. The message reappears after a few seconds if the control
panel is not touched and the fault is still active.

Alarms (Green LED Flashing)

For less severe errors, called alarms, the diagnostic display is
advisory. For these situations, the drive is simply reporting that it
had detected something unusual. In these situations, the drive:

1. Flashes the green LED on the drive (does not apply to
alarms that arise from control panel operation errors)

2. Sets an appropriate bit in an Alarm Word parameter (0308
or 0309)

3. Overrides the control panel display with the display of an
alarm code and/or name

Alarm messages disappear from the control panel display after a
few seconds. The message returns periodically as long as the alarm
condition exists.

Correcting Faults

The recommended corrective action for faults is shown in the Fault
Listing Table 33. The VFD can also be reset to remove the fault. If
an external source for a start command is selected and is active, the
VFD may start immediately after fault reset.

To reset a fault indicated by a flashing red LED, turn off the power
for 5 minutes. To reset a fault indicated by a red LED (not
flashing), press RESET from the control panel or turn off the
power for 5 minutes. Depending on the value of parameter 1604
(FAULT RESET SELECT), digital input or serial communication
could also be used to reset the drive. When the fault has been
corrected, the motor can be started.

History

For reference, the last three fault codes are stored into parameters
0401, 0412, 0413. For the most recent fault (identified by
parameter 0401), the drive stores additional data (in parameters
0402 through 0411) to aid in troubleshooting a problem. For
example, a parameter 0404 stores the motor speed at the time of the
fault. To clear the fault history (all of Group 04, Fault History
parameters), follow these steps:

1. In the control panel, Parameters mode, select parameter

0401.

2. Press EDIT.

3. Press the UP and DOWN buttons simultaneously.

4. Press SAVE.

If diagnostics troubleshooting has determined that the drive is
defective during the warranty period, contact ABB Automation
Inc., at 1--800--435 --7365, option 4, option 3. A qualified
technician will review the problem with the caller and make a
determination regarding how to proceed. This may involve
dispatching a designated service station (DSS) representative from
an authorized station, dispatching a replacement unit, or advising
return for repair.

Table33–LC04--06VFDFaultCodes

SystemVu Fault SystemVu A lert ABB Alarm Code Alarm Description Cause of Problem and Corrective Action

F613--- IDF VFD
OVER CURRENT

F617--- IDF VFD
OVER VOLTAGE

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F618--- IDF VFD
SHORT CIRCUIT

F616--- IDF VFD
UNDER VOLTAGE

F614--- IDF VFD
MOTOR OVER TEMP

F611--- IDF VFD
EARTH FAULT

F619--- IDF VFD
MAIN PHASE LOSS

A607--- IDF VFD
CURRENT LIMIT

A606--- IDF VFD
VOLTAGE WARNING

A605--- IDF VFD
THERMAL WARNING

--- 4 Short Circuit

A606--- IDF VFD
VOLTAGE WARNING

A605--- IDF VFD
THERMAL
WARNING

A608--- IDF VFD
WARNING

A608--- IDF VFD
WARNING

1 Over Current

2 DC Over Voltage

3 Device Over Temp

6 DC Under Volt

9 MotorOverTemp

16 Earth Fault

22 Supply Phase

Output current is e xcessive. Check for excessive motor load, insufficient
acceleration time (parameters 2202 ACCELER TIME 1, default 30 seconds),
or fault y moto r, motor cables or connections.

Intermediate circui t DC voltage is excessive. Check for static or transient over
voltages in the input power supply, insufficient deceleration time (parameters 2203
DECELE R TIME 1, default 30 seconds) , or undersiz ed brake chopper (if present).

Drive heat sink is overheated. Temperature is at or above 115° C (239° F).
Check for fan failure, obstructions in the air flow, dirt or dust coating on the
heat sink, excessive ambient tempe rature, or exce ssive mot or load.

Fault current. Check fo r short - -- circuit in the motor cable(s) or motor or
supply dist urbances.

Intermediate circuit DC voltage is not sufficient. Check for missing phase in
the input power supply, blown fuse, or under voltage on main circuit.

Motor is too hot, as estimated by the drive. Check for overloaded motor.
Adjust the parameters used for t he estimate (3005 through 3009). Check the
temperature sensors and Group 35 paramet ers.

The load on the input power system is out of balance. Check for faults in the
motor or motor cable. Verify that motor cable does not exceed maximum
specified length.

Ripple voltage in the DC link is to o high. Check for missing main phase or
blown fuse.

64

LC 07--26 Variable Frequency Drive (Danfoss VFD)

The indoor fan motor is controlled by a VFD. The supply fan VFD
is located in the supply fan section behind the access door. The
VFD varies the frequency of the AC voltage supplied to the indoor
fan. This allows the variation in the speed of the fan. The VFD is
always powered during normal operation and the fan is stopped by
driving the speed to 0. Fig. 38 and Table 34 show the VFD
terminals and connections.

TERMINALS

61, 68, 69

TERMINALS

U, V, W

TERMINALS

L1, L2, L3

Fig. 38 -- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Terminals and

Connections -- unit shown with front cover removed

The VFD is factory–configured to match the current and power
requirements for each motor selection and all wiring connections
are completed by the factory; no field adjustments are necessary.
The VFD used has soft start capabilities to slowly ramp up the
speeds, eliminating any high inrush of air volume during speed
changes. While the basic VFD retains all of its standard
capabilities, the LC unit uses only a limited portion of these
features to provide discrete output speeds to the motor. The VFD is
not equipped with a keypad. A keypad is available as an accessory
(P/N: CRDISKIT002A00) for field installation or expanded
service access to VFD parameter and troubleshooting tables.

TERMINALS

18, 19, 27, 29

TERMINALS

12, 20, 55

C14334

Table 34 – VFD Connections

POINT DE SCRIPTION TYPE OF I/O

LOW VOLTAGE INPUTS

Low Volta ge Power
(jumped to 18 & 27)

Discrete Inputs Common Ground 20 GND

Analog Inputs Common Ground 55 GND

Terminal 18 Discrete Input
(jumped from 24v)

Not Used Sw itch Input 19 DIG IN

Terminal 27 Discrete Input
(jumped from 24v)

Not Used Sw itch Input 29 DIG IN

LEN communicat ion + LEN+ 68 P

LEN communicat ion --- L E N --- 69 N

LEN Communicat ion
Common

Vo l t a g e L e g f r o m C --- 1 1 Voltage Input L1 MAINS

Vo l t a g e L e g f r o m C --- 1 3 Voltage Input L2 MAINS

Volta ge Le g f ro m IFT B Voltage Input L3 MAINS

Vo l t a g e L e g t o I F M --- 3 Voltage O utput U MOTOR

Vo l t a g e L e g t o I F M --- 2 Voltage O utput V MOTOR

Vo l t a g e L e g t o I F M --- 1 Voltage O utput W MOTOR

24vdc 12 +24v

Switch Input 18 DIG IN

Switch Input 27 DIG IN

LEN C 61 COMM. GND

HIGH VOLTAGE

TERMINAL

NUMBER

TERMINAL

NAME

The VFD communicate to the MBB over the local equipment
network (LEN). The VFD speed is controlled directly by the
controller over the LEN. The VFD parameters required for the
VFD to communicate on the LEN are shown in Table 35. Table 36
shows VFD parameters that are hard-coded by the SystemVut
controller. The parameters listed in Table 37 have corresponding
SystemVu controller configurations (SETTINGS  UNIT

CONFIGURATIONS  INDOOR FAN  IFD VFD
PARAMETERS). The factory sets these parameters per the motor

installed in the unit and these should not be adjusted in the field.
These are only provided for drive or motor replacement. These
parameters in Table 37 require the drive to be off or 0% to change
them.

!

WARNING

EQUIPMENT DAMAGE HAZARD

Failure to follow this warning could result in equipment
damage.

The VFD motor parameters shown in Table 39 should never be
changed in the field unless authorized by Carrier Corporation.
Damage could occur to the motor or unit if these are set to
anything besides what is shown in the table. These are only
provided for drive or motor replacement or future adjustments.

65

Table 35 – LC 07--26 VFD Parameters Configured by Factory or VFD Keypad

Parameter Group Parameter Title Danfoss Parameter VFD D efault CARRIER

Reset Funct ions Service Code 14--- 29 6333 6222

PROTOCOL 8 --- 3 0 (0) FC (20) LEN

FC Port Settings

ADDRESS 8 --- 3 1 1 180

BAUD RATE 8 --- 3 2 (2) 9.6 kb/s (4) 38.4 kb/s

Parity/Stop Bits 8 --- 3 3 (0) 8 EVEN 1 (2) 8 NONE 1

Table 36 – LC 07--26 VFD Parameters Hard Coded by SystemVut Controller

Parameter Group Parameter Title Danfoss Parameter VFD D efault CARRIER

Basic Settings Regional Settings 0 --- 0 3 International (0) North America (1)

Configuration Mode 1 --- 0 0 Open Loop (0) Open Loop (0)

General Settings

Motor Selection Mo tor Co nstruction 1 --- 1 0 Asynchron (0) Asynchron (0)

Start Adjustments

Motor Temperature Motor Thermal Protection 1 --- 9 0 No Protection (0) ETR trip 1 (4)

Brake Energy Funct. Over--- voltage Control 2 --- 1 7 Enabled (2) Enabled (2)

References

Motor Limits

Digital Inputs

Relays

Analog/Digital Output

Analog/Digital Output

General Settings

Digital/Bus Start Select 8 --- 5 3 Logic OR (3) Logic AND (2)

SLC Settings SL Controller Mode 13--- 00 Off (0) Off (0)

Inverter Switching Switching Frequency 14 --- 01 5.0khz (5) 5.0khz (5)

Mains On/Off Function at Mains Imbalance 14--- 12 Tri p (0 ) Tr ip ( 0 )

Reset Funct ions Reset Mode 14---20 Manual Reset (0) Automatic reset x 3 (3)

Torque Characteristics 1 --- 0 3 Variable Torque (1) Variable Torque (1)

Clockwise Direction 1 --- 0 6 Normal (0) Normal (0)

Start Delay 1 --- 7 1 0s 0s

Start Function 1 --- 7 2 Coast/dela y time (2) Coast/delay time (2)

Flying Start 1 --- 7 3 Disabled (0) Disabled (0)

Preset Reference 3 --- 1 0 %00005 %00005

Reference 3 Source 3 --- 1 7 Local bus reference (11) Local bus reference (11)

Motor Speed Direction 4 --- 1 0 Both directions (2) Both directions (2)

Motor Speed Low Limit [Hz] 4 --- 1 2 0hz 0hz

Motor Speed High Limit [Hz] 4 --- 1 4 65hz 65hz

T erminal 18 Digit al Input 5 --- 1 0 8 Start (8)

T erminal 27 Digit al Input 5 --- 1 2 Coast Inverse (2) No Opera tion (0)

Function Relay (Rela y 1) 5 --- 4 0 No Function (0) Bus Control (45)

Function Relay (Rela y 2) 5 --- 4 0 No Function (0) Bus Control (45)

Te r m i n a l 4 5 M o de 6 --- 7 0 0 --- 2 0 m A ( 0 ) 4 --- 2 0 mA (1 )

Terminal 45 Analog Output 6 --- 7 1 No Operation (0) Bus Control (139)

Te r m i n a l 4 5 O ut put Mi n S c a l e 6 --- 7 3 %00005 %00005

Te r m i n a l 4 2 M o de 6 --- 9 0 0 --- 2 0 m A ( 0 ) 0 --- 2 0 mA (0 )

Terminal 42 Analog Output 6 --- 9 1 No Operation (0) Bus Control (139)

Te r m i n a l 4 2 O ut put Mi n S c a l e 6 --- 9 3 %00005 %00005

Control Site 8 --- 0 1 Digital and ctrl.word (0) Digital and ctrl.word (0)

Control Source 8 --- 0 2 FC Port (1) FC Port (1)

Control Timeout Function 8 --- 0 4 Off (0) Stopandtrip(5)

Table 37 – LC 07--26 VFD Parameters Configurable Through SystemVu Controller

Param eter

Group

Motor Data

Reference Limits

Ramp 1

Motor Limits Current Limit 4 --- 1 8 110% 100% CURRLMT IDF VFD AMP LIMIT

General Settings Cont rol Timeout Time 8 --- 0 3 1s 30s CNT_TOUT IDF VFD TIMEOUT

Reset Funct ions Automatic Restart Time 14--- 21 10s 30s ARSTRT_T IDF VFD RESET DUR

Environment RFI Filter 14 --- 50 On (1) On (1) RFIFILTR VFD RFI FILTER

Param eter Ti tle

Motor Power 1 --- 2 0 drive dep. See Tabl e 39 or 40 MOTPHP IDF VFD NOM HP

Motor Voltage 1 --- 2 2 drive dep. See T abl e 39 or 40 MOTVOLT IDF VFD VOLTAGE

Motor Frequency 1 --- 2 3 50hz 60hz MOTFREQ IDF VFD NOM. FREQ

Motor Current 1 --- 2 4 drive dep. See T able 39 or 40 MOTCUR IDF VFD NOM. AMPS

Motor Nominal Speed 1 --- 2 5 drive dep. See T abl e 39 or 40 MOTNOMSP IDF VFD NOM. RPM

Minimum Reference 3 --- 0 2 0hz 0hz MINREF IDF VFD MIN REF

Maximum Reference 3 --- 0 3 50hz 60hz MAXREF IDF VFD MAX REF

Ramp1RampUpTime 3 --- 4 1 3s 10s RAMPUP_T VFD ACCEL. TIME

Ramp 1 Ramp Down Time 3 --- 4 2 3s 30s RAMPDN_T VFD DECEL. TIME

Danfoss

Param eter

HVAC Default CARRIER CCN Point Display Menu Item

66

Table 38 – LC 07--26 VFD Status Parameters Available Through SystemVut Controller

Parameter Group Parameter Tit le Danfoss Parameter Units SystemVu Point SystemVu Display Item

Operating Data

General Status

Motor Status

Drive Status

Diagnostic Readouts Alarm Word 16--- 90 ALMERRC IDF VFD ALM WORD

NOTE: Table 38 lists the status information the VFD sends to the SystemVu controls. This table is updated at every scan the controls perform of the LEN.

This occurs approximately once every second.

Running Hours 15 --- 01 h RUNHOURS IDF VFD RUN HOURS

kWh Counter 15--- 02 kWh KWHCNTR IDF VFD KW HOURS

Reference [%] 16 --- 02 % REFSPEED VFD REF SPEED

Status Word 16---03 STATUSWD VF D STATUS WORD

Main Actual Value [%] 16--- 05 % MAV IDF VFD FEEDBACK

Powe r [ kW] 16--- 10 kW OUTPWRKW VFD OUTPUT KW

Powe r [ hp] 16--- 11 hp OUTPWRHP VFD OUTPUT HP

Motor Voltage 16--- 12 V OUTMVOLT VFD OUTPUT VOLTS

Frequency 16--- 13 Hz OUTMFREQ VFD OUTPUT FREQ

Motor current 16 ---14 A OUTMCUR VFD OUTPUT AMPS

DC Link Voltage 16--- 30 V DCLNVOLT IDF VFD DC VOLTS

Heatsink Temp. 16 --- 34 °C HTSINKT IDF VFD HSNK TEMP

Table 39 – LC 07--26 VFD Motor Default Configurations -- Vertical Airflow Units

EQUIPMENT MODEL NUMBER (EQ_MOD)

Position 1,2 Position 7,8 Position 10 Position 12 MOTPWRHP MOTVOLT MOTCUR MOTNOMSP VFD1MAXA

48 07 1 5 1.7 230 5.8 1695 5.8

48 07 1 6 1.7 460 2.9 1690 2.9

48 07 1 1 1.7 575 3.1 1690 3.1

48 07 2 5 1.7 230 5.8 1695 5.8

48 07 2 6 1.7 460 2.9 1690 2.9

48 07 2 1 1.7 575 3.1 1690 3.1

48 07 3 5 2.9 230 9.2 1735 9.2

48 07 3 6 2.9 460 4.2 1735 4.2

48 07 3 1 2.9 575 4.9 1710 4.9

48 08 1 5 1.7 230 5.8 1695 5.8

48 08 1 6 1.7 460 2.9 1690 2.9

48 08 1 1 1.7 575 3.1 1690 3.1

48 08 2 5 2.4 230 7.9 1680 7.9

48 08 2 6 2.4 460 3.6 1680 3.6

48 08 2 1 2.4 575 3.8 1680 3.8

48 08 3 5 3.7 230 11.7 1750 11.7

48 08 3 6 3.7 460 5.4 1750 5.4

48 08 3 1 3.7 575 4.9 1710 4.9

48 08 4 5 5.0 230 13.6 1745 13.6

48 08 4 6 5.0 460 6.8 1745 6.8

48 08 4 1 5.0 575 6 1745 6.0

48 09 1 5 1.7 230 5.8 1695 5.8

48 09 1 6 1.7 460 2.9 1690 2.9

48 09 1 1 1.7 575 3.1 1690 3.1

48 09 2 5 2.4 230 7.9 1680 7.9

48 09 2 6 2.4 460 3.6 1680 3.6

48 09 2 1 2.4 575 3.8 1680 3.8

48 09 3 5 3.7 230 11.7 1750 11.7

48 09 3 6 3.7 460 5.4 1750 5.4

48 09 3 1 3.7 575 4.9 1710 4.9

48 09 4 5 5.0 230 13.6 1745 13.6

48 09 4 6 5.0 460 6.8 1745 6.8

48 09 4 1 5.0 575 6 1745 6.0

48 12 1 5 2.4 230 7.9 1680 7.9

48 12 1 6 2.4 460 3.6 1680 3.6

48 12 1 1 2.4 575 3.8 1680 3.8

48 12 2 5 3.7 230 11.7 1750 11.7

48 12 2 6 3.7 460 5.4 1750 5.4

48 12 2 1 3.7 575 4.9 1710 4.9

48 12 3 5 5.0 230 13.6 1745 13.6

48 12 3 6 5.0 460 6.8 1745 6.8

48 12 3 1 5.0 575 6 1745 6.0

Nominal

Horse Power

Motor Voltage

Motor Current

( M u s t --- H o l d

Amps)

Motor Nominal

Speed

VFD Max A m ps

67

Table 39 -- LC 07 --26 VFD Motor Default Configurations -- Vertical Airflow Units (cont)

EQUIPMENT MODEL NUMBER (EQ_MOD)

Position 1,2 Position 7,8 Position 10 Position 12 MOTPWRHP MOTVOLT MOTCUR MOTNOMSP VFD1MAXA

48 14 1 5 2.9 230 9.2 1735 9.2

48 14 1 6 2.9 460 4.2 1735 4.2

48 14 1 1 2.9 575 4.9 1710 4.9

48 14 2 5 5.0 230 13.6 1745 13.6

48 14 2 6 5.0 460 6.8 1745 6.8

48 14 2 1 5.0 575 6 1745 6.0

48 14 3 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

48 14 3 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

48 14 3 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

48 14 4 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

48 14 4 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

48 14 4 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

48 17 1 5 2.9 230 9.2 1735 9.2

48 17 1 6 2.9 460 4.2 1735 4.2

48 17 1 1 2.9 575 4.9 1710 4.9

48 17 2 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

48 17 2 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

48 17 2 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

48 17 3 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

48 17 3 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

48 17 3 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

48 17 4 5 15.0 230 37.3 1755 37.3

48 17 4 6 15.0 460 16.9 1755 16.9

48 17 4 1 15.0 575 12.6 1755 12.6

48 20 1 5 2.9 230 11.7 1750 11.7

48 20 1 6 2.9 460 5.4 1750 5.4

48 20 1 1 2.9 575 4.9 1710 4.9

48 20 2 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

48 20 2 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

48 20 2 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

48 20 3 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

48 20 3 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

48 20 3 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

48 20 4 5 15.0 230 37.3 1755 37.3

48 20 4 6 15.0 460 16.9 1755 16.9

48 20 4 1 15.0 575 12.6 1755 12.6

48 24 1 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

48 24 1 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

48 24 1 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

48 24 2 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

48 24 2 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

48 24 2 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

48 24 3 5 15.0 230 37.3 1755 37.3

48 24 3 6 15.0 460 16.9 1755 16.9

48 24 3 1 15.0 575 12.6 1755 12.6

48 26 1 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

48 26 1 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

48 26 1 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

48 26 2 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

48 26 2 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

48 26 2 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

48 26 3 5 15.0 230 37.3 1755 37.3

48 26 3 6 15.0 460 16.9 1755 16.9

48 26 3 1 15.0 575 12.6 1755 12.6

Nominal

Horse Power

Motor Voltage

Motor Current

( M u s t --- H o l d

Amps)

Motor Nominal

Speed

VFD Max A m ps

68

Table 39 -- LC 07 --26 VFD Motor Default Configurations -- Vertical Airflow Units (cont)

EQUIPMENT MODEL NUMBER (EQ_MOD)

Position 1,2 Position 7,8 Position 10 Position 12 MOTPWRHP MOTVOLT MOTCUR MOTNOMSP VFD1MAXA

50 07 1 5 1.7 230 5.8 1695 5.8

50 07 1 6 1.7 460 2.9 1690 2.9

50 07 1 1 1.7 575 3.1 1690 3.1

50 07 2 5 1.7 230 5.8 1695 5.8

50 07 2 6 1.7 460 2.9 1690 2.9

50 07 2 1 1.7 575 3.1 1690 3.1

50 07 3 5 2.9 230 9.2 1735 9.2

50 07 3 6 2.9 460 4.2 1735 4.2

50 07 3 1 2.9 575 4.9 1710 4.9

50 08 1 5 1.7 230 5.8 1695 5.8

50 08 1 6 1.7 460 2.9 1690 2.9

50 08 1 1 1.7 575 3.1 1690 3.1

50 08 2 5 1.7 230 5.8 1695 5.8

50 08 2 6 1.7 460 2.9 1690 2.9

50 08 2 1 1.7 575 3.1 1690 3.1

50 08 3 5 2.9 230 9.2 1735 9.2

50 08 3 6 2.9 460 4.2 1735 4.2

50 08 3 1 2.9 575 4.9 1710 4.9

50 08 4 5 3.7 230 13.6 1745 13.6

50 08 4 6 3.7 460 6.8 1745 6.8

50 08 4 1 3.7 575 6 1745 6.0

50 09 1 5 1.7 230 5.8 1695 5.8

50 09 1 6 1.7 460 2.9 1690 2.9

50 09 1 1 1.7 575 3.1 1690 3.1

50 09 2 5 1.7 230 5.8 1695 5.8

50 09 2 6 1.7 460 2.9 1690 2.9

50 09 2 1 1.7 575 3.1 1690 3.1

50 09 3 5 3.7 230 11.7 1750 11.7

50 09 3 6 3.7 460 5.4 1750 5.4

50 09 3 1 3.7 575 4.9 1710 4.9

50 09 4 5 5.0 230 13.6 1745 13.6

50 09 4 6 5.0 460 6.8 1745 6.8

50 09 4 1 5.0 575 6 1745 6.0

50 12 1 5 2.4 230 7.9 1680 7.9

50 12 1 6 2.4 460 3.6 1680 3.6

50 12 1 1 2.4 575 3.8 1680 3.8

50 12 2 5 2.9 230 9.2 1735 9.2

50 12 2 6 2.9 460 4.2 1735 4.2

50 12 2 1 2.9 575 4.9 1710 4.9

50 12 3 5 5.0 230 13.6 1745 13.6

50 12 3 6 5.0 460 6.8 1745 6.8

50 12 3 1 5.0 575 6 1745 6.0

50 14 1 5 2.9 230 9.2 1735 9.2

50 14 1 6 2.9 460 4.2 1735 4.2

50 14 1 1 2.9 575 4.9 1710 4.9

50 14 2 5 5.0 230 13.6 1745 13.6

50 14 2 6 5.0 460 6.8 1745 6.8

50 14 2 1 5.0 575 6 1745 6.0

50 14 3 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

50 14 3 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

50 14 3 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

50 14 4 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

50 14 4 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

50 14 4 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

Nominal

Horse Power

Motor Voltage

Motor Current

( M u s t --- H o l d

Amps)

Motor Nominal

Speed

VFD Max A m ps

69

Table 39 -- LC 07 --26 VFD Motor Default Configurations -- Vertical Airflow Units (cont)

EQUIPMENT MODEL NUMBER (EQ_MOD)

Position 1,2 Position 7,8 Position 10 Position 12 MOTPWRHP MOTVOLT MOTCUR MOTNOMSP VFD1MAXA

50 17 1 5 2.9 230 9.2 1735 9.2

50 17 1 6 2.9 460 4.2 1735 4.2

50 17 1 1 2.9 575 4.9 1710 4.9

50 17 2 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

50 17 2 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

50 17 2 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

50 17 3 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

50 17 3 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

50 17 3 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

50 17 4 5 15.0 230 37.3 1755 37.3

50 17 4 6 15.0 460 16.9 1755 16.9

50 17 4 1 15.0 575 12.6 1755 12.6

50 20 1 5 2.9 230 11.7 1750 11.7

50 20 1 6 2.9 460 5.4 1750 5.4

50 20 1 1 2.9 575 4.9 1710 4.9

50 20 2 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

50 20 2 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

50 20 2 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

50 20 3 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

50 20 3 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

50 20 3 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

50 20 4 5 15.0 230 37.3 1755 37.3

50 20 4 6 15.0 460 16.9 1755 16.9

50 20 4 1 15.0 575 12.6 1755 12.6

50 24 1 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

50 24 1 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

50 24 1 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

50 24 2 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

50 24 2 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

50 24 2 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

50 24 3 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

50 24 3 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

50 24 3 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

50 24 4 5 15.0 230 37.3 1755 37.3

50 24 4 6 15.0 460 16.9 1755 16.9

50 24 4 1 15.0 575 12.6 1755 12.6

50 26 1 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

50 26 1 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

50 26 1 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

50 26 2 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

50 26 2 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

50 26 2 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

50 26 3 5 15.0 230 37.3 1755 37.3

50 26 3 6 15.0 460 16.9 1755 16.9

50 26 3 1 15.0 575 12.6 1755 12.6

Nominal

Horse Power

Motor Voltage

Motor Current

( M u s t --- H o l d

Amps)

Motor Nominal

Speed

VFD Max A m ps

70

Table 40 – LC 07--26 VFD Motor Default Configurations -- Horizontal Airflow Units

EQUIPMENT MODEL NUMBER (EQ_MOD)

Position 1,2 Position 7,8 Position 10 Position 12 MOTPWRHP MOTVOLT MOTCUR MOTNOMSP VFD1MAXA

48 14 5 5 2.9 230 9.2 1735 9.2

48 14 5 6 2.9 460 4.2 1735 4.2

48 14 5 1 2.9 575 4.9 1710 4.9

48 14 6 5 5.0 230 13.6 1745 13.6

48 14 6 6 5.0 460 6.8 1745 6.8

48 14 6 1 5.0 575 6 1745 6.0

48 14 7 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

48 14 7 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

48 14 7 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

48 14 8 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

48 14 8 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

48 14 8 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

48 17 5 5 2.9 230 9.2 1735 9.2

48 17 5 6 2.9 460 4.2 1735 4.2

48 17 5 1 2.9 575 4.9 1710 4.9

48 17 6 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

48 17 6 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

48 17 6 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

48 17 7 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

48 17 7 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

48 17 7 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

48 17 8 5 15.0 230 37.3 1755 37.3

48 17 8 6 15.0 460 16.9 1755 16.9

48 17 8 1 15.0 575 12.6 1755 12.6

48 20 5 5 2.9 230 11.7 1750 11.7

48 20 5 6 2.9 460 5.4 1750 5.4

48 20 5 1 2.9 575 4.9 1710 4.9

48 20 6 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

48 20 6 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

48 20 6 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

48 20 7 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

48 20 7 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

48 20 7 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

48 20 8 5 15.0 230 37.3 1755 37.3

48 20 8 6 15.0 460 16.9 1755 16.9

48 20 8 1 15.0 575 12.6 1755 12.6

48 24 5 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

48 24 5 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

48 24 5 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

48 24 6 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

48 24 6 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

48 24 6 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

48 24 7 5 15.0 230 37.3 1755 37.3

48 24 7 6 15.0 460 16.9 1755 16.9

48 24 7 1 15.0 575 12.6 1755 12.6

48 26 5 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

48 26 5 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

48 26 5 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

48 26 6 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

48 26 6 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

48 26 6 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

48 26 7 5 15.0 230 37.3 1755 37.3

48 26 7 6 15.0 460 16.9 1755 16.9

48 26 7 1 15.0 575 12.6 1755 12.6

Nominal

Horse Power

Motor Voltage

Motor Current

( M u s t --- H o l d

Amps)

Motor Nominal

Speed

VFD Max A m ps

71

Table 40 -- LC 07--26 VFD Motor Default Configurations -- Horizontal Airflow Units (cont)

EQUIPMENT MODEL NUMBER (EQ_MOD)

Position 1,2 Position 7,8 Position 10 Position 12 MOTPWRHP MOTVOLT MOTCUR MOTNOMSP VFD1MAXA

50 14 5 5 2.9 230 9.2 1735 9.2

50 14 5 6 2.9 460 4.2 1735 4.2

50 14 5 1 2.9 575 4.9 1710 4.9

50 14 6 5 5.0 230 13.6 1745 13.6

50 14 6 6 5.0 460 6.8 1745 6.8

50 14 6 1 5.0 575 6 1745 6.0

50 14 7 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

50 14 7 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

50 14 7 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

50 14 8 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

50 14 8 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

50 14 8 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

50 17 5 5 2.9 230 9.2 1735 9.2

50 17 5 6 2.9 460 4.2 1735 4.2

50 17 5 1 2.9 575 4.9 1710 4.9

50 17 6 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

50 17 6 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

50 17 6 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

50 17 7 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

50 17 7 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

50 17 7 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

50 17 8 5 15.0 230 37.3 1755 37.3

50 17 8 6 15.0 460 16.9 1755 16.9

50 17 8 1 15.0 575 12.6 1755 12.6

50 20 5 5 2.9 230 11.7 1750 11.7

50 20 5 6 2.9 460 5.4 1750 5.4

50 20 5 1 2.9 575 4.9 1710 4.9

50 20 6 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

50 20 6 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

50 20 6 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

50 20 7 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

50 20 7 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

50 20 7 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

50 20 8 5 15.0 230 37.3 1755 37.3

50 20 8 6 15.0 460 16.9 1755 16.9

50 20 8 1 15.0 575 12.6 1755 12.6

50 24 5 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

50 24 5 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

50 24 5 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

50 24 6 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

50 24 6 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

50 24 6 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

50 24 7 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

50 24 7 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

50 24 7 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

50 24 8 5 15.0 230 37.3 1755 37.3

50 24 8 6 15.0 460 16.9 1755 16.9

50 24 8 1 15.0 575 12.6 1755 12.6

50 26 5 5 7.5 230 21.2 1760 21.2

50 26 5 6 7.5 460 9.7 1760 9.7

50 26 5 1 7.5 575 7.2 1745 7.2

50 26 6 5 10.0 230 28 1760 28.0

50 26 6 6 10.0 460 13.7 1760 13.7

50 26 6 1 10.0 575 8.9 1750 8.9

50 26 7 5 15.0 230 37.3 1755 37.3

50 26 7 6 15.0 460 16.9 1755 16.9

50 26 7 1 15.0 575 12.6 1755 12.6

Nominal

Horse Power

Motor Voltage

Motor Current

( M u s t --- H o l d

Amps)

Motor Nominal

Speed

VFD Max A m ps

72

For proper operation, there are three jumper wires that must
remain installed an d the VFD must be set to the auto mode. The
3 jumpers are shown on the unit schematic and are connected
through a plug called PL25. These jumpers set the VFD to start
enabled, run enabled, and tie the common bus together. The
VFD has 4 LEDs on its front panel to indicate operating status.
See below and VFD Troubleshooting section for details on VFD
faults and alarms. The VFD faults can be reset with the VFD
keypad or through the SystemVut controls
(ALERTS/FAULTRESET FAULT/ALERT =Yes).

The Green On LED will indicate the VFD is powered on. The
Green Com. LED will flash as communication is occurring on the
bus. The Yellow Warning LED will indicate when a warning is
present. The Red Alarm LED will indicate when a alarm condition

Refer to the VFD manufacture literature for details on using the
VFD Keypad for troubleshooting.

LC 07--26 VFD Troubleshooting

When communication is successful, the SystemVu control will
provide alerts and faults that correlate to the VFD’s warnings and
alarms. Table 41 shows the list of the SystemVu controller faults
and alerts and how they map to the VFD warnings and alarms.
Table 41 also lists the possible causes of these cases.

A VFD lockout alarm will require a power cycle to the VFD to
reset. VFD warnings may reduce the actual motor speed without
the SystemVu control correcting the speed. This is an acceptable
action to protect the motor, and usually means there are improper
configurations or motor installed.

is present.

Table 41 – LC --7--26 VFD Fault Codes

SystemVu Fault SystemVu Alert

---

--- A608--- IDF VFD WARNING 66

--- A608--- IDF VFD WARNING 87 Auto DC Braking X The drive is auto DC braking.

--- A608--- IDF VFD WARNING 201 Fire Mode X Fire mode has been activated.

--- A608--- IDF VFD WARNING 202

F610--- IDF VFD
PWR CARD TEMP

F611--- IDF VFD
EARTH FAULT

F611--- IDF VFD
EARTH FAULT

F612--- IDF VFD CTL
WORD LOSS

F613--- IDF VFD
OVER CURRENT

F614--- IDF VFD
MOTOR OVER
TEMP

F615--- IDF VFD
OVERLOA D

F616--- IDF VFD
UNDER VOLTAGE

F617--- IDF VFD
OVER VOL TAGE

F618--- IDF VFD
SHORT CIRCUIT

F619--- IDF VFD
MAIN PHASE LOSS

F620--- IDF VFD
PHASE U LOSS

F621--- IDF VFD
PHASE V LOSS

F622--- IDF VFD
PHASE W LOSS

F623--- IDF VFD
CONTROL
VOLTAGE

F624--- IDF VFD
SUPPLY VDD

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

A607--- IDF VFD CURRENT
LIMIT

A605--- IDF VFD THERMAL
WARNING

A608--- IDF VFD WARNING 14 Earth fa ult X X X Discharge from output phase s to gro und.

--- 44 Earth fault 2 X X Discharge from output phases t o ground.

A608--- IDF VFD WARNING 17

A607--- IDF VFD CURRENT
LIMIT

A605--- IDF VFD THERMAL
WARNING

A608--- IDF VFD WARNING 9 Inverter overloaded X X More than 100% load for too long.

A606--- IDF VFD VOLTAGE
WARNING

A606--- IDF VFD VOLTAGE
WARNING

--- 16 Short Circuit X X Short--- circuit in motor or on motor terminals.

A608--- IDF VFD WARNING 4 Mains phase loss X X X

--- 30

--- 31

--- 32

--- 47

--- 48 VDD1 Supply Low X X

A605--- IDF VFD THERMAL
WARNING

A608--- IDF VFD WARNING 2 Live zero error X X

A608--- IDF VFD WARNING 24

A608--- IDF VFD WARNING 58 AMA internal fault X X Contact your local Carrier representative.

A608--- IDF VFD WARNING 79 Illegal PS config X X Internal fault. Contact your local Carrier representative.

VFD

Number

VFD Description

59 Current limit X

Heat sink
Te m p e r a t u r e Lo w

Fire M Limits
Exceeded

Pwr Card

69

Te m p e r a t u r e

Control w ord
timeout

13 Over Current X X X Inverter peak current limit is exceeded.

Motor ETR over

10

temperature

8 DC under voltage X X

7 DC over voltage X X Intermediate circuit voltage exceeds limit.

Motor phase U
missing

Motor phase V
missing

Motor phase W
missing

Control Voltage
Fault

Motor thermistor

11

over temperature

Fan Fault (O nly o n
400V 30--- 90kW)

VFD

VFD

Warning

X

X

X X X

X X No communication to variable frequency drive.

X X

X X

X X The fan is not working (Only on 400 V 30 to 90 kW unit s).

Tri p

Alarm

Lock

The current is higher than the value in par. 4--- 18 Current
Limit.

This warning is based on the temperature sensor in the
IGBT Module (Only on 400 V 30 ---90 kW units).

Fire Mode has suppressed on or more w arranty voiding
alarms.

The temperature sensor on the power card is either too
hot or too cold.

Motor is too hot due t o more than 100% load for too
l o n g . S e e p a r a m e t e r 1 --- 9 0 .

Intermediate circuit voltage drops below “voltage
warning low” limit.

Missing phase on supply side or too high voltage
imbalance. Check supply voltage. See parameter 14 --- 12

X X Motor phase U is missing. Check the phase.

X X Motor phase V is missing. Check the phase.

X X Motor phase W is missing. Che ck the phase.

X X 24 V DC may be overloaded.

Control voltage low. Please contact your local Carrier
representative.

Thermistor or thermistor connection is disconnected. See
p a r a m e t e r 1 --- 9 0 .

Signal on terminal 53 or 54 is less than 50% of value set
i n p a r 6 --- 1 0 , 6 --- 1 2 , 6 --- 2 0 , o r 6 --- 2 2 .

Cause of Problem

73

SystemVu Fault SystemVu Alert

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

F601--- IDF VFD
UNEXPECTED

A608--- IDF VFD WARNING 95 Broken Belt X X

--- 38 Internal fault X X Contact your local Carrier representative.

--- 50

--- 51

--- 52 AMA low Inom X The motor current is too low. Check the settings.

--- 53 AMA motor too big X The motor is too big for the AMA to be carried out.

--- 54

--- 55

--- 56

--- 57 AMA timeout X

--- 60 External Interlock X

--- 80

--- 250 New spare parts X X

--- 251 New Type Code X X

Table41—LC--7--26VFDFaultCodes(cont)

VFD

Number

VFD Description

AMA Calibration
Faile d

AMA check Unom
and Inom

AMA motor too
small

AMA Parameter out
of range

AMA interrupted by
user

Drive Initialized to
Default Value

VFD

Warning

VFD

Tri p

Alarm

Lock

X Contact your local Carrier representative.

X

X The motor is too small for the AMA to be carried out.

X

X The AMA has been interrupted by the user.

X All parameter setting are initialized to default settings.

Cause of Problem

T orque is below the torque level set for no load,
indicating a broken belt.

The setting of motor voltage, motor current and motor
power is presumably wrong. Check the settings.

The parameter values found from the motor are outside
acceptable range.

Try to start the AMA again a number of times, until the
AMA is carried out. Please note that repeated runs may
heat the motor to a level where the resistance Rs and Rr
areincreased.Inmostcases,however,thisisnotcritical.

External interlock has been activated. To resume normal
operation, apply 24 V DC to the terminal programmed for
external interlock and reset the variable frequency drive
by pressing the Off/Reset button on the key pad.

The power or switch mode power supply has been
exchanged. (Only on 400 V 30 to 90 kW units). Contact
your local Carrier representative.

The variable frequency drive has a new type of code
(Only on 400 V 30 t o 90 kW units). Conta ct your local
Carrier representative.

Carrier Comfort NetworkR(CCN) Interface

The units can be connected to the CCN if desired. The
communication bus wiring is a shielded, 3-conductor cable with
drain wire and is field supplied and installed. The system elements
are connected to the communication bus in a daisy chain
arrangement. (See Fig. 39.) The positive pin of each system
element communication connector must be wired to the positive
pins of the system elements on either side of it. This is also
required for the negative and signal ground pins of each system
element. Wiring connections for CCN should be made at the CIB.
(See Fig. 27 and 28.) Consult the CCN Contractor’s Manual for
further information.

NOTE: Conductors and drain wire must be 20 AWG (American
Wire Gauge) minimum stranded, tinned copper. Individual
conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/nylon, vinyl,
Teflon*, or polyethylene. An aluminum/polyester 100% foil shield
and an outer jacket of PVC, PVC/nylon, chrome vinyl, or Teflon
with a minimum operating temperature range of –20_Cto60_Cis
required. See Table below for acceptable wiring.

MANUFACTURER PART NO.

Alpha 2413 or 5463

Belden 8772

Carol C2528

West Penn 302

It is important when connecting to a CCN communication bus that
a color-coding scheme be used for the entire network to simplify
the installation. It is recommended that red be used for the signal
positive, black for the signal negative and white for the signal
ground. Use a similar scheme for cables containing different
colored wires.

At each system element, the shields of its communication bus
cables must be tied together. The shield screw on CIB can be used
to tie the cables together. If the communication bus is entirely
within one building, the resulting continuous shield must be
connected to a ground at one point only. The shield screw on CIB
is not acceptable for grounding. If the communication bus cable
exits from one building and enters another, the shields must be
connected to grounds at the lightning suppressor in each building
where the cable enters or exits the building (one point per building
only).

To connect the unit to the network:

1. Turn off power to the control box.

2. Cut the CCN wire and strip the ends of the red (+), white
(ground), and black (–) conductors. (Substitute appropriate
colors for different colored cables.)

3. Connect the red wire to (+) terminal on CIB, the white wire
to COM terminal, and the black wire to the (–) terminal.

4. The RJ14 CCN connector on CIB can also be used, but is
only intended for temporary connection (for example, a
laptop computer running Carrier network software).

5. Restore power to unit.

IMPORTANT: A shorted CCN bus cable will prevent some
routines from running and may prevent the unit from starting. If
abnormal conditions occur, unplug the connector. If conditions
return to normal, check the CCN connector and cable. Run new
cable if necessary. A short in one section of the bus can cause
problems with all system elements on the bus.

*Teflon is a registered trademark of DuPont.

74

CCN BUS

BUILDING SUPERVISOR

REMOTE
CCN SITE

NETWORK

OPTIONS

AUTODIAL
GATEWAY

TERMINAL

SYSTEM

MANAGER

CL

CL

ROOFTOP

UNIT

ROOFTOP

UNIT

CL

ROOFTOP

UNIT

HEATING/COOLING UNITS

TCU

DAV AI R

TERMINAL

TCU

DAV AIR

TERMINAL

CL

CL

ROOFTOP

UNIT

ROOFTOP

UNIT

TCU

CCN -- Carrier Comfort Network

LEGEND

CL -- ComfortLink Controls
DAV -- Digital Air Volume
HVAC -- Heating, Ventilation, and
Air Conditoning
TCU -- Terminal Control Unit

TO
ADDITIONAL
TERMINALS

DAV FAN
POWERED
MIXING
BOX

®

NON CARRIER

HVAC

EQUIPMENT

COMFORT

CONTROLLER

AIR DISTRIBUTION-DIGITAL AIR VOLUME CONTROL (DAV)

C07030

Fig. 39 -- CCN System Architecture

75

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Run Status Main Menu Layout

Display Text Expanded Text Values Units Write Status Point

SHUTDOWN UNIT? Local Unit Shutdown Req. Ye s/N o n/a Command

RUN STATUS Run Status Menu

MODE Mode Stat us Menu

MODE Opera ting Mode see Appendix B MODETEXT

S U B --- M O D E O p e r a t i n g Su b --- M o d e see Appendix B SUBMTEXT

DEMAND System Demand see Appendix B SYS_ DMDT

LINKAGE ACTIVE Linkage Active Yes /N o Forcible LNK_ACT

EFF COOL SETPOINT Cool Setpoint In Effect xx.x °F CSP_EFF

EFF HEAT SETPOINT Heat Setpoint In Effect xx.x °F HSP_EFF

DEMAND CTRL TEMP Effective Demand Temp xxx.x °F TEMP_ EFF

OCC SPRH SET PT Occupied SPRH Setpoint 0 to 100 % SPRH_OSP

UNOCC SPRH SET PT Unoccupied SPRH Setpo int 0 to 100 % SPRH_USP

COOL MODE T.GUARD Cool Mode Select T.guard xxx sec COOLMSTG

HEAT MODE T.GUARD Heat Mode Select T.guard xxx sec HEATMSTG

COOLING DEMAND Space Cooling Demand xx.x °F COOL_DMD

COOL DEMAND TREND Cooling Demand Trend xx.x ^F/min CLDTREND

HEATING DEMAND Heating Space Demand xx.x °F HEAT_DMD

HEAT DEMAND TREND Heat Space Demand Trend xx.x ^F/min HTDTREND

DMD LIMIT STATUS DEMAND LIMIT STATUS

COOL DMD LIM OFF Cool Demand Limiting Off/On CDMLMOFF

HEAT DMD LIM OFF Heat Demand Limiting Off/On HDMLMOFF

COOL DMD LIM LEV Cool demand Limit Level 0to3 CDMDLLEV

HEAT DMD LIM LEV Heat demand Limit Level 0to3 HDMELLEV

CL DMD LIM OFFSET Cool Demand limit offset xx.x °F COOLDLMO

HT DMD LIM OFFSET Heat Demand limit offset xx.x °F HEATDLMO

COOL Cooling Status Menu

IDF SPEED OUTPUT Commanded IDF Speed 0 to 100 % FANS PEED

ACTIVE COOL STAGE Actual Cool Stage Active x ACTCSTGS

COMMANDED ODF SPD Commanded ODF Speed xxxx rpm ODFSPD

ODF SDT SP ODF Control SDT SP xxxx °F ODFSDTSP

LA CTRL STATUS Low Ambient Ctrl Status 0=Normal,

REQ. DEHUM LEVEL Requested Dehum Level 0to2 REQDHLEV

MECHANICAL COOLING Mechanical Cooling Detail Sub--- Menu

OK TO USE COMPS? Ok to use compressors? Yes / No OKMECHCL

MECH COOL ACTIVE Mechanical Cool active? Ye s/ No MECHCOOL

MAX COOL STAGES Max Allowed Cool Stages 0to3 Forcible MAXCSTGS

REQ. COOL STAGES Requested Cooling Stages 0to3 REQCSTGS

ACTIVE COOL STAGE Actual Cool Stage Active x ACTCSTGS

COMMANDED ODF SPD Commanded ODF Speed xxxx rpm ODFSPD

COMP A1 TIMEGUARD Compressor A1 Timeguard xxx sec TIMGD_ A1

COMP A2 TIMEGUARD Compressor A2 Timeguard xxx sec TIMGD_ A2

SUPPLY AIR TREND Supply Air Temp Trend xxx.x ^F/min SATTREND

COMP A1 STRIKES Compressor A1 Strikes x A1STRIKE

COMP A2 STRIKES Compressor A2 Strikes x A2STRIKE

HI PRESS OVERRIDE High Pressure Override Yes/N o HP_OVR

CIRCUIT A LOCKOUT Circuit A Locked Out Ye s/ No CIRALOCK

LOW COOL LOCKOUT Low cooling locked out Yes/ No LC_LOCK

MED COOL LOCKOUT Medium Cooling lockout Yes /N o MC_LOCK

COMP A1 AVAILABLE Compressor A1 Available Yes/N o CA1_AVAL

COMP A1 LOCKOUT Compressor A1 locked out Yes / No CA1_LOCK

COMP A2 AVAILABLE Compressor A2 Available Yes/N o CA2_AVAL

COMP A2 LOCKOUT Compressor A2 locked out Yes / No CA2_LOCK

FREE COOLING Free Cooling Detail Sub --- menu

OK TO FREE COOL? OKtoUseFreeCooling? Yes /N o OKFREECL

IN FREE COOLING Free Cooling a ctive Ye s/ No FREECOOL

FREECOOL SAT SP Free Cooling SAT Setpnt xx.x °F FC_SATSP

REQ. DAMPER POS Requested Damper Pos 0 to 100 % REQDAMP

ECON OPERATIONAL? Econ Damper Operational Yes /N o DAMPGOOD

DRY BULB LOCKOUT Dry Bulb Lockout Yes/ No Forcible DBLOCK

ENTHALPY LOCKOUT Enthalpy Lockout Yes/ No Forcible ENTHLOCK

OK TO UNOCC FC? Ok to unocc Free Cool? Ye s/N o OKTOUFC

IN UNOC FREECOOL? Unocc Free Cool Active Ye s/N o UFC_ACT

UFC LOCKOUT? Unocc Free Cool Lockout Ye s /N o UNOCLOCK

1=Entering,
2=LowAmbient,
3 = Exiting

LACTRLST

76

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Run Status Main Menu Layout (cont)

Display Text Expanded Text Values Units Write Status Point

COOL (cont) Cooling Status Menu

DEHUM DEHUM

OK TO DEHUM Ok to Dehumidify? Ye s/N olo c ke d o ut OKTODHUM

OD TO FAN BASE DH Ok to fan base d dehum Ye s/ No OKTOFBD

HUMIDIMIZER OK Ok to use humidimizer Ye s /N o OKTOHUMZ

REQ. DEHUM STGS Req Compr DehumStgs 0to3 REQDSTGS

FBD SST LOCK OUT FBDH SST Yes/ No FBDSSTLO

FBD SAT LOCK OUT FBDH SAT Lockout Ye s/N o FBDSATLO

HEAT Heating Status Menu

IDF SPEED OUTPUT Commanded IDF Speed 0 to 100 % FANS PEED

IGC FAN REQUEST IGC Fan On Request (IFO) On/Off IGC_IFO

REQ. HEAT STAGES Requested Heating Stages 0to2 REQHSTGS

ACTIVE HEAT STAGE Actual Heat Stage Active x ACTHSTGS

OK TO USE HEAT? OK to Run Heat Ye s/N o OKTOHEAT

MAX HEAT STAGES Max Allowed Heat Stages 0to2 Forcible MAXHSTGS

HEAT 1 TIMEGUARD Heat Stage 1 Timeguard xxx sec TIMG D_H1

HEAT 2 TIMEGUARD Heat Stage 2 Timeguard xxx sec TIMG D_H2

SUPPLY AIR TREND Supply Air Temp Trend xxx.x ^F/min SATTREND

HEAT LOCKOUT All Heat Stages Lockout Ye s /N o Forcibl e ALLHTLOC

HEAT 1 AVAILABLE Heat Stage 1 Available Ye s/ No HT1_AVAL

HEAT 2 AVAILABLE Heat Stage 2 Available Ye s/ No HT2_AVAL

OK TO SA TEMPER OK to SupplyAirTempering Yes /No OKTOTEMP

VENTILATION Ventilation Status Menu

VENT MODE Ventilation Status see Appendix B VENT TEXT

EFFECTIVE MIN POS MinPositioninEffect 0 to 100 % Forcible MIN_POS

ECON ACT POSITION Econo Actual Position 0 to 100 % DAMPPOS

IDF SPEED OUTPUT Commanded IDF Speed 0 to 100 % FANS PEED

OCCUPIED NOW Currently Occupied Yes/ No Forcible OCCUPIED

IN PREOCC PURGE? In Pre --- Occupancy Purge? Yes / No PREOCCON

IN FREE COOLING Free Cooling active Yes /N o FREECOOL

DIFF AIR QUALITY Differential Air Quality xxxx PPM AQ_DIFF

OK TO PREOC PURGE Ok to Preoccupancy Purge Ye s/N o OKPREOCC

Override IAQ? Is IAQ Override Active? Ye s /N o enum IAQ_OVRD

IAQ OVRRD SW STAT IAQ o verride sw state Ye s /N o enum I A Q --- O V R S

DCV CURVE OFFSET IAQ DCV Curve Offset 0 to 100 % IAQ_OFFS

INDOOR FAN Indoor Fan Status Menu

IDF SPEED OUTPUT Commanded IDF Speed 0 to 100 % FANS PEED

IDF SPD OVERRIDE IDF Speed Override Flag On/Off enum FAN_OVRD

IDF ERRORS? IDF Operation Errors? Yes /No enum IDFBAD

IDF SPD REDUCTION IDF Speed Reduction On Ye s/N o enum FANR ED10

VFD OUTPUT AMPS IDF VFD Output Amps xxx.xx amps OUTMCUR

VFD OUTPUT HP IDF VFD Output Power hp xxxx.x HP OUTPWRHP

VFD FAULT DETAIL IDF VFD Fault Detail 0=NONE,

VFD WARN DETAIL IDF VFD Warning Detail 0=NONE,

GENERAL General Run Data Menu

FILTER TIME LEFT Filter hour remaining xxxx hours FILTLEFT

RESET FILTER TIME Reset Filter Timer Yes/ No n/a Command RESETFLT

IN DAYLIGHT SAVE? DST currently active Ye s/ N o n/a DST_ACTV

TCS ACTIVE? Temp Compensate Start On Ye s/ No n/a TCS_ACT

1=PWR CARD,
2=EARTH FLT,
3=CTRL WORD,
4=OVER CIRR,
5=OVERLOAD,
7=UNDERVOLT,
8=OVER VOLT
9=SHORT CIR,
10=PHASELOSS,
11=U LOSS,
12=V LOSS,
13=W LOSS,
14=CTRL VOLT,
15=VDD LOW,
16=MULTIPLE,
17=UNEXPECT

1=VOLTAGE,
2=CURRENT,
3=THERMAL,
4=MULTIPLE,
5=UNEXPECT

SVFDFL

SVFDWAR

77

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Run Status Main Menu Layout (cont)

Display Text Expanded Text Range Units Default Point

OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY DATA

OCCUPIED NOW Currently Occupied Ye s/N o Forcible OCCUPIED

MINS UNTIL OCC Mins until next occupied xxxxx min MINTILOC

ACTIVE OCC CTRL Active Occupancy control 0=24/7 OCC,

LINKAGE OCC REQ Linkage Occupied Request 0=Unocc,

TIMEDOVRDREMAIN Timed Override Remaining 0 to 240 min Fo rcible OVR_EXT

REMOTE OCC SWITCH Remote Occupancy Switch On/Off Forcible REMOCC

BMS OCC REQUEST BMS Occupancy Re quest 0=UNOCC,

LOCAL OCC REQUEST Local Sched Occ Request 0=Unocc,

ACTIVE PERIOD Active Schedule period 0to8 PER_NO

HOLIDAY TOMORROW? Tomorrow Is A Holiday Ye s/ No HOL_TMRW

HOLIDAY TODAY? Today Is A Holiday Yes /N o HOLTODAY

NEXT OCC DAY Next Occupied Day DDD NXTOCDAY

NEXT OCC TIME Next Occupied Time hh:mm NXTOCTIM

NEXT UNOCC DAY Next Unoccupied Day DDD NXTUNDAY

NEXT UNOCC TIME Next Unoccupied Time hh:mm NXTUNTIM

PREV UNOCC DAY Previous Unccupied Day DDD PRVUNDAY

PREV UNOCC TIME Previous Unoccupied Time hh:mm PRVUNTIM

1=SCHEDULE,
2=BAS CTRL,
3=REMOC CTL,
4=TIME OVRD,
5=LINKAGE,
6=FORCED

1=Occupied,
2=Disabled

1=OCCUPIED,
2=DISABLED

1=Occupied

Forcible BMS_OCC

Forcible LOC_O CC

OCC_CTRL

LNK_OCC

Settings Main Menu Layout

Display Text Expanded Text Range Units Default Point

SETTINGS Settings Menu

SPACE SET POINTS Space Setpoints Adjustment Menu

OCC COOL SETPOINT Occupied Cool Setpoint 55 t o 80 °F 78 OCSP

OCC HEAT SETPOINT Occupied Heat Setpoint 55 to 80 °F 68 OHSP

UNOCC COOL SETPNT Unoccupied Cool Setpoint 65 to 95 °F 85 UCSP

UNOCC HEAT SETPNT Unoccupied Heat Setpoint 40 to 80 °F 60 UHSP

H E A T --- C O O L S P GA P Heat--- Cool Setpoint Gap 2to10 ^F 5 HCSP_GAP

SPT SLIDER RANGE SPT Offset Range (+/--- ) 0to5.0 °F 5 SPTO_RNG

OCC SPRH SET PT Occupied SPRH Setpo int 0 to 100 % 55 SPRH_OSP

UNOCC SPRH SET PT Unoccupied SPRH Setpoint 0 to 100 % 55 SPRH_USP

SA TEMPER SET PNT SA tempering Set point xx °F 50 SATEMPSP

TEMP DEMAND CONFIG Temperature Demand Configuration menu

LOW COOL DMD ON Low Cool Demand On --- 1 t o 2 . 0 °F 0.5 DMDLCON

MEDCOOLDMDON Medium Cool Demand On 0.5 to 20.0 °F 1 DMDMCON

HIGH COOL DMD ON High Cool Demand On 0.5 to 20.0 °F 2 DMDHCON

LOW COOL DMD OFF Low Cool Demand Off --- 1 t o 2 . 0 °F --- 0 . 5 DMDLCOFF

COOL DMD LEVEL UP Cool Demand Level Up --- 2 t o 2 . 0 ^F/min --- 0 . 2 CDMD_LUP

LOW HEAT DM D O N Low Heat Demand On --- 1 to 2 . 0 °F 0.5 DMDLHON

HIGH HEAT DMD ON High Heat Demand On 0.5 to 20.0 °F 2 DMDHHON

LOW HEAT DM D O FF Low Heat Demand Off --- 1 to 2 . 0 °F --- 0 . 5 DMDLHOFF

HEAT DMD LEVEL UP Heat Demand Level Up --- 2 to 2 . 0 ^F/min --- 0 . 2 HDMD_LUP

DEMAND TIMEGUARD1 Space Demand Time Guard1 60 to 600 sec 180 TDMD_TG1

DEMAND TIMEGUARD2 Space Demand Time Guard2 0 to 600 sec 300 TDMD_TG2

DEMAND TIMEGUARD3 Space Demand Time Guard3 5 to 120 min 10 TDMD_TG 3

DMD LIMIT CONFIG DEMAND LIMIT CONFIG

COOL DMD LIM LEV1 Cool DMD Offset level 1 0t099 °F 1 CLDOLEV1

COOL DMD LIM LEV2 Cool DMD Offset level 2 0t099 °F 3 CLDOLEV2

COOL DMD LIM LEV3 Cool DMD Offset level 3 0t099 °F 5 CLDOLEV3

HEAT DMD LIM LEV1 Heat DMD Offset level 1 0t099 °F 1 HTDOLEV1

HEAT DMD LIM LEV2 Heat DMD Offset level 2 0t099 °F 3 HTDOLEV2

HEAT DMD LIM LEV3 Heat DMD Offset level 3 0t099 °F 5 HTDOLEV3

CLOCK Clock Adjustment Menu

TIME Clock Hour and Minute xx:xx hh.mm TIME

DATE Current Date MM/DD/YYYY DATE

DAYLIGHT SAVINGS Daylight Savings Configuration Menu DST Menu

DAYLIGHT SAVINGS? DST allowed? Enable/Disable Enable DST_CFG

78

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)

Display Text Expanded Text Range Units Default Point

CLOCK (cont) Clock Adjustment Menu

DST START MONTH DST Start Month 1=JANUARY,

DST START WEEK DST Start Week 1to5 2 STARTW

DST START DAY DST Start Day 1=MONDAY,

DST MINS TO ADD DST Minutes to Add 0to90 min 60 MINADD

DST STOP MONTH DST Stop Month 1=JANUARY,

DST STOP WEEK DST Stop Week 1to5 1 STOPW

DST STOP DAY DST Stop Day 1=MONDAY,

DST MINS TO SUB DST Minutes to Subt ract 0to90 min 60 MINSUB

START TIME IN DAY Time in day to start DST 0 to 600 min 120 DST_TOD

SCHEDULES Schedules Adjustment Menu

SCHEDULE NUMBER CCN Schedule Number 0 = Always Occupied,

OCCUPANCY SCHEDULE OCCUPANCY SCHEDULE DATA

HOLIDAYS Holiday adjustment Menu

ALLOW G. HOLIDAY? Accept Global Holidays? Ye s/ No No HOLIDAYT

TIMED OVR LENGTH Timed Override Duration 0to4 hours 4 OTL_CFG

UNIT CONFIGURATIONS Unit Configurations Menu

GENERAL General Unit Co nfigurations Menu

STARTUP DELAY Unit Startup Delay 10 to 600 sec 30 STARTDLY

UNIT CONTROL TYPE Unit Control Type 0=TSTAT,

THERMOSTAT TYPE Thermostat Hardware Type 0=CONV 2C2H,

ADAPTIVE TSTAT Tstat Adaptive Staging Ye s /N o Yes ADPTSTAT

DIRTY FILTER TIME Change Filter Timer 0 to 9999 hours 600 FILTLIFE

TEST MODE TIMEOUT Test inactivity time out 0=Disabled,

CCH MAX TEMP CCH Max Temperature 40 to 90 °F 65 CCHMAXT

STD BARO PRESSURE Std Barometric Pressure 13.00 to 35.00 in.Hg 29.92 STD_BARP

LINK STAGEUP TIME Linkage Stage inc. time 60 to 600 sec 180 LSTAGINC

UNIT’S MAX SAT Unit’s Maximum SAT 130 to 210 °F 200 UMAX_SAT

AUTO SAT FAULTS? Auto Clr SAT Limit Fault Ye s/N o No SATLACLR

ADAPTIVE TCS? Adaptive Temp Comp Start Enable/Disable Yes TCS_CFG

USER TCS BIASTIME User TCS Start bias time 0 to 180 min 0 TCSUBIAS

2=FEBRUARY,
3=MARCH,
4=APRIL,
5=MAY,
6=JUNE,
7=JULY,
8=AUGUST,
9=SEPTEMBER,
10=OCTOBER,
11=NOVEBER,
12=DECEMBER

2=TUESDAY,
3=WEDNESDAY,
4=THURSDAY,
5=FRIDAY,
6=SATURDAY,
7=SUNDAY

2=FEBRUARY,
3=MARCH,
4=APRIL,
5=MAY,
6=JUNE,
7=JULY,
8=AUGUST,
9=SEPTEMBER,
10=OCTOBER,
11=NOVEBER,
12=DECEMBER

2=TUESDAY,
3=WEDNESDAY,
4=THURSDAY,
5=FRIDAY,
6=SATURDAY,
7=SUNDAY

1 --- 6 4 = L o c a l Sc h e d u l e ,
65--- 99 = Global Schedule

1=SPACE SEN,
2=RAT SEN

1=DIGI 2C2H,
2=CONV 3C2H,
3=DIGI 3C2H
4=DIGI 2C2H_ S

1=30 minutes,
2=1 hour,
3=2 hours,
4=4 hours,
5=8 hours,
6=12 hours

3 STARTM

7 STARTD

1 STOPM

7 STOPD

0 SCHEDNUM

0=TSTAT CTRLTYPE

2=CONV 3C2H STATTYPE

4=4 hours TEST_ITO

79

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)

Display Text Expanded Text Range Units Default Point

UNIT CONFIGURATIONS (cont) Unit Configurat ions Menu

SWITCH INPUTS CONFIGS DI Config Menu

FIRE SHUTDOWN SW Fire Shutdown Switch 0=NORM OPEN,

HUMSTAT CHANNEL HumidistatStatus Channel 0=None,

HUMSTAT SW TYPE Humidistat Switch Type 0=NORM OPEN,

FILTER SW CHANNEL Filter Status Sw Channel 0=None,

FILTER SW TYPE Filter Sta tus Swith Type 0=NORM OPEN,

REMOTE OCC CHAN Remote Occupancy Channel 0=None,

REMOTE OCC TYPE Remote Occupancy Sw Type 0=NORM OPEN,

REM.SHUTDOWN CHAN Remote Shutdown Channel 0=None,

REM.SHUTDOWN SW T Remote Shutdown Sw Type 0=NORM OPEN,

REM.SHUTDOWN TYPE Remot e Shutdown ALM Type 0=Normal,

COFS CHANNEL COFS Assigned Channel 0=None,

COFS TYPE COFS Switch Type 0=NORM OPEN,

GEN STATUS CHAN G eneral Status Channel 0=None,

GEN STAT SW TYPE General Status Sw Type 0=NORM OPEN,

SHUTDOWN GEN STAT General Status shutdo wn? Yes/N o Yes GENFATAL

ENTHALPY SW CHAN Enthalpy Sw Channel 0=None,

ENTHALPY SW TYPE Enthalpy Switch Type 0=NORM OPEN,

ANALOG INPUT CONFIGS Analog Inputs Configuration Menu

SPRH SENS CHANNEL SPRH Assigned Channel 0=None,

SPRH RH @ 4MA SPRH Sensor Value at 4mA 0 to 100 % 0 SPRH_4MA

SPRH RH @ 20MA SPRH Sensor Value @ 20mA 0 to 100 % 1 SPRH20MA

IAQ SENSOR CHAN IAQ Assigne d Channel 0=None,

IAQ PPM @ 4MA IAQ Sensor Value at 4mA 0 to 5000 ppm 0 IAQ_4MA

IAQ PPM @ 20MA IAQ Sensor Value at 20mA 0 to 5000 ppm 2000 IAQ_20MA

1=NORM CLSD,
2=NO SWITCH

1=MBB DI12,
2=MBB DI13.
3=MBB DI14,
4=MBB DI02,
5=MBB DI04,
6=SIOB Di01

1=NORM CLSD,

1=MBB DI12,
2=MBB DI13,
3=MBB DI14,
4=MBB DI02,
5=MBB DI04

1=NORM CLSD

1=MBB DI12,
2=MBB DI13,
3=MBB DI14,
4=MBB DI02,
5=MBB DI04

1=NORM CLSD

1=MBB DI12,
2=MBB DI13,
3=MBB DI14,
4=MBB DI02,
5=MBB DI04

1=NORM CLSD

1=Emergency

1=MBB DI12,
2=MBB DI13,
3=MBB DI14,
4=MBB DI02,
5=MBB DI04

1=NORM CLSD

1=MBB DI12,
2=MBB DI13,
3=MBB DI14,
4=MBB DI02,
5=MBB DI04

1=NORM CLSD

1=MBB DI12,
2=MBB DI13,
3=MBB DI14,
4=MBB DI02,
5=MBB DI04

1=NORM CLSD

1=MBB AI06,
2=MBB AI07,
3=MBB AI08
4=SIOB AI10

1=MBB AI06,
2=MBB AI07,
3=MBB AI08

2: no FIOP
0: FIOP

0=for all except
Humidimizer
6=Humidimizer Units

0=NORM OPEN HUMD_CFG

0=None FILTCHAN

0=NORM OPEN FILT_CFG

0=None RMOCCHAN

0=NORM OPEN RMOC_CFG

0=None ROFFCHAN

0=NORM OPEN ROFF_CFG

0=Normal ROFF TYPE

0=None COFSCHAN

1=NORM CLSD COFS_CFG

0=None GEN_CHAN

0=NORM OPEN GENS_CFG

0=None ENTHCHAN

0=NORM OPEN ENTH_CFG

0=None SPRHCHAN

0: no FIOP
1: FIOP

FIRE_CFG

HUMDCHAN

IAQ_CHAN

80

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)

Display Text Expanded Text Range Units Default Point

ANALOG INPUT CONFIGS (cont) Analog Inputs Configura tion Menu

OAQ SENSOR CHAN OAQ Assigned Channel 0=None,

OAQ PPM @ 4MA OAQ Sensor Value at 4mA 0 to 5000 ppm 0 OAQ_4MA

OAQ PPM @ 20MA OAQ Sensor Value at 20mA 0 to 5000 ppm 2000 OAQ_20MA

OARH SENSOR CHAN OARH Assigned Cha nnel 0=None,

OARH RH @ 4MA OARH Sensor Value at 4mA 0 to 100 % 0 OARH_4MA

OARH RH @ 20MA OARH Sensor Val. at 20mA 0 to 100 % 100 OARH20MA

RARH SENS CHANNEL RARH Assigned Channel 0=None,

RARH RH @ 4MA RARH Sensor Value at 4mA 0 t o 100 % 0 RARH_4MA

RARH RH @ 20MA RARH Sensor Value @ 20mA 0 to 100 % 100 RARH20MA

OACFM SENSOR CHAN OACFM Assigned Channel 0=None,

OACFM @ 4MA OACFM value at 4mA 0 to 100 CFM 0 OCFM_4MA

OACFM @ 20MA OACFM Value @ 20mA 0 to 100 CFM 20 OCFM20MA

COOLING Cooling Configurations Menu

COOLING STAGE QTY Number of Cooling Stages 0to3 3 NUMCSTG S

LOW COOL COMP Low Cool Compressor 1to2 1 LC_COMP

COMP MIN ON TIME Compressor Min On Time 180 to 600 sec 300 C_MINON

COMP MIN OFF TIME Compressor Min Off Time 120 to 600 sec 180 C_MINOFF

STRIKE CLEAR TIME Runtime to Reset Strikes 120 to 999 sec 300 MIN_ON_ S

COOL STAGEUP TIME Cool Stage Increase Time 120 to 999 sec 450 CSTAGINC

COOL SATTREND LEV Cooling SAT Trend Level --- 1 . 0 t o 1 . 0 ^F/min --- 0 . 2 SAT_TLC

UPPER MIN SAT Cool Min SAT Upper Level 35.0 to 65.0 °F 56 (sizes 04 ---06)

LOWE R M IN SAT Cool Min SAT Lower Level 35.0 to 65.0 °F 46 (sizes 04 --- 06)

SPRH DEADBAND Space RH Deadband 0 % 5 SPRH_D8

HUMZ LOCKOUT OAT Humidimizer Lockout Temp --- 20 to 75 °F 40 OATLHUMZ

COOL FANOFF DELAY Cooling Fan--- off Delay 0 to 600 sec 75 COOL_FOD

FBD TYPE FBD CONTROL TYPE 0=None,

FBD SAT MIN VALUE FBD SAT MIN VALUE 35 to 80 °F 46 FBDH_SAT

FBD LOW SP FBD LOW SP --- 2 0 t o 0 °Fdelta --- 2 . 5 FBDLO_SP

FBD SST MIN VALUE FBD SST MIN VALUE 10 to 60 °F 32 FBDH_SST

LOW AMB IENT LOW AMBIENT CONFIGS MENU

CIR.A LOCKOUT OAT CircuitALockoutTemp --- 20 to 75 °F 0: no Economizer FIOP

LOW AMBIENT TEMP Low Ambient Temperature 0to80 °F 66 LA_TEMP

LOW COOL MIN OAT Low Cool lockout Temp --- 20 to 60 °F 10 (sizes 04 ---06)

MED COOL MIN OAT Medium Cool lockout Temp --- 20 to 60 °F 20 (sizes 07 --- 12)

LA DEHUM LEV 1 Low Ambient Dehum Le v 1 40 to 125 °F 80 LAHTEMP1

LA DEHUM LEV 2 Low Ambient Dehum Le v 2 40 to 125 °F 61 LAHTEMP2

LA DEHUM LEV 3 Low Ambient Dehum Le v 3 40 to 125 °F 55 LAHTEMP3

LA DEHUM SDT SP 1 LA Dehum SDT SP Lev 1 60 to 120 °F 82 LHSDTSP1

LA DEHUM SDT SP 2 LA Dehum SDT SP Lev 2 60 to 120 °F 93 LHSDTSP2

LA DEHUM SDT SP 3 LA Dehum SDT SP Lev 3 60 to 120 °F 104 LHSDTSP3

HUMZ ENABLE H umidimizer Status Ye s/ N o enum No for a ll except

RDVA ENABLE Re heat Dischg Valve CirA Yes/ No enum No for a ll exce pt

RLVA ENABLE Reheat Liquid Valve CirA Ye s/N o enum No for all except

CLVA ENABLE Cooling Liq Valve CirA Yes /N o enum No for all except

1=MBB AI06,
2=MBB AI07,
3=MBB AI08

1=MBB AI06,
2=MBB AI07,
3=MBB AI08

1=MBB AI06,
2=MBB AI07,
3=MBB AI08

1=MBB AI06,
2=MBB AI07,
3=MBB AI08,
4=SIOB AI10

1=Comfort,
2=Max

n/a 0: no Enthalpy FIOP

n/a 0=None RARHCHAN

n/a 0=None OCFMCHAN

0=None OAQ_CHAN

3: Enthalpy FIOP

53 (sizes 07 --- 12)
56 (sizes 14 --- 26)

42 (sizes 07 --- 12)
46 (sizes 14 --- 26)

0=None FBD_TYPE

40: Economizer FIOP

30 (sizes 07 --- 12)
40 (sizes 14 --- 26)

30 (sizes 14 --- 26)

Humidimizer units

Humidimizer units

Humidimizer units sizes
04--- 06

Humidimizer units sizes
04--- 06

OARHCHAN

SATMIN_H

SATMIN_L

OATLCMPA

LCLOCKSP

MCLOCKSP

HUMZ_EN

RDVA_EN

RLVA_EN

CLVA_EN

81

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)

Display Text Expanded Text Range Units Default Point

COOLING (cont) Cooling Configurations Menu

LDVA ENABLE Liquid Divert Valve CirA Yes/N o enum No for all except

CHARGE DIAGNOSTICS Refrigerant Charge Diagnostic Config Menu

LOW CHARGE LEVEL Low Refrig Charge Level 0 to 150 psi 50 LOCHARG E

NO LOW CHARGE OAT Low Charge Disable Temp --- 40 to 50 °F 10 LOCH_LOT

CIR.A SDP LIMIT CirA High Pressure Limit 400 to 700 psig 600 HIPLIM_A

LOW DIS CH ARGE LEV Lo w Discharge Level 5.0 to 20.0 °F 7 SDTLEV

MIN PRES S RATIO Minimum pressure ratio 0.00 to 5.00 1.35 MINPSI_R

LOW SUC TIO N D IAG. Low Suct ion Diagnostic Config Menu

LOW SUC OK TEMP Suction OK Temperature 10.0 t o 50.0 °F 18 SSTOK

LOW SUC LEVEL 1 Low Suctio n Level 1 Temp 10.0 to 50.0 °F 20 SSTLEV1

LOW SUC LEVEL 2 Low Suctio n Level 2 Temp 5.0 to 50.0 °F 15 SSTLEV2

LOW SUC LEVEL 3 Low Suctio n Level 3 Temp 0.0 to 50.0 °F 10 SSTLEV3

LO SUC D IAG D ELAY Delay On Low SST Check 0 to 300 sec 0 SSTCKDLY

COMPRESSOR TRANSISTION

COMP L2 DIAG DLY Comp level 2 diag delay 1to99 sec 15 (sizes 04 --- 12)

IAG. COMP OFF Diag Comp Unexpected Off Enable/Disable Enable CD_UEOFF

CIR STUCK ON DIAG Circuit Stuck On Diag. Enable/Disable Enable DCKTOFF

CIR.A MIN DIS.P Min discharge change 0 to 99.0 psi 11 (sizes 04--- 12)

CIR.A MIN SUC.P Min Suction change 0 to 99.0 psi 4 ( s i z e s 0 4 --- 0 6 )

OFF P.RATIO CirA P.Ratio off change --- 1.00 to 1.00 --- 0.2 (sizes 07, 09 --- 14)

ODF SETTINGS Outdoor Fans Configurations Menu

ODF SIGNAL QTY Number of ODF Outputs 0to3 1 ( s i z e s 0 4 --- 0 6 )

ODF LOW COOL SPD ODF Low Cool Speed 0 to 1200 rpm 1000 (size 04)

ODF MED COOL SPD ODF Med Cool Speed 0 to 1200 rpm 1000 (size 04)

ODF HIGH COOL SPD ODF High Cool Speed 0 to 1200 rpm 1000 (size 04)

ODF MAXIMUM SPEED ODF Maximum Speed 0 to 1200 rpm 1000 (size 04)

ODF MINIMUM SPEED ODF Minimum Speed 0 to 1200 rpm 160 ODFMINSP

ODF ADVANCED CONFIGS Outdoor Fan Advanced Configs Menu

ODF GAIN ODF Gain --- 100 to 100.00 50 (sizes 04--- 06)

ODF ANTI --- WINDUP ODF anti--- windup factor ---100 to 100.00 0.6 ODF_NI

ODF INTEGRAL TIME ODF Integral Time --- 100 to 100.00 20 (sizes 04 ---12)

ODF MBIAS 1 ODF Map Bias Term 1 --- 200 to 200.00 72.5 (sizes 04--- 06)

ODF MBIAS 2 ODF Map Bias Term 2 --- 200 to 200.00 100.98 (sizes 04--- 06)

Compressor Transitio n diagnostic config menu

Humidimizer units sizes
07--- 26

40 (sizes 14 --- 26)

17 sizes 14 --- 26)

6.5 (size 07)
8 (size 08)
7 ( s i z e s 0 9 --- 1 2 )
14 (sizes 14 --- 26)

--- 0.3 (sizes 08, 17--- 26)

2 (sizes 07,17, or 20)
3 (sizes 08 --- 14, 24--- 26)

1075 (sizes 05 --- 06)
550 (sizes 07 --- 12)
700 (sizes 14 --- 17, 26)
650 (sizes 20 --- 24)

1075 (sizes 05 --- 06)
700 (sizes 07, 12, or 24)
600 (size 08)
650 (size 09)
800 (sizes 14,17, or 26)
750 (size 20)

1075 (sizes 05 --- 06)
950 (sizes 07 or 09)
900 (size 08)
1000 (sizes 12 --- 26)

1075 (sizes 05 --- 06)
950 (sizes 07 or 09)
900 (size 08)
1000 (sizes 12 --- 26)

1 (size 07)
2 ( s i z e s 0 8 --- 1 2 )

1.8 (sizes 14 ---20)

1.4 (sizes 24 ---26)

40 (sizes14---26)

66.7 (size 07)

--- 44.55 (sizes 08 --- 12)

10 (sizes 14 --- 20)

72.5 (sizes 24 ---26)

95.2 (size 07)

80.59 (sizes 08 --- 12)

35.3 (sizes 14 ---20)

100.98 (sizes 24 --- 26)

LDVA_EN

CDDTLEV2

MDP_DISA

MDP_SUCA

OFFPR_A

NUM_ODF

ODFLCSPD

ODFMCSPD

ODFHCSPD

ODFMAXSP

ODF_KC

ODF_TI

ODFBIAS1

ODFBIAS2

82

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)

Display Text Expanded Text Range Units Default Point

ODF SETTINGS (cont) Outdoor Fans Configurations Menu

ODF MBIAS 3 ODF Map Bias Term 3 --- 200 to 200.00 20.93 (sizes 04--- 06)

ODF SWITCH POINT1 ODF Fan Switch Point 1 --- 100 to 100.00 3.68 (size 07)

ODF SWITCH POINT2 ODF Fan Switch Point 2 --- 100 to 100.00 17.1 (size 07)

ODF SWITCH POINT3 ODF Fans Switch Point 3 ---100 to 100.00 100 (sizes 07, 14--- 20)

ODF PROP PR ODF Proportional ctrl Pr --- 100 to 100.00 1.4 (sizes 04 --- 06)

ODF MSLOPE 1 ODF Map Slope Term 1 --- 100 to 100.00 55.3 (sizes 04--- 06)

ODF MSLOPE 2 ODF Map Slope Term 2 --- 100 to 100.00 19.07 (sizes 04--- 06)

ODF MSLOPE 3 ODF Map Slope Term 3 --- 100 to 100.00 8.85 (sizes 04--- 06)

HEATING Heating Configurations Menu

UNIT TYPE OF HEAT Type of Heat Installed 0=ELECTRIC,1=GAS 0(50series)

HEATING STAGE QTY Number of Heating Stages 0to2 2 (all except below);

HEAT MIN ON Heat Minimum On Time 60 to 600 sec 120 H_MINON

HEAT MIN OFF Heat Minimum Off Time 60 to 600 sec 120 H_MINOFF

HEAT STAGEUP TIME Heat Stage Increase Time 120 to 999 sec 450 HSTAGINC

HEAT SATTREND LEV Heating SAT Trend Level --- 1 t o 1 . 0 ^F/min 0.2 SAT_TLH

LOWE R M AX S AT Heat Max SAT Lower Level 85.0 to 200.0 °F 140 SATMAX_L

UPPER MAX SAT Heat Max SAT Upper Level 85.0 to 200.0 °F 160 SATMAX_H

HEAT FANOFF DELAY Heating Fan--- off Delay 10 to 600 sec 30 (50 series)

HEAT LOCKO UT OAT Heating Lockout Temp 40 to 125 °F 75 OATLHEAT

SAT DURING HEAT? SAT Heat Mode Sensing Enable/Disable Disable SAT_HEAT

IGC IFO TIMEOUT No IGC I FO input Timeout 0to60 min 5 NO_IGCTM

PREHEAT W/O IDF? Pre--- Heat HX without IDF? Enable/Disable Disable PREHT_HX

PREHEAT FAN DELAY Pre---HeatFanOnDelay 0 to 120 sec 30 PREHT_ TM

SA TEMPER ENABLED SupplyAirTemperingEnable Ye s /N o Yes SATEMPEN

SA TEMPER SET PNT SA tempering Set point xx °F 50 SATEMPSP

TEMPER MAX OUT Max OAT for SA tempering --- 40 to 125 °F 48 OATSTEMP

INDOOR FAN Indoor Fan Configurations Menu

OCCUPIED FAN? FanOnWhenOccupied Ye s /N o Yes FANON_O C

INDOOR FAN TYPE Indoor Fan Type 0=None

DIR DRV IDF SPDS Direct Drive Fan Speeds 2=2

SHUTDOWN IDF FAIL Shut Down on IDF Failure Ye s/N o enum No FATALFAN

IDF VFD VOLTAGE IDF VFD Nom. Motor Volts 50 to 100 volts See VFD Motor Defa ult

1=VFD
2=Direct Drive

3=3

1 1=Allunitsexceptsizes

2 2=fanoption0onsizes

0 (sizes 07, 14 --- 20)

65.29 (sizes 08 --- 12)

114.74 (sizes 24 --- 26)

3.4 (sizes 08 ---12)

4.84 (sizes 14 --- 20)

1.58 (sizes 24 --- 26)

9.06 (sizes 08 --- 12)

22.3 (sizes 14 ---20)

10.44 (sizes 24 --- 26)

19.76 (sizes 08 --- 12)

20.93 (sizes 24 --- 26)

25 (sizes 07 --- 12)
50 (sizes 14 --- 26)

25.3 (size 07)

60.09 (sizes 08 --- 12)
31 (sizes 14 --- 20)

55.33 (sizes 24 --- 26)

9 (size 07)

18.69 (sizes 08 --- 12)

9.6 (sizes 14 ---20)

19.07 (sizes 24 --- 26)

1 (sizes 07, 14 --- 20)

9.34 (sizes 08 --- 12)

8.85 (sizes 24 --- 26)

1(48series)

0(50serieswithout
FIOP heat),
1 (50 Series, sizes 04-- -06
low or medium heat),
1 (50 series, sizes
07--- 14 and low heat),
1 (50 series, sizes 07-- -12
and medium heat)

45 (48 series)

04---06 fan option “0”

2=fanoption0onsizes
04--- 06

04--- 06

Configuration Tables.
For sizes 04--- 06 see
Ta b l e 3 2 .
For size 07 --- 26 Vertical
units see Table 39 .
Fo r s i z e 07 --- 2 6 Ho r i z o nt al
units see Table 40 .

ODFBIAS3

ODFPIUP1

ODFPIUP2

ODFPIUP3

ODFPR_KC

ODFSLPE1

ODFSLPE2

ODFSLPE3

HEATTYPE

NUMHSTGS

HEAT_FOD

IDFTYPE

NUMFSPDS

MOTVOLT

83

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)

Display Text Expanded Text Range Units Default Point

INDOOR FAN (cont) Indoor Fan Configurations Menu

IDF VFD NOM. FREQ IDF VFD Nom. Moto r Freq 20 to 400 hz 60 MOTRFEQ

IDF VFD NOM. AMPS IDF VFD Nom. Motor Amps 0.1 to 26.0 amps See VFD Mo tor Default

IDF VFD NOM. RPM IDF VFD Nom. Motor RPM 100 to 60000 rpm See VFD Motor Defa ult

IDF VFD MIN REF IDF VFD Min Reference 0 to 65.0 Hz 0 MINREF

IDF VFD MAX REF IDF VFD Max Reference 0 to 65.0 Hz 60 MAXREF

VFD ACCEL. TIME IDF VFD Accel. Time 1 to 1800 sec 10 RAMPUP_T

VFD DECEL. TIME IDF VFD Decel. Time 1 to 1800 sec 10 RAMPDN_T

IDF VFD AMP LIMIT IDF VFD Current Limit 0 to 300 100 CURRLMT

IDF VFD TIMEOUT IDF VFD Comm t ome out 1 to 600 sec 30 CNT_TOUT

IDF VFD RESET DUR IDF VFD Auto Reset time 0 to 600 sec 30 ARSTRT_T

VFD RFI FILTER IDF VFD RFI Filter On/Off On RFIFILTR

ECONOMIZER Eco nomizer Co nfigurations Menu

ECON INSTALLED? Economizer Installed? Ye s/N o No: no FIOP

ECON MAX POS Econ Max Damper Position 0 to 100 % 100 DAMPMAX

ECON TRAVEL TIME Economizer Travel Time 5 to 300 sec 150 ECONOTRV

MINIMUM POSITION CONFIGS Minimum Position Configurations menu

MIN POS @ MAX FAN Econ Min at Max Fanspeed 0 to 100 % 30 MINP_MAX

MIN POS SPEED 1 Min Pos --- User Speed 1 0 to 100 % 0 MP_USPD1

MIN POS DAMP 1 M i n P o s --- Us e r P o s 1 0 to 100 % 0 MP_UPOS1

MIN POS SPEED 2 Min Pos --- User Speed 2 0 to 100 % 0 MP_USPD2

MIN POS DAMP 2 M i n P o s --- Us e r P o s 2 0 to 100 % 0 MP_UPOS2

MIN POS SPEED 3 Min Pos --- User Speed 3 0 to 100 % 0 MP_USPD3

MIN POS DAMP 3 M i n P o s --- Us e r P o s 3 0 to 100 % 0 MP_UPOS3

FREE COOL CONFIGS Free Cooling Specific Configu r ation s Menu

LOW COOL SAT SP Low Free Cool SAT Setpnt 40 t o 80 °F 65 LCSASP

HIGH COOL SAT SP High FreeCool SAT Setpnt 40 to 80 °F 55 HC SASP

FREE COOL MAX OAT Free Cooling Max OAT 0to90 °F 65 MAXFREET

FREE COOL MIN OAT Free Cooling Min Temp --- 30 to 70 °F 0 MINFREET

DIFF DRY BULB CTL Diff. Dry Bulb Control Enable/Disable Disable DIFFBULB

DIFF DB DEADBAND Diff. Dry Bulb Deadband 0to20 °F 3 OATRATDB

ENTHALPY HI LIMIT Max Enthalpy OA limit 1.0 to 99.0 Btu/lb 28 FREEMAXE

DIFF ENTHALPY CTL Diff. Enthalpy Control Enable/Disable Disable DIFFENTH

ENTHALPY DEADBAND Enthalpy Cross Deadband 0 to 20.0 Btu/lb 2 OAERAEDB

E C O N O P I D --- KP Economizer PID --- kP 0.00 to 99.90 2.5 ECONO_P

E C O N O P I D --- KI Economizer PID --- kI 0.00 to 99.90 0.12 ECONO_I

E C O N O P I D --- KD Economizer PID --- kD 0.00 to 99.90 1 ECONO_D

E C O N O P I D --- R A T E Economizer PID --- rate 10 to 180 sec 15 ECONO_DT

UNOCCUPIED FREE COOL Unoccupied Free Cooling Configs Menu

WHEN TO UNOCC FC When to Unocc Free Cool? 0=Disabled,

UFCPREOCCTIME UFC PreOcc Time 1 to 999 min 120 UFCTIME

UFC LOW TEMP Unocc Free Cool Low Temp --- 30 to 70 °F 50 OATLUFC

POWER EXHAUST CONFIGS Power Exhaust Configurations Menu

PE1 RELAY CHANNEL PE1 Relay Channel 0=NONE,

PE1 POS @ MAX SPD PE Stage 1 at Max speed 0 to 100 % 40 PE1_PMAX

PE OFF DEADBAND PE Turn Off Dead band 0 to 100 % 5 PE_OFFDB

PE2 RELAY CHANNEL PE2 Relay Channel 0=NONE,

PE2 POS @ MAX SPD PE Stage 2 at max speed 0 to 100 % 75 PE2_PMAX

ECON DISCONNECT
DIAGNOSTIC

M D D --- H / C EN D DLY T24 Heat/Cool End Delay 0to60 min 25 T24CHDLY

Econ Actuator Mechanical disconnect
diagnostic menu

1=PreOcc,
2=Unocc

1=MBB RLY11,
2=MBB RLY06

1=MBB RLY11,
2=MBB RLY06

Configuration Tables.
For sizes 04--- 06 see
Ta b l e 3 2 .
For size 07 --- 26 Vertical
units see Table 39 .
Fo r s i z e 07 --- 2 6 Ho r i z o nt al
units see Table 40 .

Configuration Tables.
For sizes 04--- 06 see
Ta b l e 3 2 .
For size 07 --- 26 Vertical
units see Table 39 .
Fo r s i z e 07 --- 2 6 Ho r i z o nt al
units see Table 40 .

Yes : FIO P

1=PreOcc UFC_CFG

0: no FIOP
2: FIOP

0=None PE2_CHAN

MOTNOMSP

ECONO

PE1_CHAN

84

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)

Display Text Expanded Text Range Units Default Point

ECONOMIZER (cont) Economizer Configurations Menu

MDD--- MIN MOVE T24Econ Min Move for SAT 10 to 20 % 10 T24ECSTS

M D D --- S AT D B Damper SAT deadband 0 to 20.0 °F 12 T24SATDB

M D D --- M I N R AT --- O A T T24 Min Diff in RAT--- OAT 5.0 to 20.0 °F 15 T24RATDF

MDD--- MIN TEST POS T24 Test Minimum Pos 0 to 100 % 15 T24TSTMN

MDD--- MAX TEST POS T24 Test Maximum Pos 0 to 100 % 85 T24TSTMX

AIR QUALITY Air Quality Configurations Menu

ANALOG IAQ CTRL Analog Input IAQ Control 0=NO IAQ,

IAQ POS @ MAX SPD IAQ Position at Max Fan 0 to 100 % 10 IAQMINP

LOW AIR .Q DI FF AQ Differential Low 0 to 5000 ppm 100 DAQ_LOW

HIGH AIR.Q DIFF AQ Differential High 0 to 5000 ppm 700 DAQ_HIGH

PREOCC PURGE ENBL IAQ Preoccupancy Purge Yes/N o Yes IAQPURGE

PURGE POS @ MAX IAQ Purge Pos at Max IDF 0 to 100 % 40 IAQPMAX

PREOCC LOW LIMIT Preocc Purge Lockout OAT 0to70 °F 50 IAQP_LA

PREOCC PURGE TIME Preocc Purge Duration 5 to 120 min 15 IAQPTIME

A Q D I F HI --- I A Q O V R AQ Diff High IAQOVERRIDE 0 to 5000 PPM 700 AQD_HIGH

A Q D I F LO --- I A Q O V R AQ Diff Low --- IAQ OVERRIDE 0 to 5000 PPM 100 AQD_LOW

IAQ OVRRD ENABLE IAQ override enable Yes / No enum No IAQOVREN

ALARM RELAY Alarm Relay Configurations Menu

ALM RELAY CHANNEL ALM Relay Assigned Chan 0=NONE,

THERMOSTAT ALERTS Thermostat Alerts Yes /N o Yes TSTAT_AL

HARDWARE ALERTS Hardware failures Alerts Ye s /N o Yes HW_AL

SAT/RAT ALERTS SAT/RAT Sensor Alerts Yes/ No Yes SATRAT AL

OAT SENSOR ALERTS OAT Thermistor Alerts Ye s /N o Yes OATRL_AL

SPACE SENS ALERTS Space Sensors Alerts Yes/ No Yes SP ACE_AL

TRANSDUCER ALERTS Transducer Sensor Alerts Yes/ No Yes TRANS_AL

RH SENSOR ALERTS RH sensor failure Alert Yes /N o Yes RHS_AL

CO2 SENSOR ALERTS Air Quality CO2 Alerts Yes/ No Yes CO2S_AL

OACFM SENS ALERTS OACFM Alarm Relay Yes /N o Yes OACFM_AL

ECONOMIZER ALERTS Economizer Alerts Ye s /N o Yes ECON_AL

AIRFILTERALERTS Dirty Filter Alerts Yes /N o Yes FILT_AL

GEN STATUS ALERTS General Status Alerts Yes/N o Yes GENS_AL

REFRIG CIR ALERTS Refrig Circuit Alerts Yes /No Yes CKT_AL

COMPRESSOR ALERTS Compressor Alerts Ye s/ No Yes COMP_AL

HEATING ALERTS Heating failure Alerts Yes/N o Yes HEAT_AL

INDOOR FAN ALERTS Indoor Fan Alerts Ye s/ No Ye s FAN_ AL

VFD ALERTS VFD Alerts Ye s/N o Yes VFD_AL

IO BOARD ALERTS Relay On Active IOBA Ye s/ No No IOBFA_AL

ON ACTIVE FAULTS Relay on Active Faults Ye s/ N o Yes FAULT_AL

NEW HARDWARE Quick Menu for New Hardware

UNIT CONTROL TYPE Unit Control Type 0=TSTAT,

ECON INSTALLED? Economizer Installed? Ye s/N o No: no FIOP

SPRH SENS CHANNEL SPRH Assigned Channel 0=None,

IAQ SENSOR CHAN IAQ Assigne d Channel 0=None,

OAQ SENSOR CHAN OAQ Assigned Channel 0=None,

OARH SENSOR CHAN OARH Assigned Cha nnel 0=None,

RARH SENS CHANNEL RARH Assigned Channel 0=None,

1=DCV,
2=IAQ OVRD,
3=CTRL MINP

1=MBB RLY11,
2=MBB RLY06

1=SPACE SEN,
2=RAT SEN

1=MBB AI06,
2=MBB AI07,
3=MBB AI08,
4=SIOB Ai10

1=MBB AI06,
2=MBB AI07,
3=MBB AI08

1=MBB AI06,
2=MBB AI07,
3=MBB AI08

1=MBB AI06,
2=MBB AI07,
3=MBB AI08

1=MBB AI06,
2=MBB AI07,
3=MBB AI08

0: no FIOP
1: FIOP

1=MBB RLY11 ALM_CHAN

0=TSTAT CTRLTYPE

Yes : FIO P

0=None SPRHCHAN

1: no FIOP
0: FIOP

0=None OAQ_CHAN

3: no FIOP
0: FIOP

0=None RARHCHAN

IAQANCFG

ECONO

IAQ_CHAN

OARHCHAN

85

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)

Display Text Expanded Text Range Units Default Point

NEW HARDWARE (cont) Quick Menu for New Hardware

OACFM SENS CHANNEL OACFM Assigned Channel 0=None,

FIRE SHUTDOWN SW Fire Shutdown Switch 0=NORM OPEN,

FILTER SW CHANNEL Filter Status Sw Channel 0=None,

REMOTE OCC CHAN Remote Occupancy Channel 0=None,

REM.SHUTDOWN CHAN Remote Shutdown Channel 0=None,

COFS CHANNEL COFS Assigned Channel 0=None,

GEN STATUS CHAN G eneral Status Channel 0=None,

ENTHALPY SW CHAN Enthalpy Sw Channel 0=None,

SIOB1 INSTALLED SIOB 1 Enabled Yes /No No for all except

NETWORK SETTINGS Building Network Configurations Menu

BAS PROTOCOL BAS Protocol Select 0=NO NE,

NETWORK TIMEOUT Network Input Timeout 0 to 600 min 30 NETINTO

CCN CCN Network Configuration Menu

BUS NUMBER CCN Bus Number 0 to 239 0 CCNBUS

CCN ELEMENT # CCN Element Number 1 to 239 1 CCNADD

CCN BAUDRATE CCN Baud Rate 0=9600,

BROADCAST ACK? CCN Broadcast Ack’er Yes /N o No CCNBCACK

BROADCAST SCHEDL? Global Schedule Broadcst Yes /N o No CCN_GSBC

BROADCAST TIME? CCN Time Broadcast Yes/N o No CCNBC

BROADCAST OAT? Broadcast OAT On Network Ye s/N o No OATBC

BROADCAST OARH? Broadcast OARH On Netwrk Ye s/ No No OARHBC

BROADCAST OAQ? Broadcast OAQ On Network Ye s/N o No OAQBC

BROADCAST IAQ? Broadcast IAQ On Network Yes/ No No IAQBC

LOCATIO N Device Location text string <blank> DEV_LOC

REFERENCE NUMBER Reference number text string <blank> REF_NUM

BACNET BACnet network configuration menu

MAC ADDRESS BACnet Device Macaddress 1 to 127 01 BAC_MAC

BACNET BAUDRATE BACnet BMS baud rate 0=9600,

AUTO ID SCHEME ALC Auto Id Scheme Ye s/N o Yes AUID

BACNET AUTO ID BACnet ID Auto ID Yes / No Yes BAC_AUID

BACNET ID BACnet ID Number 0 to 4194302 1610101 BAC_ID

LINKAGE SET TINGS LINKAGE SETTINGS MENU

1=MBB AI06,
2=MBB AI07,
3=MBB AI08,
4=SIOB Ai10

1=NORM CLSD,
2=NO SWITCH

1=MBB DI12,
2=MBB DI13,
3=MBB DI14,
4=MBB DI02,
5=MBB DI04

1=MBB DI12,
2=MBB DI13,
3=MBB DI14,
4=MBB DI02,
5=MBB DI04

1=MBB DI12,
2=MBB DI13,
3=MBB DI14,
4=MBB DI02,
5=MBB DI04

1=MBB DI12,
2=MBB DI13,
3=MBB DI14,
4=MBB DI02,
5=MBB DI04

1=MBB DI12,
2=MBB DI13,
3=MBB DI14,
4=MBB DI02,
5=MBB DI04

1=MBB DI12,
2=MBB DI13,
3=MBB DI14,
4=MBB DI02,
5=MBB DI04

1=CCN,
2=BACNET

1=19200,
2=38400

1=19200,
2=38400,
3=57600,
4=76800,
5=115200

x 0=NONE BMS_CFG

0=None OCFMCHAN

2: no FIOP
0: FIOP

0=None FILTCHAN

0=None RMOCCHAN

0=None ROFFCHAN

0=None COFSCHAN

0=None GEN_CHAN

0=None ENTHCHAN

Humidimizer units

2=38400 BAUDENUM

4=76800 BAC_BAUD

FIRE_CFG

SIOB1_EN

86

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)

Display Text Expanded Text Range Units Default Point

NETWORK SETTINGS (cont) Building Network Configurations Menu

DEVICE IAQ BACnet device for IAQ 0 to 4194303 1610100 DEVIAQ

OBJECT ID IAQ Object instance for IAQ 0 to 9999 1009 OBJIAQ

COV IAQ Change of value for IAQ 0to60 0 COVIAQ

DEVICE OAQ BACnet device for OAQ 0 to 4194303 1610100 DEVOAQ

OBJECT ID OAQ Object instance for OAQ 0 to 9999 285 OBJOAQ

COV OAQ Change of value for OAQ 0to60 0 COVOAQ

DEVICE OARH BACnet device for OARH 0 to 4194303 1610100 DEVOARH

OBJECT ID OARH Object instance for OARH 0 to 9999 1022 OBJOARH

COV OARH Change of value for OARH 0to60 0 COVOARH

DEVICE OAT BACnet device for OAT 0 to 4194303 1610100 DEVOAT

OBJECT ID OAT Object instance for OAT 0 t o 9999 1003 OBJOAT

COV OAT Change of value for OAT 0to60 0 COVOAT

DEVICE RARH BACnet device for RARH 0 to 4194303 1610100 DEVRARH

OBJECT ID RARH Object instance for RARH 0 to 9999 30 OBJRARH

COV RARH Change of value for RARH 0to60 0 COVRARH

DEVICE RAT BACnet device for RAT 0 to 4194303 1610100 DEVRAT

OBJECT ID RAT Object instance for RAT 0 to 9999 1010 OBJRAT

COV RAT Change of value for RAT 0to60 0 COVRAT

DEVICE SPT BACnet device for SPT 0 to 4194303 1610100 DEVSPT

OBJECT ID SPT Object instance for SPT 0 to 9999 2007 OBJSPT

COV SPT Change of value for SPT 0to60 0 COVSPT

LOCAL_SHEDL_ EDIT Allow Local Sched Edit Yes /N o enum No LCL_EDIT

SYSTEM TOUCH System Touch Menu

DEVICE INSTANCE System Touch Device Inst 0 to 4194303 160099 DEVST

POLLING RATE System Touch Poll Rate 10 to 60 10 POLLST

SPACE TEMP AI Sy stem Touch AI for SPT 0 to 9999 1 AISTSPT

SPACE RH AI System Touch AI for SPRH 0 t o 9999 4 AISTSPRH

ZS SENSOR CFG ZS Sensor Configuration

ZS1 ADDRESS Zo ne Sensor 1 Address 0 to 255 255 ZSADDR1

ZS2 ADDRESS Zo ne Sensor 2 Address 0 to 255 255 ZSADDR2

ZS3 ADDRESS Zo ne sensor 3 address 0 t o 255 255 ZSADDR3

ZS4 ADDRESS Zo ne sensor 4 address 0 t o 255 255 ZSADDR4

ZS5 ADDRESS Zo ne sensor 5 address 0 t o 255 255 ZSADDR5

ZS POLL RATE Zone sensor poll rate 1 to 100 sec 5 ZSPOLLRT

ZS UNIT Zone sensor unit 0=degrees F 0=degrees F ZSUNIT

ZSFRCUNOCENBL ZS Force Unoccup enable No No ZSFUNEN

ZSFRCUNOCDELAY ZS Force unocc wt delay No No ZSFUNWT

ZS TLO CONT ENBL ZS TLO Cont Enable No No ZSTLOEN

TLO SET DURING OC ZS TLO set during occ No No ZSTLSOC

ZS UI MODE Zone senso r UI Mode 1=Dual Offsets 1=Dual Offsets ZSUIM

NETWORK CHKLIST NETWORK SETUP CHECKLIST 0=Undone,

DISPLAY SETTINGS User Display Configurations Menu

METRIC DISPLAY Metric Display Yes /N o No DISPUNIT

LANGUAGE Display Language Select 0=English 0=English LANGUAGE

CONTRAST ADJUST LCD Contrast Adjustment 1to10 5 LCD_ CONT

PAS SW ORD ENABL E? User Password Protectio n Enable/Disable Enable PASS_ EB L

VIEW USER PASSWORD View User Password Menu

CHANGE USER PASSWORD Change User Password Menu

QUICK SETUP CONFIG QUICK SETUP CONFIG MENU

TIME Clock Hour and Minute xx:xx hh.mm 0 TIME

DATE Current Date MM/DD/YYYY 0 DATE

STARTUP DELAY Unit Startup Delay 10 to 600 sec 30 STARTDLY

UNIT CONTROL TYPE Unit Control Type 0=TSTAT,

THERMOSTAT TYPE Thermostat Hardware Type 0=CONV 2C2H,

DIRTY FILTER TIME Change Filter Timer 0 to 9999 hours 600 FILTLIFE

VENT IDF SPEED Ventilation Only IDF Spd 0 to 100 % 50 (sizes 04--- 06)

1=Perfom,
2=Done

1=SPACE SEN,
2=RAT SEN

1=DIGI 2C2H,
2=CONV 3C2H,
3=DIGI 3C2H
4=DIGI 2C2H

0=Undone CHK_NET

0=TSTAT CTRLTYPE

2=CONV 3C2H STATTYPE

67 (sizes 07 --- 12)
53 (sizes 14 or 20)
56 (size 17)
52 (size 24)
60 (size 26)

FSPDVENT

87

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Settings Main Menu Layout (cont)

Display Text Expanded Text Range Units Default Point

QUICK SETUP CONFIG (cont) Building Network Configurations Menu

HEATING STAGE QTY Number o f Heating Stages 0to2 2 (all except below):

ECON INSTALLED? Economizer Installed? Ye s/ No No: no FIOP

FREE COOL MAX OAT Free Cooling Max OAT 0to90 °F 65 MAXFREET

FIRE SHUTDOWN SW Fire Shutdown Switch 0=NORM OPEN,

QUICK SET CHKLIST QUICK SETUP CHECKLIST 0=Undone,

1=NORM CLSD,
2=NO SWITCH

1=Perfom,
2=Done

0(50serieswithout
FIOP heat),
1 (50 series, sizes 04-- -06
low or medium heat),
1 (50 series, sizes
07--- 14 and low heat),
1 (50 series, sizes
07--- 12 and medium
heat)

Yes : FIO P

2: no FIOP
0: FIOP

0=Undone CHK_QUIK

Alerts/Faults Main Menu Layout

Display Text Expanded Text Values Write Status Point

ALERTS/FAULTS Alerts/Faults Menu

ACTIVE FAULTS Active Faults Menu

ACTIVE ALERTS Active Alerts Menu

HISTORY History Of Faults And Alerts Menu

RESET FAULT/ALERT Reset All Current Alarms Ye s/ No Command ALRESET

NUMHSTGS

ECONO

FIRE_CFG

88

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Service Main Menu Layout

Display Text Expanded Text Values Units Write Status Point

SERVICE Service Menu

UNIT TESTS Unit Tests Menu

TEST MODE ServiceTestModeEnable On/Off Command

SERVICE TEST Service Test Menu

INDEPENDENTS INDEPENDENT TEST MENU

ECON POS TEST Economizer Position Test 0 to 100 % Command S_DAMPER

BUMP COMP A1 TEST Compressor Bump A1 Test On/Off On/Off Command S_BMPA1

BUMP COMP A2 TEST Compressor Bump A2 Test On/Off On/Off Command S_BMPA2

LIQ DIVERT A TEST LiqDivertrValveRelayTest On/Off On/Off Command S_ LDV_A

REHEAT A TEST ReheatDischgValveRelayT est On/Off On/Off Command S_RDV_A

R E H E A T L V --- A TE S T Reheat Liq Valv Rly Test On/Off On/Off Command S_RLV_A

COOLING LV--- A TEST Cooling Liq Valv Test On/Off On/Off Command S_CLV_A

CCH RELAY 1 TEST Crankcase Heater 1 test On/Off On/Off Command S_CCHR1

ALARM RELAY TEST Alarm Output Relay Test On/Off On/Off Command S_ALARM

PE1 RELAY TEST Po wer Exhaust 1 Test On/Off On/Off Command S_PE_ 1

PE2 RELAY TEST Po wer Exhaust 2 Test On/Off On/Off Command S_PE_ 2

FAN TESTS Indoor and Outdoor Fan tests Menu

IDF SPEED TEST Indoor Fan Speed Test 0 to 100 % Command S_IDFSPD

ALL ODF SPD TEST System ODF speed test 0 to 1200 rpm Command S_ODFSPD

ODF 1 SPEED TEST Outdoor Fan 1 speed test 0 to 1200 rpm Command S_ODF SP1

ODF 2 SPEED TEST Outdoor Fan 2 speed test 0 to 1200 rpm Command S_ODF SP2

ODF 3 SPEED TEST Outdoor Fan 3 speed test 0 to 1200 rpm Command S_ODF SP3

IDF MANUAL TRANS IDF Manual Transitio n Ye s/ No Command S_IDFTRN

ODF MANUAL TRANS ODF Manua l Transition Yes/N o Command S_ODF TRN

COOL TESTS Cooling Test Menu

COOL A1 TEST Cooling W/Comp.A1 Test On/Off Command S_COOLA1

COOL A2 TEST Cooling W/Comp.A2 Test On/Off Command S_COOLA2

IDF SPEED TEST Indoor Fan Speed Test 0 to 100 % Command S_IDFSPD

ALL ODF SPD TEST System ODF speed test 0 to 1200 rpm Command S_ODFSPD

HUMIDIMIZER TEST HumidiMizer Level 0=Off,

HEAT TESTS Heating Test Menu

HEAT 1 TEST Heating Stage 1 Test On/Off Command S_HEAT1

HEAT 2 TEST Heating Stage 2 Test On/Off Command S_HEAT2

IDF SPEED TEST Indoor Fan Speed Test 0 to 100 % Command S_IDFSPD

AUTOMATIC TEST Automatic Test Menu

AUTO INDP TEST AUTO INDEPENDENT TEST Ye s/ N o Command AUTOINDP

AUTO COOL TEST RUN AUTO COOLING TEST Yes /No Command AUTOCOOL

AUTO HEAT TEST RUN AUTO H EATING TEST Yes /No Command AUTOHEAT

AUTO SYSTEM TEST RUN AUTO SYSTEM TEST Yes/ No Command AUTOSYS

UNIT INFORMATION Unit Information Menu

MODEL # Equipment Model number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx Command EQ_ MOD

SERIAL # Equipment Serial number xxxxxxxxxx Command EQ_SER

ENTER MODEL NUMBER Edit Equipment Model Number

VERSIONS Versions Menu

SOFTWARE Application SW Version CESR131651---xx--- xx FW_CESR

VFD VFD1 SW Version FW VERSION--- x.xx VFD1_SW

IO BOARD SIOB1 SW Version SIOB1 SW VERSION - -- x.xx SIOB1_SW

BOOTLOADER Bootloader SW Version CESR131659--- xx--- xx BL_CESR

USER MEASURED DATA User Measured Data Menu

SUPPLY VOLTAGE L1 Supply Voltage Leg 1 0 to 700.0 volt Command L1VOLTS

SUPPLY VOLTAGE L2 Supply Voltage Leg 2 0 to 700.0 volt Command L2VOLTS

SUPPLY VOLTAGE L3 Supply Voltage Leg 3 0 to 700.0 volt Command L3VOLTS

COMP A1 AMPS L1 Comp A1 Amps Leg 1 0 to 100.0 amps Command CA1L1_A

COMP A1 AMPS L2 Comp A1 Amps Leg 2 0 to 100.0 amps Command CA1L2_A

COMP A1 AMPS L3 Comp A1 Amps Leg 3 0 to 100.0 amps Command CA1L3_A

COMP A2 AMPS L1 Comp A2 Amps Leg 1 0 to 100.0 amps Command CA2L1_A

COMP A2 AMPS L2 Comp A2 Amps Leg 2 0 to 100.0 amps Command CA2L2_A

COMP A2 AMPS L3 Comp A2 Amps Leg 3 0 to 100.0 amps Command CA2L3_A

E.HEAT AMPS L1 Elec. Heat Amps Leg 1 0 to 100.0 amps Command EHTL1_A

E.HEAT AMPS L2 Elec. Heat Amps Leg 2 0 to 100.0 amps Command EHTL2_A

E.HEAT AMPS L3 Elec. Heat Amps Leg 3 0 to 100.0 amps Command EHTL3_A

GAS SUPPLY TYPE Gas Supply Type 0=NATURAL,

GAS INLET PRESS Gas Inlet Pressure 0 to 20.0 in.wc Command GASPRESS

STAGE 1 GAS PRESS Stage 1 Gas Pressure 0 to 20.0 in.wc Command HT1PRESS

STAGE 2 GAS PRESS Stage 2 Gas Pressure 0 to 20.0 in.wc Command HT2PRESS

CONTINUE? Start Diag Report Yes /No Command GO_DIAG

1=Subcool,
2=Reheat

1=LP

Command S_HMZLEV

Command GASTYPE

89

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Service Main Menu Layout (cont)

Display Text Expanded Text Values Units Write Status Point

RUN HOURS & CYCLES Run Hours & Cycles Menu

RUN HOURS DATA MENU Run hours menu

COMP A1 RUN HOURS Compressor A1 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_A1

COMP A2 RUN HOURS Compressor A2 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_A2

ALM RELAY HOURS Alarm Relay Run H ours xxxxxx.x hours HR_ALM

CCH RELAY HOURS CCH1 Relay Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_CCHR1

ECON RUN HOURS Econ Damper Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_DAMP

FULL LOAD HOURS Unit Full Load Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_FLOAD

FREE COOL HOURS Free Cooling Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_FREEC

HEAT 1 RUN HOURS Heat Stage 1 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_HTR_1

HEAT 2 RUN HOURS Heat Stage 2 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_HTR_2

IDF RUN HOURS Indoor Fan Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_IDF

LDV_A RELAY HOURS LDV_A Run Ho urs xxxxxx.x hours HR_LDV_A

MAX IDF RUN HOURS Max Fan Speed Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_MAXF

ODF1 OUTPUT HOURS ODF Spd Sig 1 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_ODF1

ODF2 OUTPUT HOURS ODF Spd Sig 2 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_ODF2

ODF3 OUTPUT HOURS ODF Spd Sig 3 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_ODF3

PE1 RELAY HOURS Power Exhaust1 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_PE_1

PE2 RELAY HOURS Power Exhaust2 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_PE_2

RDV_A RELAY HOURS RDV_ A Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_RDV_A

SUBCOOLING HOURS Reheat level 1 Run Hrs xxxxxx.x hours HR_RQHL1

HOT GAS RH HOURS Reheat level 2 Run Hrs xxxxxx.x hours HR_RQHL2

TEST MODE HOURS Service Test Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_STEST

VENT IDF H OURS Vent IDF Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_VENTF

START COUNT DATA MENU Start Counts menu

COMP A1 STARTS Compressor A1 Starts xxxxxx ST_A1

COMP A2 STARTS Compressor A2 Starts xxxxxx ST_A2

ALM RELAY STARTS Alarm Relay Starts xxxxxx ST_ALM

ALM RESET COUNTS Alarm Reset Counts xxxxxx ST_ALRST

CCH RELAY STARTS CCH1 Relay Starts xxxxxx ST_CCH R1

DAMPER STARTS Economizer Damper Starts xxxxxx ST_DAMP

FULL LOAD STARTS Unit Full Load Starts xxxxxx ST_FLOAD

FREE COOL STARTS Free Cooling Starts xxxxxx ST_FREEC

HEAT 1 STARTS Heat Stage 1 Starts xxxxxx ST_HTR_1

HEAT 2 STARTS Heat Stage 2 Starts xxxxxx ST_HTR_2

IDF STARTS Indoor Fan Starts xxxxxx ST_ IDF

LDV A STARTS LDV_A Starts xxxxxx ST_LDV_A

MAX IDF SPD START Max IDF Speed St arts xxxxxx ST_MAXF

ODF OUT 1 STARTS ODF Spd Signal 1 Starts xxxxxx ST_ ODF1

ODF OUT 2 STARTS ODF Spd Signal 2 Starts xxxxxx ST_ ODF2

ODF OUT 3 STARTS ODF Spd Signal 3 Starts xxxxxx ST_ ODF3

RDV A STARTS RDV_A Starts xxxxxx ST_RDV_A

SUBCOOL STARTS Reheat level 1 Starts xxxxxx ST_RQHL1

HOT GAS RH STARTS Reheat level 2 Starts xxxxxx ST_RQHL2

PE1 RELAY STARTS Po wer Exh aust 1 S tarts xxxxxx ST_PE_1

PE2 RELAY STARTS Po wer Exh aust 2 S tarts xxxxxx ST_PE_2

POR COUNT Power Cycle Count s xxxxxx ST_POR

TEST MODE STARTS Service Test Starts xxxxxx ST_STEST

VENT FAN STARTS Ventilation Fan Starts xxxxxx ST_VENTF

RESET COUNTS MENU Reset Count s menu

COMP A1 RESET QTY Comp A1 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_A1

COMP A2 RESET QTY Comp A2 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_A2

ALMRLYRESETQTY Alarm Relay Resets Count xxxxxx RS_ALM

ALM RESET RESETS Alarm Reset Resets Count xxxxxx RS_ALRST

CCH RELAY RESETS CCH1 Relay Resets Count xxxxxx RS_CCHR1

DAMPER RESET QTY Econ Damper Resets Count xxxxxx RS_DAMP

FULL LOAD RESETS Full Load Resets Count xxxxxx RS_FLOAD

FREE COOL RESETS Free Cooling Reset Count xxxxxx RS_FREEC

HEAT 1 RESET QTY Heat Stage 1 Reset Count xxxxxx RS_HTR_1

HEAT 2 RESET QTY Heat Stage 2 Reset Count xxxxxx RS_HTR_2

IDF RESET QTY Indoor Fan Reset Count xxxxxx RS_IDF

LDV A RESET QTY xxxxxx RS_LDV_A

MAX IDF RESET QTY Max IDF Spd Resets Count xxxxxx RS_MAXF

ODF1 OUT RESETS ODF Signal1 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_ODF1

ODF2 OUT RESETS ODF Signal2 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_ODF2

90

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Service Main Menu Layout (cont)

Display Text Expanded Text Values Units Write Status Point

RESET COUNTS MENU (cont) Reset Counts menu

ODF3 OUT RESETS ODF Signal3 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_ODF3

PE1 RESET QTY P.Exhaust 1 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_PE_1

PE2 RESET QTY P.Exhaust 2 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_PE_2

POR RESET QTY Power Cy cle Resets Count xxxxxx RS_POR

RDV A RESET QTY rdv_a Resets Count xxxxxx RS_RDV_A

SUBCOOL RESET QTY Reheat lev 1 Rst Count xxxxxx RS_RQHL1

HGRH RESET QTY Reheat le v 2 Rse Count xxxxxx RS_RQHL2

TEST MODE RESETS Service Test Reset Count xxxxxx RS_STEST

VENT IDF RESETS Vent IDF Resets Count xxxxxx RS_VENTF

POWER RESET HISTORY Power On Reset History Menu

POWRES00 Power Reset Event 00 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES00

POWRES01 Power Reset Event 01 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES01

POWRES02 Power Reset Event 02 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES02

POWRES03 Power Reset Event 03 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES03

POWRES04 Power Reset Event 04 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES04

POWRES05 Power Reset Event 05 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES05

POWRES06 Power Reset Event 06 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES06

POWRES07 Power Reset Event 07 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES07

POWRES08 Power Reset Event 08 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES08

POWRES09 Power Reset Event 09 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss POWRES09

ALARM RESET HISTORY Alarm Reset History Menu

ALMRES00 Alarm Reset Event 00 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES00

ALMRES01 Alarm Reset Event 01 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES01

ALMRES02 Alarm Reset Event 02 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES02

ALMRES03 Alarm Reset Event 03 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES03

ALMRES04 Alarm Reset Event 04 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES04

ALMRES05 Alarm Reset Event 05 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES05

ALMRES06 Alarm Reset Event 06 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES06

ALMRES07 Alarm Reset Event 07 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES07

ALMRES08 Alarm Reset Event 08 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES08

ALMRES09 Alarm Reset Event 09 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES09

ALMRES10 Alarm Reset Event 10 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES10

ALMRES11 Alarm Reset Event 11 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES11

ALMRES12 Alarm Reset Event 12 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES12

ALMRES13 Alarm Reset Event 13 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES13

ALMRES14 Alarm Reset Event 14 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES14

ALMRES15 Alarm Reset Event 15 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES15

ALMRES16 Alarm Reset Event 16 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES16

ALMRES17 Alarm Reset Event 17 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES17

ALMRES18 Alarm Reset Event 18 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES18

ALMRES19 Alarm Reset Event 19 mm/dd/yy, hh:mm:ss ALMRES19

91

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Service Main Menu Layout (cont)

Display Text Expanded Text Values Units Write Status Point

HARDWARE Hardware Information Menu

HARDWARE INPUTS Hardware inputs menu

OAT SENSOR VALUE Outdoor Air Temp Sensor xxx.x °F OAT_LOC

RAT SENSOR VALUE Return Air Temp Sensor xxx.x °F RAT_LOC

SPT SENSOR VALUE Space Temperature Sensor xxx.x °F SPT_LOC

SPTO SENSOR VALUE Local Space Temp Offset xxx.x Fdelta SPTO_LOC

SPRH SENSOR VALUE SPRH Sensor Value 0 to 100 °F SPRH_LOC

OARH SENSOR VALUE OARH Sensor Value 0 to 100 % OARH_LOC

RARH SENSOR VALUE RARH Sensor Value 0 to 100 % RARH_LOC

IAQ SENSOR VALUE IAQ Sensor value xxxx ppm IAQ_LOC

OAQ SENSOR VALUE OAQ Sensor Value xxxx ppm ppm OAQ_LOC

OCFM_LOC OACFM Sensor value xxx.x CFM OCFM_LOC

ASSIGNED INPUTS/OUPUTS Assigned Input/Output Channels

AI06 FUNCTION Assigned AI06 Function 0=None,

AI07 FUNCTION Assigned AI07 Function 0=None,

AI08 FUNCTION Assigned AI08 Function 0=None,

IO AI10 FUNCTION Assigned S--- AI01 Function 0=None,

DI02 FUNCTION Assigned DI02 Function 0=None,

DI04 FUNCTION Assigned DI04 Function 0=None,

DI12 FUNCTION Assigned DI12 Function 0=None,

DI13 FUNCTION Assigned DI13 Function 0=None,

DI14 FUNCTION Assigned DI14 Function 0=None,

IO DI01 FUNCTION Assigned S -- -DI01 Function 0=None,

1=IAQ,
2=OARH,
3=RARH,
4=OAQ,
5=SPRH,
6=OACFM

1=IAQ,
2=OARH,
3=RARH,
4=OAQ,
5=SPRH,
6=OACFM

1=IAQ,
2=OARH,
3=RARH,
4=OAQ,
5=SPRH,
6=OACFM

1=IAQ,
2=OARH,
3=RARH,
4=OAQ,
5=SPRH,
6=OACFM

1=COFS,
2=REMOCC,
3=REMOFF,
4=FILTER,
5=ENTHALPY,
6=GEN STAT

1=COFS,
2=REMOCC,
3=REMOFF,
4=FILTER,
5=ENTHALPY,
6=GEN STAT

1=COFS,
2=REMOCC,
3=REMOFF,
4=FILTER,
5=ENTHALPY,
6=GEN STAT

1=COFS,
2=REMOCC,
3=REMOFF,
4=FILTER,
5=ENTHALPY,
6=GEN STAT

1=COFS,
2=REMOCC,
3=REMOFF,
4=FILTER,
5=ENTHALPY,
6=GEN STAT

1=COFS,
2=REMOCC,
3=REMOFF,
4=FILTER,
5=ENTHALPY,
6=GEN STAT

92

MBBAI06F

MBBAI07F

MBBAI08F

SIOAI01F

MBBDI02F

MBBDI04F

MBBDI12F

MBBDI13F

MBBDI14F

SIODI01F

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Service Main Menu Layout (cont)

Display Text Expanded Text Values Units Write Status Point

HARDWARE INPUTS (cont) Hardware inputs menu

RELAY 06 FUNCTION Assigned Rly 06 Function 0=None,

RELAY 11 FUNCTION Assigned Rly 11 Function 0=None,

MBB PART # MBB Part Number CEPL131117--- xx --- R BD_CEPL

MBB PP MBB Program Part Number CEPP130644 --- xx ---xx--- xx--- R BD_CEPP

MBB SERIAL # Base Board serial number xxxxNxxxxxx BD_SER

CALIBRATION Calibration Menu

OATTRIMOFFSET OAT Sensor Trim Offset --- 10.0 to 10.0 °F Configurable OAT_TRIM

RAT TRIM OFFSET RAT Sensor Trim Offset --- 30.0 to 30.0 °F Configurable RAT_TRIM

FST TRIM OFFSET FST Sensor Trim Offset --- 10.0 to 10.0 °F Configurable FST_TRIM

SPTTRIMOFFSET SPT Sensor Trim Offset ---30.0 to 30.0 °F Configurable SPT_TRIM

SLIDER SEN. TRIM SPTO Senso r Offset Trim --- 1 . 0 t o 1 . 0 °F Configurable SPTOTRIM

SPRH TRIM OFFSET SPRH Sensor Offset Trim --- 15 to 15 % Configurable SPRH TRIM

IAQ TRIM OFFSET IAQ sensor trim offset --- 200 to 200 ppm Configurable IAQ_TRIM

OAQ TRIM OFFSET OAQ Sensor Trim Offset ---200 to 200 ppm Configurable OAQ_TRIM

OARH TRIM OFFSET OARH Sensor Trim Offset --- 15 to 15 % Configurable OARHTRIM

RARH TRIM OFFSET RARH Sensor Trim Offset --- 15 to 15 % Configurable RARHTRIM

CIR.A SSP TRIM Cir.A SSP Sensor Trim ---50 to 50 psig Co nfigurable SSPATRIM

CIR.A SDP TRIM Cir.A SDP Sensor Trim --- 50 to 50 psig Configurable SDPATRIM

ECO FEEDBACK TRIM Econ Fdback Trim Offset ---15 to 15 % Configurable EC1DTRIM

OACFMTRIMOFFSET OACFM sensor trim offset --- 10 to 10 CFM Configurable OCFMTRIM

COMMISSION REPORTS Commission Report Menu

SYSTEM STARTUP CHECKLIST SYSTEM STARTUP CHECKLIST MENU

QUICK SET CHKLIST QUICK SETUP CHECKLIST 0=Undone,

NETWORK CHKLIST NETWORK SETUP CHECKLIST 0=Undone,

SYSTEM AUTOTEST CheckList Auto test 0=Undone,

ADVANCED SERVICE Advanced Service Restricted Access Menu

RESTORE DEFAULTS? Restore Factory Defaults Yes/N o Command RESFDFLT

CLEAR COMPONENT DATA RESET COMPONENT DATA MENU

COMP A1 DATA Reset Compressor A1 Data Yes /No Command CR_A1

COMP A2 DATA Reset Compressor A2 Data Yes /No Command CR_A2

ALARM RELAY DATA Reset Alarm Relay Dat a Ye s /N o Command CR_ALM

ALARM RESET DATA Reset Alarm Resets Dat a Yes /No Command CR_ALRST

CCH RELAY DATA Reset CCH1 Relay Data Yes /No Command CR_CCHR1

ECON DAMPER DATA Reset Econ Damper Data Yes /N o Command CR_DAMP

FULL LOAD DATA Reset Full Load Data Yes / No Command CR_FLOAD

FREE COOL DATA Reset Free Cooling Data Ye s/ N o Comma nd CR_FREEC

HEAT 1 D ATA ResetHeatStage1Data Yes/ No Command CR_HTR_1

HEAT 2 D ATA ResetHeatStage2Data Yes/ No Command CR_HTR_2

IDF RUN DATA Reset Indoor Fan Data Ye s/N o Command CR_IDF

IDF MAX SPD DATA Reset Max Fan Speed Data Yes/ No Command CR_MAXF

ODF1 OUTPUT DATA Reset ODF Spd Sig 1 Data Yes/ No Command CR_ODF1

ODF2 OUTPUT DATA Reset ODF Spd Sig 2 Data Yes/ No Command CR_ODF2

ODF3 OUTPUT DATA Reset ODF Spd Sig 3 Data Yes/ No Command CR_ODF3

PE1 RELAY DATA Reset Pwr Exhaust 1 Dat a Yes /N o Command CR_PE_1

PE2 RELAY DATA Reset Pwr Exhaust 2 Dat a Yes /N o Command CR_PE_2

POWER RESET DATA Reset Power Resets Data Ye s/ No Command CR_POR

TEST MODE DATA Reset Service Test Data Yes /No Command CR_STEST

VENT IDF DATA ResetVentIDFData Yes/ No Command CR_VENTF

INPUTS Inputs Menu

TEMPERATURES Temperatures Menu

SUPPLY AIR TEMP Supply Air Temperature xxx..x °F SAT

OUTDOOR AIR TEMP Outdoor Air Temperature xxx.x °F Forcible OAT

RETURN AIR TEMP Return Air Temperature xxx.x °F Forcible RAT

SPACE TEMPERATURE Space Temperature xxx.x °F Forcible SPACE_T

SLIDER OFFSET VAL Space Temperature Offset xx.x °F Forcible SPTO

CIR.A SUC TEMP Cir.A Sat.Suction Temp xxx.x °F SST_A

1=ALM Relay,
2=PE1,
3=PE2

1=ALM Relay,
2=PE1,
3=PE2

1=Perfom,
2=Done

1=Perfom,
2=Done

1=Perfom,
2=Done

93

Configurable CHK_QUIK

Configurable CHK_NET

Configurable CHK_ATST

MBBRY06F

MBBRY11F

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Inputs Main Menu Layout

Display Text Expanded Text Values Units Write Status Point

TEMPERATURES (cont) Temperatures Menu

CIR.A DIS. TEMP Cir.A Sat.Discharge Temp xxx.x °F SDT_A

FAN SUPPLY TEMP Fan Supply Air Temp xxx.x °F FST

PRESSURES Pressures Menu

CIR.A SUC. PRESS Cir.A Suction Pressure xxx.x psig SSP_A

CIR.A DIS. PRESS Cir.A Discharge Pressure xxx.x psig SDP_ A

CIR.A PRESS RATIO Circuit A Pressure Ratio xx.xx CIRA_PR

BAROMETRIC PRESS Barometric Pressure xx.xx in.Hg For cible BARP

THERMOSTAT Thermostat Inputs menu

TSTAT G INPUT Thermostat G Input On/Off Forcib le G

TSTAT Y1 INPUT Thermostat Y1 Input On/Off Forcible Y1

TSTAT Y2 INPUT Thermostat Y2 Input On/Off Forcible Y2

TSTAT Y3 INPUT Thermostat Y3 Input On/Off Forcible Y3

TSTAT W1 INPUT Thermostat W1 Input On/Off Fo rcible W1

TSTAT W2 INPUT Thermostat W2 Input On/Off Fo rcible W2

SWITCH INPUTS Switch Inputs Menu

IGC FAN REQUEST IGC Fan On Request (IFO) On/Off IGC_IFO

CIR.A HPS Cir.A High Pressure Sw Open/Close CIRA_HPS

HUMIDISTAT Humidistat I/P On/Off Forc ible HUMDSTAT

FIRE SHUTDOWN Fire Shutdown Switch Alarm/Normal Forcible FIREDOWN

COFS COFS Switch St ate High/Low Fo rcible COFS

FILTER STATUS SW Filter Status Sw itch Dirty/Clean Forci ble FILTSTAT

REMOTE OCC SWITCH Remote Occupancy Switch On/Off Fo rcible REMOCC

REMOTE SHUTDOWN Remote Shutdown Switch On/Off Forcible REMSHUT

GENERAL STATUS SW General Status Switch Alarm/Normal Forcible GENSTAT

ENTHALPY SWITCH Enthalpy Switch High/Low Fo rcible ENTH_SW

ANALOG INPUTS ANALOG Inputs Menu

ECON ACT POSITION Econo Actual Position 0 to 100 % DAMPPOS

SPRH LEVEL Space RH 0 to 100 % Forcible SPRH

OARH LEVEL OA Relative Humidity 0 to 100 % Forcible OARH

RARH LEVEL RA Relative Humidity 0 t o 100 % Forcible RARH

IAQ LEVEL Indoor Air Quality Level xxxx ppm Forcible IAQ

OAQ LEVEL OA Quality Level xxxx ppm Forcible OAQ

OUTDOOR AIR CFM Outdoor Air in CFM xxx.x cfm Forcible OACFM

GENERAL INPUTS General Inputs Me nu

FILTER TIME LEFT Filter hour rema ining xxxx hours FILTLEFT

RESET FILTER TIME Reset Filter Timer Yes /No Command RESETFLT

OUTDOOR ENTHALPY Outdoor Air Enthalpy xxx.x Btu/lb Forcible OA_ENTH

RETURN ENTHALPY Return Air Enthalpy xxx.x Btu/lb Forcible RA_ENTH

DIFF AIR QUALITY Differential Air Quality xxxx PPM AQ_DIFF

INDOOR FAN VFD DATA Indoor Fan VFD Data

IDF VFD RUN HOURS IDF VFD Moto r Run Hours xxxxxxxx hrs VFDMHOUR

IDF VFD KW HOURS IDF VFD Cumulative kWh xxxxx kWh KWHCNTR

VFD REF SPEED IDF VFD Reference Speed 0 to 1000 % REFSPEED

VFD STATUS WORD IDF VFD Status Word xxxxxxxx VFD1 STSW

IDF VFD FEEDBACK IDF VFD Actual Speed % xxxxx % MAV

VFD OUTPUT KW IDF VFD Output Power kW 0 to 1000 kW OUTPWRKW

VFD OUTPUT HP IDF VFD Output Power hp 0 t o 1000 HP OUTPWRHP

VFD OUTPUT VOLTS IDF VFD Output Voltage xxxxx volts OUTMVOLT

VFD OUTPUT FREQ IDF VFD Output Freq. xxxxx.x Hz OUTMFREQ

VFD OUTPUT AMPS IDF VFD Output Amps xxx.xx amps OUTMCUR

IDF VFD DC VOLTS IDF VFD DC Bus Voltage xxx volts DCLNVOLT

IDF VFD HSNK TEMP IDF VFD Heatsink Temp xxx.x _F HTSINKT

IDF VFD ALM WORD IDF VFD Alarm Word xxxxxxxx ALMERRC

94

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Inputs Main Menu Layout (cont)

Display Text Expanded Text Values Units Write Status Point

GENERAL INP UTS (cont) General Inputs Menu

VFD FAULT DETAIL IDF VFD Fault Detail 0=NONE,

VFD WARN DETAIL IDF VFD Warning Detail 0=NONE,

NETWORK Network Menu

BMS OCC REQUEST BMS Occupancy Request 0=UNOCC,

LINKAGE OCC REQ Linkage Occupied Request 0=Unocc,

OAT NETWORK VALUE Network OAT Value xxx.x °F OAT_NET

RAT NETWORK VALUE Network Return Air Temp xxx.x °F RAT_NET

SPT NETWORK VAL . Netw ork Space Temp Value xxx.x °F SPT_NET

OARH NETWORK VAL. Network OARH Value 0 to 100 % OARH_NET

RARH NETWORK VAL. Netw ork RARH Value 0 to 100 % RARH_NET

IAQ NETWORK VALUE Network IAQ Value xxxx ppm IAQ_NET

OAQ NETWORK VALUE Network OAQ Value xxxx ppm OAQ_NET

OACFM NETWORK VAL Network OACFM Value xxxx cfm OCFM_NET

ZS SENSOR INFO ZS Sensor Information

ZS SPACE TEMP Zone Senso r Temp Out --- 40 to 245 °F ZSZT

ZS SPACE RH Zone Sensor Humidity Out 0 t o 100 % ZSSPRH

ZS SPOFFSET ZS Setpoint Offset Output --- 10 to 10 °Fdelta ZSSPTO

ZS OVER TIME LEFT ZS Override time remain 0 to 600 min ZSOTR

ZS TEMPERATURE ZS Space Temperature

ZS1 TEMPERATRUE Zone Sensor 1 Temp --- 40 to 245 °F ZS1ZT

ZS2 TEMPERATRUE ZS2 Temperature --- 40 to 245 °F ZS2ZT

ZS3 TEMPERATRUE ZS3 Temperature --- 40 to 245 °F ZS3ZT

ZS4 TEMPERATRUE ZS4 Temperature --- 40 to 245 °F ZS4ZT

ZS5 TEMPERATRUE ZS5 Temperature --- 40 to 245 °F ZS5ZT

ZS HUMIDITY ZS Space Humidity

ZS1 HUMIDITY ZS1 Humidity 0 t o 100 % ZS1ZHUM

ZS2 HUMIDITY ZS2 Humidity 0 t o 100 % ZS2ZHUM

ZS3 HUMIDITY ZS3 Humidity 0 t o 100 % ZS3ZHUM

ZS4 HUMIDITY ZS4 Humidity 0 t o 100 % ZS4ZHUM

ZS5 HUMIDITY ZS5 Humidity 0 t o 100 % ZS5ZHUM

ZS CSP OFFSET ZS Cool Set Point Offset

ZS1 CSP OFFSET ZS1 cool setpoint offset ---10 to 10 °Fdelta ZS1CSOFF

ZS2 CSP OFFSET ZS2 cool setpoint offset ---10 to 10 °Fdelta ZS2CSOFF

ZS3 CSP OFFSET ZS3 cool setpoint offset ---10 to 10 °Fdelta ZS3CSOFF

ZS4 CSP OFFSET ZS4 cool setpoint offset ---10 to 10 °Fdelta ZS4CSOFF

ZS5 CSP OFFSET ZS5 cool setpoint offset ---10 to 10 °Fdelta ZS5CSOFF

ZS H SP OFFSET ZS Heat Set Point Offset

ZS1 H SP OFFSET ZS1 Heat Setpoint Offset --- 10 to 10 °Fdelta ZS1HSOFF

ZS2 H SP OFFSET ZS2 Heat Setpoint Offset --- 10 to 10 °Fdelta ZS2HSOFF

ZS3 H SP OFFSET ZS3 Heat Setpoint Offset --- 10 to 10 °Fdelta ZS3HSOFF

ZS4 H SP OFFSET ZS4 Heat Setpoint Offset --- 10 to 10 °Fdelta ZS4HSOFF

ZS5 H SP OFFSET ZS5 Heat Setpoint Offset --- 10 to 10 °Fdelta ZS5HSOFF

ZS OCC TIME OVER ZS Occ Timed Override

ZS1 OCC TIME OVER ZS1 Override time remaining 0 to 600 min ZS1OTR

ZS2 OCC TIME OVER ZS2 Override time remaining 0 to 600 min ZS2OTR

ZS3 OCC TIME OVER ZS3 Override time remaining 0 to 600 min ZS3OTR

ZS4 OCC TIME OVER ZS4 Override time remaining 0 to 600 min ZS4OTR

ZS5 OCC TIME OVER ZS5 Override time remaining 0 to 600 min ZS5OTR

1=PWR CARD,
2=EARTH FLT,
3=CTRL WORD,
4=OVER CURR,
5=OVER TEMP,
6=OVERLOAD,
7=UNDERVOLT,
8=OVER VOLT,
9=SHORT CIR,
10=PHASELOSS,
11=U LOSS,
12=V LOSS,
13=W LOSS,
14=CTRL VOLT,
15=VDD LOW,
16=MULTIPLE,
17=UNEXPECT

1=VOLTAGE,
2=CURRENT,
3=THERMAL,
4=MULTIPLE,
5=UNEXPECT

1=OCCUPIED,
2=DISABLED

1=Occupied,
2=Disabled

Forcible BMS_OCC

SVFDFLT

SVFDWAR

LNK_OCC

95

APPENDIX A: SystemVut Controller Display

Outputs Main Menu Layout

Display Text Expanded Text Values Units Write Status Point

OUTPUTS Outputs Menu

GENERAL OUTPUTS General Outputs Menu

IDF SPEED OUTPUT Commanded IDF Speed 0 to 100 % FANSPEED

ECON CMD POSITION Econo Commanded Position 0 to 100 % Fo rcible DAMPCMD

RHT DISCH VALVE A Reheat Dischg Valve CirA Enable/Disable RDV_A

COOLING LV A Cooling Liq Valve CirA Enable/Disable CLV_A

CCH RELAY CCH Relay 1 State On/Off CCHR1

PE1 RELAY Power Exhaust 1 Relay On/Off Forcible PE1

PE2 RELAY Power Exhaust 2 Relay On/Off Forcible PE2

ALARM RELAY Alarm Output Relay State On/Off Forci ble ALMOUT

DD IDF HI SPD RLY DD IDF high speed relay On/Off FSPDHRLY

DD IDF MD SPD RL Y DD IDF med. Speed relay On/Off FSPDMRLY

DD IDF LO SPD RLY DD IDF low speed relay On/Off FSPDLRLY

COOLING OUTPUTS Cooling Outputs Menu

COMPRESSOR A1 Circuit A Compressor 1 On/Off COMP_A1

COMPRESSOR A2 Circuit A Compressor 2 On/Off COMP_A2

COMMANDED ODF SPD Commanded ODF Speed xxxx rpm ODFSPD

ODF SPEED OUT 1 ODF Speed Signal Output1 xxxx rpm ODF1SPD

ODF SPEED OUT 2 ODF Speed Signal Output2 xxxx rpm ODF2SPD

ODF SPEED OUT 3 ODF Speed Signal Output3 xxxx rpm ODF3SPD

HEATING OUTPUTS He ating Outputs Menu

HEAT 1 RELAY Heat Stage 1 Relay On/Off HEAT_1

HEAT 2 RELAY Heat Stage 2 Relay On/Off HEAT_2

USB Main Menu Layout

Display Text Expanded Text Values Units Write Status Point

USB USB Menu

DATA ACQUISITION Data Acquisition Menu

TREND STATUS USB TREND STATUS 0=IDLE,

TREND DURATION USB TREND DURATION 0=1 MINUTE,

TREND RATE USB TREND RATE 1 to 300 Command TRNDRATE

TREND POINTS FROM USB TREND POINTS FROM 0=FILE,

TREND FROM USB FILE? TREND FROM USB FILE MENU

TREND FROM PRELIST? TREND FROM PRELIST MENU

EQUIP PERFORMANCE TREND EQUIP PERFORMANCE On/Off Command TRNDEQPR

GEN. INPUT/O UTPUT TREND G EN INPUTS/OUTPUTS On/Off Command TRNDIO

COOL PERFORMANCE TREND COOL PERFORMANCE On/Off Command TRNDCLPR

HEAT PERFORMANCE TREND HEAT PERFORMANCE On/Off Command TRNDH TPR

COOL DIAGNOSTIC TREND COOLING DIAGNOSTIC On/Off Command TRNDCLDG

IDF DIAGNOSTIC TREN D IDF DIAGNOSTIC On/Off Command TRNDIDF

VENT DIAGNOSTIC TREND VENTILATION On/Off Command TRNDVENT

TREND GO? St art USB Trending Yes/ No Command TREND_EN

SAVE CONFIGS TO FILE Save Configuration to file

SAVE CONFIGS Make Config Backup File Start/Stop Command DDBCKUP

SAVE CONFIG STATUS Backup File is ready 0=IDLE,

SAVE CONFIGS FROM FILE Save Configuration from file

FIND CONF IG FILE USB Find Restore File Yes / No Command BACKFILE

FILE TRANSFER File Transfer Menu

BACKUP SERVICE FILES BACKUP SERVICE FILES

UPGRADE SOFTWARE Upgrade Software Menu

FIND APPLICATION FILE USB search for app file Yes /N o Command APPFILE

1=TRENDING,
2=NO POINTS,
3=USB FULL

1=5 MINUTES,
2=15 MINUTES,
3=30 MINUTES,
4=1 HOUR,
5=3 HOURS,
6=8 HOURS,
7=12 HOURS,
8=1 DAYS,
9=1.5 DAYS,
10=2 DAYS,
11=3 DAYS,
12=5 DAYS,
13=1 WEEK,
14=2 WEEK,
15=4 WEEK,
16=USB FULL

1=LIST

1=SUCCESS,
2=FAILURE

Command TRNDDUR

Command TRNDPNTS

TRNDSTAT

BACKUP_R

96

APPENDIX B: SystemVut Controller Text Point Reference

SystemVu Display Name = MODE

SystemVu Text point = MODETEXT

SystemVu Numeric point = SYS_MODE

MODETEXT

OFF 1

COOL 2

HEAT 3

VENT 4

TEST 5

SystemVu Display Name = SUB ---MODE

SystemVu Text point = SU BMTEXT

SystemVu Numeric point = SUB_MODE

SUBMTEXT

NO SUBMODE 0

NO SUBMODE 1

NO COOLING 2

ECON FREE COOLING 3

UNOCC. FREE COOL 4

MECH. COOLNG 5

ECON/MECH COOLING 6

DHUMI/MECH COOLING 7

DEHUMIDIFYING 8

DEHUM PREVENTED 9

COOLING PREVENTED 10

SHUT TING COOL OFF 11

NO HEATING 12

HEATING PREVENTED 14

SHUTTING HEAT OFF 15

OA TEMPERING 16

NO VENT 17

MODE TIMEGUARD 18

SUPPLY FAN ON 19

NO TEST 20

FACTORY ACCESS 21

MANUAL TEST 22

AUTO TEST 23

SHUTTING TEST OFF 24

MODE TIMEGUARD 25

IDLE --- NO DEMAND 26

UNIT DISABLED 27

URGENT SHUTDOWN 28

SAFETY CONTROL 29

STARTING UP 30

PURGING SMOKE 31

PRESSURIZING 32

EVACUATING SMOKE 33

SYS_MODE

SUB_MODE

SystemVu Display Name = VENT MODE

SystemVu Text point = VENT TEXT

SystemVu Numeric point = VENTSTAT

VENTTEXT

SUPPLY FAN OFF 0

CIRCULATION 1

P R E --- O C C PU R G E 2

IAQ OVERRIDE 3

MINIMUM POSITION 4

UNDER VENTILATION 5

OVER VENTILATION 6

DCV POSITION 7

FREECOOL POSITION 8

TESTING 9

SystemVu Display Name = DEMAND

SystemVu Text point = SYSDMDT

SystemVu Numeric point = SYS_DMD

SYSDMDT

NO DEMAND 0

FAN ONLY 8

LOW COOL 17, 25

MED COOL 17, 25

HIGH COOL 19, 27

LOW COOL DEHUM 21, 29

MED COOL DEHUM 22, 30

HIGH COOL DEHUM 23, 31

LOW HEAT 33, 37, 41, 45

HIGH HEAT 35, 39, 43, 47

SERVICE TEST 49

FACTORY T EST 51

EMERGENCY 64

SMOKE PURGE 65

SMOKE PRESSURE 66

SMOKE EVAC 67

UFC LOW COOL 81

UFC MED COOL 82

UFC HIGH COOL 83

LOW UFC DE HUM 85

MED UFC DEHUM 86

HIGH UFC DEHUM 87

SHUTDOWN 96

SAFETY FAULT 112

VENTSTAT

SYS_DMD

97

APPENDIX C: Navigatort Display

MODE -- RUN STATUS

RUN STATUS

VIEW Auto View of Run Status

MODE Opera ting Mode see Appendix B MODETEXT

SUBM O p e r a t i n g Su b --- M o d e see Appendix B SUBMTEXT

S.DMD System Demand see Appendix B SYS_DMDT

LINK Linkage Act ive Ye s /N o YES LNK_ACT

OCC Currently Occupied Ye s/ No YES OCCUPIED

SAT Supply Air Temperature xxx..x °F SAT

COOL Cooling Status Menu

C.SPD Commanded IDF Speed xxx % FANSPEED

ACT.C Actual Cool Stage Active x ACTCSTGS

ODF.S Commanded ODF Speed xxxx rpm ODFSPD

EC.CP Econo Commanded Position xxx % YES DAMPCMD

OS.SP ODF Control SDT SP xxx.x °F ODFSDTSP

LA.ST Low Ambient Ct rl Stat us 0=Normal,

RDHL Requested Dehum Level 0to2 REQDHLEV

MECH Mech Cooling Detail Menu

OK.MC Ok to use compressors? Ye s /N o OKMECHCL

MC.ON Mechanical Cool active? Yes/ No MECHCOOL

MAX.C Max Allowed Cool Stages 0to3 YES MAXC STGS

REQ.C Requested Cooling Stages 0to3 REQCSTGS

ACT.C Actual Cool Stage Active x ACTCSTGS

ODF.S Commanded ODF Speed xxxx rpm ODFSPD

TG.A1 Compressor A1 Timeguard xxx sec TIMGD_ A1

TG.A2 Compressor A2 Timeguard xxx sec TIMGD_ A2

TG.AL cmp Loader Timeguard xxx sec TIMG_ALD

SA.TR Supply Air Temp Trend xxx.x ^F/min SATTREND

ST.A1 Compressor A1 Strikes x A1STRIKE

ST.A2 Compressor A2 Strikes x A2STRIKE

HP.OV High Pressure Override Ye s /N o HP_OVR

C.LO Circuit A Locked Out Ye s/N o CIRALOCK

LC.LO Low cooling locked out Yes/ No LC_LOCK

MC.LO Medium Cooling lockout Ye s /N o MC_LOCK

A1.AV Compressor A1 Available Ye s /N o CA1_AVAL

A1.LO Compressor A1 locked out Ye s/N o CA1_LOCK

A2.AV Compressor A2 Available Ye s /N o CA2_AVAL

A2.LO Compressor A2 locked out Ye s/N o CA2_LOCK

FC Free Cooling Detail Menu

OK.EC OKtoUseFreeCooling? Yes/ No OKFREECL

FC.ON Free Cooling active Ye s/ No FREECOOL

FCSP Free Cooling SAT Setpnt xx.x °F FC_SATSP

REQ.D Requested Damper Pos xxx % REQDAMP

ECOK Econ Damper Operational Yes/N o DAMPGOOD

E.LOC Dry Bulb Lockout Ye s/ No YES DBLOCK

EN.LO Enthalpy Lockout Yes/ No YES ENTHLOCK

OK.UF Ok to unocc Free Cool? Ye s/N o OKTOUFC

UFC Unocc Free Cool Active Ye s /N o UFC_ACT

UF.LO Unocc Free Cool Lockout Ye s/N o UNOCLOCK

DHUM Dehumidification Menu

OK.DH OK to Dehumidify? Ye s/ No OKTODHUM

OK. FB OK to fan based dehum Ye s/N o OKTOFBD

OK.HZ OK to use Humidimizer Ye s/N o ODTOHUMZ

RDHS Req Compr DehumStgs 0to3 REQDSTGS

FL.SS FBDH SST locked out Ye s /N o FBDSSTLO

FL.SA FBDH SAT Lockout Yes /No FBDSATLO

HEAT Heating Status Menu

C.SPD Commanded IDF Speed xxx % FANSPEED

IFO IGC Fan On Request (IFO) On/Off IGC_IFO

REQ.H Requested Heating Stages 0to2 REQHSTGS

ACT.H Actual Heat Stage Active x ACTHSTGS

OK.HT OK t o Run Heat Yes /No OKTOHEAT

MAX.H Max Allowed Heat Stages 0to2 YES MAXHSTGS

TG.H1 Heat Stage 1 Timeguard xxx sec TIMGD_H1

TG.H2 Heat Stage 2 Timeguard xxx sec TIMGD_H2

SA.TR Supply Air Temp Trend xxx.x ^F/min SATTREND

H.LOC All Heat Stages Lockout Ye s/ No YES ALLHTLOC

H1.AV Heat Stage 1 Available Yes/ No HT1_AVAL

H2.AV Heat Stage 2 Available Yes/ No HT2_AVAL

OK.ST OK to SupplyAirTempering Ye s /No OKTOTEMP

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNIT WRITE STATUS POINT

1=Entering,
2=Low Ambient,
3=Exiting

LACTRLST

98

APPENDIX C: Navigatort Display

MODE -- RUN ST ATUS (cont)

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNIT WRITE STATUS POINT

VENT Ventilation Status Menu

VENT Ventilation Status see Appendix B VENT TEXT

EC.MP MinPositioninEffect xxx % YES MIN_POS

EC.AP Econo Actual Position xxx % DAMPPOS

C.SPD Commanded IDF Speed xxx % FANSPEED

OCC Currently Occupied Ye s/ No YES OCCUPIED

PRE.O In Pre -- -Occupancy Purge? Yes/ No PREOCCON

FC.ON Free Cooling active Ye s/ No FREECOOL

DF.AQ Differential Air Quality xxxx PPM AQ_DIFF

OK.PG Ok to Preoccupancy Purge Yes/ No OKPREOCC

I.OV Is IAQ Override Active? Ye s/ No YES IAQ_OVRD

IO.SS IAQ override SW state Ye s /N o YES IAQ_OVRS

DCV.O IAQ DCV Curve Offset 0 to 100 IAQ_OFFS

I.FAN Indoor Fan Status Menu

C.SPD Commanded IDF Speed 0 to 100 % FANSPEED

F. O V R IDF Speed Override Flag On/Off FAN_O VRD

F. B A D IDF Operation Errors? Ye s/ No IDFBAD

F. R E D IDF Speed Reduction On Ye s/ No FANRED10

GEN General Status Of Menu

FT.RM Filter hour rema ining xxxx hours FILTLEFT

R.FLT Reset Filter Timer Yes /No RESETFLT

DST.A DST currently active Ye s/ No DST_ACTV

TCS Temp Compensate Start On Ye s/N o TCS_ACT

OCC OCCUPANCY DATA

OCC Currently Occupied Ye s/ No YES OCCUPIED

MT.OC Mins until next o ccupied xxxxx min MINTILOC

OC.CL Active Occupancy control 0=24/7 OCC,

LN.OC Linkage Occupied Request 0=Unocc,

OV.EX Timed Override Remaining 0 to 240 min YES OVR_EXT

RM.OC Remote Occupancy Switch On/Off YES REMOCC

BMS.O BMS Occupancy Request 0=UNOCC,

LC.OC Local Sched Occ Request 0=Unocc,

PER.N Active Schedule period 0to8 PER_NO

HL.TW Tomorrow Is A Holiday Ye s /N o HOL_TMRW

HL.TY Today Is A Holiday Yes /N o HOLTODAY

NOC.D Next Occupied Day DDD NXTOCDAY

NOC.T Next Occupied Time hh:mm NXTOCTIM

NUC.D Next Unoccupied Day DDD NXTUNDAY

NUC.T Next Unoccupied Time hh:mm NXTUNTIM

PUC.D Previous Unccupied Day DDD PRVUNDAY

PUC.T Previous Unoccupied Time hh:mm PRVUNTIM

1=SCHEDULE,
2=BAS CTRL,
3=REMOC CTL,
4=TIME OVRD,
5=LINKAGE,
6=FORCED

1=Occupied,
2=Disabled

1=OCCUPIED,
2=DISABLED

1=Occupied

YES BMS_OCC

YES LOC_ OCC

OCC_CTRL

LNK_OCC

99

APPENDIX C: Navigatort Display

MODE -- RUN ST ATUS (cont)

RUN Run Hours & Cycles Menu

HRS Run hours menu

A1 Compressor A1 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_A1
A2 Compressor A2 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_A2
ALD CMP A1 Loa der Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_ALDR
ALM.O Alarm Relay Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_ALM
CCH1 CCH1 Relay Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_CCHR1
DAMP Econ Damper Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_DAMP
FLD Unit Full Load Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_FLOAD
FC Free Cooling Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_FREEC
HT.1 Heat Stage 1 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_HTR_1
HT.2 Heat Stage 2 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_HTR_2
IDF Indoor Fan Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_IDF
LDAH LDV_A Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_LDV_A
MAXF Max Fan Speed Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_MAXF
ODF1 ODF Spd Sig 1 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_ODF1
ODF2 ODF Spd Sig 2 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_ODF2
ODF3 ODF Spd Sig 3 Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_ODF3
PE.1 Power Exha ust1 Run H ours xxxxxx.x hours HR_PE_1
PE.2 Power Exha ust2 Run H ours xxxxxx.x hours HR_PE_2
RDAH RDV_A Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_RDV_A
SUBH Reheat level 1 Run Hrs xxxxxx.x hours HR_RQHL1
HGRH Reheat level 2 Run Hrs xxxxxx.x hours HR_RQHL2
TEST Service Test Run Hours xxxxxx.x hours HR_STEST
VENT Vent IDF Run H ours xxxxxx.x hours HR_VENTF

STRT Start Counts menu

A1 Compressor A1 Starts xxxxxx ST_A1
A2 Compressor A2 Starts xxxxxx ST_A2
ALM.O Alarm Relay Starts xxxxxx ST_ALM
ALM.R Alarm Reset Counts xxxxxx ST_ALRST
CCH1 CCH1 Relay Starts xxxxxx ST_CCH R1
DAMP Economizer Damper Starts xxxxxx ST_DAMP
FLD Unit Full Load Starts xxxxxx ST_FLOAD
FC Free Cooling Starts xxxxxx ST_FREEC
HT.1 Heat Stage 1 Starts xxxxxx ST_HTR_1
HT.2 Heat Stage 2 Starts xxxxxx ST_HTR_2
IDF Indoor Fan Starts xxxxxx ST_IDF
LDVA LDV_A Starts xxxxxx ST_LDV_A
MAXF Max IDF Speed Starts xxxxxx ST_MAXF
ODF1 ODF Spd Signal 1 Starts xxxxxx ST_ODF1
ODF2 ODF Spd Signal 2 Starts xxxxxx ST_ODF2
ODF3 ODF Spd Signal 3 Starts xxxxxx ST_ODF3
RDVA RDV_A Starts xxxxxx ST_RDV_A
RQD.1 Reheat level 1 Starts xxxxxx ST_RQHL1
RQD.2 Reheat level 2 Starts xxxxxx ST_RQHL2
PE.1 Power Exhau st 1 Sta rts xxxxxx ST_PE_1
PE.2 Power Exhau st 2 Sta rts xxxxxx ST_PE_2
POR Power Cycle Counts xxxxxx ST_POR
TEST Service Test Starts xxxxxx ST_ STEST
VENT Ventilation Fan Starts xxxxxx ST_VENTF

RST Reset Count s menu

A1 Comp A1 Reset s Count xxxxxx RS_A1
A2 Comp A2 Reset s Count xxxxxx RS_A2
ALD A1 Loader Resets Count xxxxxx RS_ALDR
ALM.O Alarm Relay Resets Count xxxxxx RS_ALM
ALM.R Alarm Reset Resets Count xxxxxx RS_ALRST
CCH1 CCH1 Relay Resets Count xxxxxx RS_CCHR1
DAMP Econ Damper Resets Co unt xxxxxx RS_DAMP
FLD Full Load Resets Count xxxxxx RS_FLOAD
FC Free Cooling Reset Count xxxxxx RS_FREEC
HT.1 Heat Stage 1 Reset Count xxxxxx RS_HTR_1
HT.2 Heat Stage 2 Reset Count xxxxxx RS_HTR_2
IDF Indoor Fan Reset Count xxxxxx RS_IDF
LDAR ldv_a Resets Count xxxxxx RS_LDV_A
MAXF Max IDF Spd Resets Count xxxxxx RS_MAXF
ODF1 ODF Signal1 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_ODF1
ODF2 ODF Signal2 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_ODF2
ODF3 ODF Signal3 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_ODF3
PE.1 P.Exhaust 1 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_PE_1
PE.2 P.Exhaust 2 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_PE_2
POR Power Cy cle Resets Count xxxxxx RS_POR
RDAR RDV_A Resets Count xxxxxx RS_RDV_A
SUBR Reheat Level 1 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_RQH L1
HGBR Reheat Level 2 Resets Count xxxxxx RS_RQHL2
TEST Service Test Reset Count xxxxxx RS_STEST
VENT Vent IDF Resets Count xxxxxx RS_VENTF

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNIT WRITE STATUS POINT

100